Chapter Seven
The Middle East Crisis?
Our Israel people through out the United States of America and the other Israelite nations abroad, are watching with great interest the developing dilemma in the Middle East. A vast number of people will view this military crisis as a conspiracy of evil men in high places.
"For we [Christians] wrestle [fight] not against flesh and blood [alone], but against principalities [state offices and laws], against powers [any agent who exercises power], against the rulers [President ‑ members of Congress ‑ bureaucrats] of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness [false gods and religions] in high places." [1]
And those who follow this logic will see every step taken by the President of the United States as being controlled by one or more organizations behind the scenes of government. Those Christians who have their eyes focused on Almighty God, the Lord Jesus Christ and the Bible will surely see the unfolding crisis in the Persian Gulf as a judgement upon the nations of modern Israel, and that judgement is falling primarily upon America, the principal nation within the Birthright family of Israel people descended from Joseph-Israel.
The New World Order War Conspiracy
In his September 11th speech, to the U.S. Congress, President George Bush claimed that it was necessary to send hundreds of thousands of U.S. troops to Saudi Arabia, in order to defend the "New World Order."
Few people who heard that speech understood that this "New World Order" concept means the transfer of vast amounts of America's wealth (derived from skyrocketing oil prices) to Saudi Arabia, which in turn, is depositing that wealth into Chase Manhattan Bank, Citicorp, and other big [Jewish] international banks that are allied with the Trilateral Commission. Under this sinister and complex conspiracy, these international banks will utilize their new Saudi deposits to make vast new loans to the Soviet Union.
Because it is politically impossible to send the tens of millions of U.S. taxpayer dollars, directly to the U.S.S.R. (as foreign aid), George Bush and the other Trilateralists arranged a clever, indirect foreign aid scheme.
Bush Administration Acts As Provocateur
To Encourage Iraq's Invasion Of Kuwait
In order to create their "New World Order," the Trilateralists have long planned to deliberately create a serious political and economic crisis. Iraq, because of its massive newly discovered oil fields, became a threat to the interest of the [International Jewish] bankers and at the same time the perfect target to Set Up as the so‑called "cause" of the
crisis. Iraqi President Saddam Hussein made repeated foreign policy blunders. It was relatively easy for the Trilateralists in the Bush Administration and the Soviet K.G.B. (which has a strong influence on all levels of the Iraqi Government) to encourage and Manipulate Saddam Hussein into invading Kuwait, so that invasion could then be used as an excuse to justify war against Iraq, skyrocketing oil prices, and the establishment of a New World Order.
The 9/23/90 New York Times carried a detailed transcript of U.S. Ambassador to Iraq, April Glaspie's official meeting with Iraqi President Saddam Hussein. The meeting was in Baghdad, on April 25, only days before the invasion. Saddam stated: "We Do not want too high prices for oil." Saddam reminded Ambassador Glaspie that Minister Tariq Aziz stated: "Our policy in OPEC opposes sudden jumps in oil prices." Saddam added: "Twenty five dollars a barrel is not a high price."
Ambassador Glaspie's answer showed The Bush Administration's Conspiratorial motivation in creating the war crisis. She stated: "We have many Americans who would like to see the price go above $25 a barrel, because they come from oil producing states." (a subtle reference to President Bush and his Secretary of State, James Baker).
Ambassador Glaspie then produced Bush's Green Light for the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait: "...We have no opinion on the Arab‑Arab conflicts, like your border disagreements with Kuwait. I was in the American Embassy in Kuwait during the late 80's. The instruction we had during this period was that we should express no opinion on this issue and that the issue is not associated with America. James Baker has directed our official spokesmen to emphasize this instruction. We hope you solve this problem using any suitable method..."
Ambassador Glaspie's meeting with Saddam took place five days After the CIA reported to the White House that Iraqi military mobilization on the Kuwait frontier, looked like preparation for invasion.[2]
The 9/23/90 New York Times stated, "Interviews with dozens of Administration officials, lawmakers and independent experts and a review of public statements...show that, instead of sending Mr. Hussein blunt messages through public and private statements that invasion would be unacceptable, the State Department prepared equivocal statements...about the American commitments to Kuwait."
Ambassador Glaspie's boss at the State Department was John H. Kelly, Assistant Secretary of State for Near Eastern & South Asian Affairs. Two days Before the invasion he "repeated the same message" (as Glaspie gave Saddam) in open Congressional testimony. Later, at a September 18th hearing before a House Foreign Affairs subcommittee, Representative Lee Hamilton (D. Ind.) told Kelly: "You left the impression that it was the policy of the United States Not to come to the defense of Kuwait...I asked you (at the earlier hearing, Before the invasion) if there was a U.S. commitment to come to Kuwait's defense if it was attacked. Your response over and over was that we have no defense treaty relationship with any Gulf Country."
The 9/17/90 Washington Post described another Public signal that the Administration made Before Iraq's invasion: "In the same week that Glaspie met with Saddam Hussein, Secretary of State Baker's top public affairs aid, Margaret Tutwiler...said that the U.S. was Not obligated to come to Kuwait's aid if the emirate were attacked."
The newspaper also carried an article by former U.N. Ambassador Jeane Kirkpatrick, who reported that both the U.S. Defense Department & the CIA had received repeated warnings of Iraq's impending invasion of Kuwait which were Dismissed by State Department Officials. Kirkpatrick said: "Because (these Administration officials) did not warn Saddam Hussein against aggression, but instead, Repeatedly affirmed that the United States had no alliance or commitment to Kuwait, Saddam Hussein had no opportunity to realistically assess the probable consequences of seizing Kuwait."
Despite Multiple warnings from intelligence agencies, The Bush Administration took no action to warn the thousands of U.S. citizens in Kuwait and Iraq. Even a few hours advance warning would have allowed, Americans in Kuwait, sufficient time to flee in their cars to the Saudi Border, a short distance away. The White House War Conspirators wanted plenty of U.S. Hostages to help generate anti-Iraq Propaganda Hysteria.
There is additional evidence that the Trilateralists planned to deploy U.S. troops around Iraq, Before Saddam's August 2nd invasion of Kuwait. The 9/9/90 Washington Post reported that a member of the Kuwaiti Sabah family "said he still remembered how the U.S. Ambassador had repeatedly asked the Kuwaiti Foreign Ministry for direct access to Kuwaiti facilities in 1987‑88." Kuwait refused these requests.
Long Before Saddam Hussein's invasion, President Bush ordered the U.S. military to begin special training for attacking Iraqi forces in Kuwait. The 9/9/90 New York Times described the "Secret War Game...barely two months ago" Before "some of the U.S. Army's top brass assembled at Ft. Levenworth, Kansas." This secret war game involved rehearsals for a U.S.‑Iraqi Military conflict.
The 9/18/90 issue of The Bulletin stated: "There is no question that the State Department; working together with Israeli (and Soviet) intelligence, laid a careful trap for Saddam Hussein, encouraging him to believe that he could seize Kuwait without any serious repercussions," while at the same time the Bush Administration "was engaged in feverish preparations to use the seizure of Kuwait as the pretext for an American Military occupation of the Persian Gulf States." The newspaper continued. "The very week that the U.S. State Department (gave the green light) to Iraqi territorial claims against Kuwait, the Pentagon's Central Command was conducting Operational Internal Look 90. This military exercise, according to a spokesman for General H. Norman Schwarzkopf, now Supreme U.S. Commander in the Middle East, was based on 'almost exactly the scenario' for an Iraqi invasion of Kuwait."
Because American military forces were preparing for Iraq's invasion of Kuwait, long BEFORE the event, the advanced guard of U.S. troops was able to deploy into Saudi Arabia at previously unheard of speeds. The August 6, 1990 Time Magazine reported that A few days before Iraq's invasion, "The U.S. Army in West Germany began moving 100,000 artillery shells loaded with nerve‑gas chemicals out of NATO storage dumps." These shells are allegedly going to be incinerated on Johnston Island, a U.S. atoll 825 miles southwest of Honolulu, but their real destination was apparently the Persian Gulf, where they could be used AGAINST IRAQ.
Immediately following Iraq's invasion of Kuwait, the Bush Administration sent falsified intelligence reports to King Fahd of Saudi Arabia, in order to convince him that his nation was about to be invaded by Iraq. In reality, Iraq Never made Any threatening moves against Saudi Arabia. Because King Fahd preferred an Arab solution in dealing with Saddam Hussein's invasion, President Bush had to exert heavy pressure on Fahd in order to get his permission to land U.S. troops.
The 10/16/90 New York Times carried an extremely revealing article about Jordan's King Hussein and his Repeated efforts to prevent the outbreak of war. King Hussein "said Saddam Hussein (no relation) told him that he never intended to invade Saudi Arabia, a threat that was originally cited by the United States in sending troops there. Furthermore, the King said, Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher had told him, during a meeting...that the U.S. troops were 'halfway to Saudi Arabia' before they were formally requested. The King said he confirmed this later through what he described as his own sources."
After the Iraqi invasion, President Bush exerted very strong pressure to prevent an Arab solution of the Iraq-Kuwait crisis. The September 21, 1990 New York Times reported that President Bush repeatedly turned his back on Jordan's continuing efforts to achieve a peaceful settlement of the conflict in the Persian Gulf. Jordan's Crown Prince Hassan stated: "'I say in the first weekend, an Arab solution was offered and undercut' by the United States...if war comes, he said, it will be largely because every Arab attempt to resolve the crisis has been thwarted by American (Bush) intransigence and ignorance of the Arab world...every time a group of leaders say they have a (peace) package, the first thing that happens is that the Americans knock it down..."
For all of President Bush's demands for the Iraqis to give up their conquest of Kuwait, he still continues to recognize Soviet dictator, Joseph Stalin's conquest of the Baltic Republics.
The Real Cause of The Crisis
President Bush and the U.S. media have spread the big lie that Iraq is the cause of skyrocketing oil prices. The truth is that Iraq wanted to steel as much of its oil as possible. Because oil with no market is as about as valuable as sand! It is President Bush who has driven up the price of oil by suppressing U.S. oil exploration and by setting up a military blockade around Iraq, which is preventing that nation from selling its oil on the World Market.
The Real purpose of President Bush's mobilization of a world embargo against Iraq is to prevent that nation from earning enough money from oil exports to pay the costs of opening up New, previously undeveloped oil fields. These massive new oil resources promise to make Iraq a serious Rival to the Economic Power of Saudi Arabia. From the very founding of modern Iraq (following World War I and the breakup of the Ottoman Empire), there has been A long-term conspiracy to suppress the amount of oil that Iraq is able to supply to the World Market.
The August 31, 1990 Washington Post carried an article about the history of the creation of Iraq and Kuwait by Imperial Britain. In 1922, "meeting in a tent in the Arabian desert, a British high commissioner, named Sir Percy Cox, drew what became the Kuwait‑Iraq border."
What the newly created Iraq "lacked was access to the sea, something the British War Office deliberately had chosen to deny the new country. To limit its influence in the Persian Gulf and to keep it dependent on Britain." This British attempt to control Iraq continues down tot he present, with British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher being the first national leader to demand U.S. military actions against Iraq after the 8/2/90 invasion of Kuwait.
The Washington Post report that the 1922 British decision to deny Iraq access to the sea "'was intentional, and not by accident,' said a London‑based Iraqi political scientist who has studied British historical records on the making of Iraq...Iraqi King Ghazi ibn Faisal proposed a union with Kuwait in the 1930's, but was rejected by the Sabah's," (puppet ruling family of Kuwait installed and maintained by the British and the International Jewish Bankers).
After Iraq's monarchy was overthrown in 1958 there were several more Iraqi attempts to annex Kuwait (which had been a part of Iraq under the old Ottoman Empire). Saddam Hussein's invasion of Kuwait is only the latest of many repeated Iraqi attempts to gain access to a deep sea port. The recent Iraq‑Iran war was caused by Iraq's attempt to gain access to the sea by securing absolute control of the Shatt al Arab waterway. The Washington Post reported that the anonymous Iraqi political scientist is a political exile, who though strongly opposing Saddam Hussein, defended Iraq's access to the. The newspaper stated: "Depending on the outcome of the present crisis, the issue of Iraq's access to the sea could again go unresolved, making yet another conflict with Kuwait or Iran inevitable, according to the exiled scholar. 'Iraq has to export oil to live, and to export oil, we must have a port,' he said.' Even if Saddam died today, the source of the problem would not end. It will arise again and again until there is a settlement.'"
These continuing actions, by the [Jewish] International Bankers, to deny Iraq access to the sea and severely limit that nation's ability to export its oil, was one of the key reason's for President Bush's decision to send more than 400,000 Troops to the Persian Gulf area.
The September 9, 1990 Washington Post reported: "In the Persian Gulf crisis, attention is shifting to a decades‑old issue that appears to stand in the way of any peaceful deal: Iraq's long‑standing desire for a port at the northern end of the Gulf, through which it could import food & export oil. The issue of Iraq's access to the Gulf is widely seen as critical to any diplomatic solution...But there is little agreement among diplomats and Middle East specialists about how Iraq's maritime ambitions...can be reconciled with the interests of the United States, Iran and the Arab Gulf states."
The newspaper continued, "All of these countries are likely to resist any negotiated settlement of the present crisis that would boost Iraq's Maritime Power, diplomats and Arab officials say."
Thus, the Real reason for the crisis. Contrary to all the propaganda about Iraq's military threat to its neighbors, the truth is that Iraq's neighbors and their [Jewish] International Banking friends want to severely limit Iraq's ability to export oil. Saddam Hussein hired a Dutch firm to dredge out a channel to allow big, deep sea tankers and cargo ships to reach Iraq's port of Umm Qasr, located 20 miles inland from the Gulf. The Washington Post reported that the U.S. Government has put great pressure on the Dutch government to order its citizens to halt the dredging work ‑‑ so that Iraq will not obtain a port that can be serviced by large, ocean‑going tankers.
As soon as the Iran‑Iraq war ended in 1988, the International Bankers, Saudi Arabia and Kuwait began to wage various forms of economic warfare against Iraq. The September 3, 1990 New York Times reported that the big U.S. Trilateral‑allied oil corporations helped Kuwait develop a sideway oil drilling method, which helped that nation extract vast amounts of oil from the Rumaila oil field (most of which is inside Iraqi territory) ‑‑ in effect, stealing billions of dollars in Iraqi oil.
Mammoth New Iraqi Oil Fiends Are A Sever
Economic Threat to the Trilateralists and the Soviets
The true economic reasons for the 1990 Middle East war crisis were described on the front page of the 8/26/88 Wall Street Journal, which announced in headlines: "Iraq moves up fast as a petroleum power with huge reserves: It will soon join Saudi Arabia as a key Mideast Player; many fields unexplored, prices may be held down."
The article appeared at the end of the Iran‑Iraq war. The newspaper stated: "The Saudis may be joined at the pinnacle of the world of oil. Peace in the Persian Gulf, if it sticks, may elevate Iraq as the new petroleum block over the long term," (which is Exactly what has just taken place, two years after that article appeared).
The Wall Street Journal reported that immediately after the 1988 cease fire was signed, the Iraqis resumed plans "to exploit reserves that they had just begun to tap when the war erupted. And those reserves appear to be enormous. Even with many oil fields presumably still undiscovered, Iraq now claims recoverable reserves of 100 billion barrels, second only to Saudi Arabia's 169.5 billion barrels."
At the end of the war, Iraq had suffered $8 billion in damages to its oil facilities alone and owed as much as $90 billion in war‑related debt. Thus, the vast New oil fields could not be developed unless Iraq was able to export from the production of its older (undamaged by the war) oil fields. The newspaper report that Iraq "faces a huge rebuilding job with limited resources and Iraq's dream of becoming an oil Goliath could be thwarted for some time."
Before the war, Iraq was able to export 3.5 million barrels of oil per day. The newspaper continued: "how much oil does Iraq have today, and how rapidly can it be pumped? The answer will help determine the balance of supply and demand throughout the industry, world wide, as well as the long term diplomatic and strategic implications of the birth of a new oil power."
In addition to, its 100 billion barrels of proven petroleum reserves, the Iraqi oil minister Issam Abdul Al‑Chalabi "says a further 50 Billion barrels of reserves might be added. If it is, Iraq's known reserves would surely trail only Saudi Arabia." at the end of the war in 1988, Iraq was able to produce 2.8 million barrels a day. The newspaper reported that Iraq announced plans to open up these new fields and build new shipping facilities so that it could export as much as seven million barrels a day, which is large enough to constitute a severe economic threat to the Trilateral Bankers and their multinational oil companies and the Soviets as well.
The 8/26/88 Wall Street Journal, described the main cause of Saudi Arabia's new hostility toward Iraq: "The consequences of Iraq's emerging power...are intriguing political and energy experts. Neither Saudi Arabia, nor any other OPEC member is seriously inclined to curb its own output to make room for all the additional oil Iraq wants to pump. The World oil glut, that has kept gasoline prices low, will therefore be extended ‑ perhaps for years, but surely as long as it takes for world‑wide demand to absorb the NEW Iraqi production."
The 10/17/88 Business Week reported: "The Iraqis' aim to catch up with the Saudis...in production and capacity ‑‑ and eventually in OPEC quotas." As soon as the Iraq‑ Iran war ended, Saudi Araba & Kuwait suddenly began massive over production, in order to drive down the price of oil. Starting in the fall of 1988, "the Saudis drove the world oil price down by pumping nearly 1 million barrels per day above their OPEC quota of 4.3 million barrels."
Saudi Arabia Wipes Out Small U.S. Oil Producers
At the same time that the Saudi Arabians flooded the world oil market, to prevent Iraq from developing its new oil fields, they also waged an all out war of destruction against small independent American oil producers.
The 10/9/88 New York Times correctly predicted the results of the Saudi‑Kuwaiti excess oil pumping war against Iraq and small U.S. companies. The newspaper warned that the resulting drop in oil prices to around $10 a barrel would cause domestic U.S. oil producers to "face collapse" which "Would lead to a surge in imports and higher prices in the long run," which is exactly what happened in 1990.
Even though the Savings and Loan crisis had been building for many years from the early 1980's, the 1988‑1989 Saudi‑Kuwaiti action to flood the world with oil & drive down prices to below U.S. production costs, served as The Trigger Mechanism to set off the U.S. savings and loan collapse. The Kuwait‑Saudi action also started the American real estate market collapse and destroyed many small American independent oil producers. The newspaper stated: "Hardest hit in the industry were the thousands of independent oil producers, which produced 33 percent of all domestic oil and 41 percent of the total outside Alaska. Half the wells in Oklahoma cannot be operated at $13 a barrel...Southwestern banks faced another surge in energy‑loan defaults."
The 1988 Saudi oil war attack on small independent U.S. producers wiped out so many banks that by 1990, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance fund that protects bank deposits has become severely threatened and could collapse at any minute without vast new amounts of U.S. Taxpayer dollars. The Truth is that 1990's economic crisis was a direct result of economic warfare against America by President Bush's close friends in Saudi Arabia & Kuwait. U.S. troops were sent to defend these ENEMIES of America.
The Saudis & the Kuwaitis have a very close working relationship with the Trilateral‑ allied oil giants. The 10/3/88 Wall Street journal reported: "Despite plunging prices, ARCO's profit was surging. So, in fact, were the profits of Exxon Corp., Mobil Corp., and nearly every multinational oil company. Despite the 1988‑1989 collapse of oil prices, profits of the nation's 18 BIGGEST oil companies leaped by about one third. The industry also eliminated excess refining capacity, Mothballing in this decade more than a third of its refineries. The resulting tight supplies now force the oil industry to import not just crude oil but also gasoline. As the big companies cut costs, they also cut prices, sometimes driving independent distributors out of business."
Once those independents were driven out of business, the big companies skyrocketed prices.
The September 5, 1990 Washington Post reported: "The United States is especially vulnerable (to shortages) because more than 100 refineries have closed in this country in the past decade, while no new ones have been built. The refineries that remain open are operating very close ‑‑ dangerously close, some experts believe ‑‑ to full capacity."
In 1981, America had a refinery capacity of 18 million barrels a day. By 1990, that refinery capacity had been Reduced to 15.5 million barrels a day. This shocking reduction is A threat to U.S. National security.
By June, 1990, so many small independent American oil producers and refineries had been closed down and driven out of business, that it was then safe for the Trilateral Bankers to unleash their long planned "New World Order" Monopoly conspiracy to close down the output of major oil producing nations (Such as Iraq & Kuwait). In this scheme, petroleum prices will go so high that the Soviets can earn much higher income on their own oil exports and the Saudis will double their sale: The profits of which go directly to the Big Trilateral Banks in New York.
The U.S. was importing 52.3 percent of its oil consumption. It was at this key point in time that President Bush ordered the near total cut off of U.S. Off Shore Oil Exploration. President Bush's subsequent embargo on all Kuwait and Iraq oil has driven world oil prices to their highest levels in history.
The August 6, 1990 Wall Street Journal reported "If the embargo (of Kuwaiti and Iraqi oil) is successful, it would leave the world short of oil within three to six months."
Tom Burns, director of economics for Chevron Corp., admitted, "We're creating an oil shortage, where one didn't exist."
This Bush Created Oil Shortage may get much worse. The 9/17/90 Wall Street Journal reported that U.S. oil companies have sharply increased gasoline exports: "If the outflow continues, it could mean continued high pump prices for U.S. motorists and tight supplies at the wholesale level in the months ahead. That, in turn, could create public‑policy headaches for the government, which is asking motorists to conserve gasoline...since the start of the Iraq-Kuwait Oil Embargo in early August, shipments of Gasoline out of the country have doubled or tripled...Gasoline is routinely imported into some major U.S. markets because domestic refineries can't always satisfy demand,"
A direct result of the big oil companies' earlier closures of vast numbers of American refineries.
Bush Suppresses U.S. Oil Production,
While Promoting U.S. Aid for Soviet Oil Production
The full extent of George Bush's treachery against America is visible to anyone who studies his order to suppress U.S. offshore oil exploration. On 6/26/90, Bush ordered a ban on all offshore drilling for huge areas of the United States, until the end of this century. The 6/30/90 Congressional Quarterly reported that Bush imposed a "moratorium through at least the year 2000 on these areas: almost 99 percent of California, all of Washington & Oregon, all of New England from Rhode Island North, & southwest Florida from about Marco Island South to the Keys. The Florida decision involves buying back 73 already‑sold leases at a cost of up to $200 million."
Demonstrating how Bush put America at severe economic risk in order to serve the interests of the Saudis and the Big Trilateral Banks, Congressional Quarterly stated: "The Combined effect of the decision: For at least the next eight years, a nation that is increasingly dependent on oil imports, will forgo a major portion of the estimated 10.8 Billion barrels of oil and 106 Trillion Cubic Feet of Natural Gas (the equivalent of nearly 18 billion barrels of oil) estimated to lie off America's coasts." At a time of severe U.S. budget deficits, "The decision also means the loss of substantial leasing revenues, which have generated upward of $80 Billion for the U.S. Treasury since 1970."
Further proof of Bush's Personal responsibility for skyrocketing oil prices appeared immediately After he placed an embargo on all Kuwaiti and Iraqi oil exports. The August 13, 1990 Washington Times reported: "The Bush Administration has no plans to change its policy restricting oil drilling off the U.S. coasts...despite the Mideast crisis threatening world supplies."
Bush actually signed Another formal order suppressing U.S. offshore oil exploration on August 18, 1990, more than two weeks after the start of the embargo on Iraqi and Kuwaiti oil. On that date, the President signed a bill that banned oil and gas exploration off North Carolina's Outer Banks.
Persian Gulf Crisis Brought Sharply Higher
Oil Export Earnings for the U.S.S.R.
At the same time President Bush was busy suppressing American Oil Production, he encouraged the big multinational Corporations to help the Soviet Union expand its oil production. The August 15, 1990 Washington Times reported that the U.S.S.R. has already signed agreements with Texaco and Chevron Corporation for "the development and production of vast Soviet oil reserves."
In September, U.S. Secretary of Commerce Robert Mosbacher led a large group of American corporate leaders (many of whom were members of the Trilateral Commission) to Moscow. The Washington Times described the meeting: "Mosbacher's delegation included: representatives from major energy companies who can supply 'Western know‑how and expertise,' to bolster Moscow's falling oil production almost immediately, the Commerce Secretary stated."
The September 24, 1990 Business Week Magazine reported: "Russia has the potential for more oil revenues than all the Persian Gulf put together." The U.S.S.R. produces some 12 million barrels of oil a day, "far more than any other producing nation. But output is down about 500,000 barrels a day since last year." When the Soviets helped Saddam Hussein invade Kuwait, they had a very devious economic motivation. The U.S.S.R. stands to make enormous export earnings from any Military hostilities in the Persian Gulf.
The September 5, 1990 Washington Post reported: "U.S. experts acknowledge that the Soviets are expected to gain hundreds of millions of dollars in additional hard currency in the coming months if the higher oil prices stand. It's estimated that every one dollar a barrel increase could mean $1 Billion a year in additional hard currency for the Soviet Economy."
President Bush's embargo on Iraqi and Kuwaiti oil can be thus seen as A Massive hike in indirect, Hidden U.S. Foreign Aid for the Soviet Union. And can be proven by the fact that every time a barrel of oil drops below $30 dollars a barrel, Bush will rattle the sabers again and up the price of oil goes again.
Trilateral Bankers Bailed Out By Bush's Blockade of Iraq
By embargoing all Kuwaiti and Iraqi oil exports, President Bush transferred enormous NEW economic rewards to the Saudis. The 9/17/90 Business Week Magazine stated: "What's unfolding is much more than a boost in production of some 2 Million barrels a day, to 7.5 Million (to offset about half the oil lost from Kuwait & Iraq). Protected by American F‑15s, the Saudis say higher levels are here to stay. A 10‑year program by Saudi Aramco, the national oil company, to hike oil output to 10 Million barrels a day, is likely to be telescoped into four years." Thus, the Saudis have a powerful economic motivation to totally wipe out Iraq and that nation's serious competition.
Business Week reported: "The 50% boost in oil prices since August 2, helps. As output rises, Saudi oil income could hit $45 Billion ‑ $20 billion more than last year. If these prices persist through 1991, Saudi government revenues from oil could balloon to more than $65 Billion."
The August 26, 1990 Washington Post reported: "Should a stalemate give way to fighting in the Middle East, uncertainty will give way to much worse. The result could be A World economic realignment similar to that which occurred after the oil crisis of the early 1970's. This is the real meaning of President Bush's statement that American Troops were sent to Saudi Arabia to enforce the 'New World Order.'"
The newspaper continued: "The effects could include a shift of Billions of dollars to Saudi Arabia and other oil producers; a crippling blow for developing countries that don't produce oil; A drain of Billions of dollars from consumer spending and business investment in industrialized nations (such as the U.S.A.) to pay for steeper oil prices and higher interest rates; and a resurgence of inflation in the industrialized countries...those New Saudi Financial Reserves would flow largely back into the banking system in London and New York." In turn, as in the 1970's, these new deposits will be used by the big bankers, to loan out to the U.S.S.R. and other foreign nations, and in so doing spiral up the world debt crisis to even more dangerous levels.
The August 31, 1990 Wall Street Journal reported: "Middle Eastern investors have moved as much as $8 billion in capital outside the Gulf region since the August 2 invasion, bankers in Europe say...The main beneficiaries of the outflow of capital are such big U.S. Banks as Chase Manhattan Corp., Citicorp, Bankers Trust Co. and J.P. Morgan ‑ some of whose private client operations in the region have doubled since the invasion, bankers say." Because so many of their previous loans have gone bad, the giant Trilateral‑allied banks are close to collapse now and desperately in need of the Billions in new funds, which the Persian Gulf War Crisis can generate for their vaults. The big bankers utilized their fellow Trilateral Commissioner, George Bush to set off that crisis. David Rockefeller's own company, Chase Manhattan, is in such current financial trouble that it has just laid off 5,000 employees. The October 1, 1990 Business Week reported that Chase Manhattan had also had its credit rating downgraded in June, by both major credit rating agencies.
Business Week reported that "Chase and other money‑center banks such as Citicorp and Chemical Banking Corp. are the ones investors regard the most coolly." It is these banks that will receive the direct rewards from higher Saudi oil profits.
Zionists Plans to Permanently
Station U.S. Troops in Persian Gulf Area
On September 4, 1990, Secretary of State James Baker told the U.S. Congress America and Arab nations should "establish a new regional security structure" for the Persian Gulf area to permanently "contain" Iraq. Baker's proposed security system would permanently restrict Iraq's access to the sea and sharply limit that nation's ability to export oil. Baker's scheme will thus insure that world oil prices stay artificially high.
It will also ensure that American Troops will be in a position so as to go to the aid of the Israelis in case of need. Which is the real reason behind the entire Persian Gulf crisis!
The 9/15/90 Washington Post reported that Secretary of State Baker's new Persian Gulf security system "may evolve into a long‑ term alliance, which means that Washington may have to become more involved in influencing the political future of Arab states, particularly those in the Gulf." Under Baker's devious new "security structure," Israel would be able to establish political dominance over (and possible military occupation of) the Persian Gulf Area. Israel's part in this new system was supposed to be kept secret, but a State Department official accidentally revealed the Zionist involvement in Baker's plan.
The 9/12/90 Washington Post reported: "A senior U.S. official...held out the prospect that the new Persian Gulf regional security system could include nations that have not been on good terms with one another in the past, and perhaps even those that have been mortal enemies, such as Israel & many Arab States."
The new organization would also have Soviet and U.S. membership and marks the first time that the Soviets will have achieved a significant political foothold into the Gulf region. Word of this projected Israeli involvement caused extreme embarrassment to the Arab Governments that are supporting Saudi Arabia in the present Gulf war crisis. The 9/18/90 Wall Street Journal reported: "Recent talk of stationing troops permanently in the Persian Gulf is backfiring in the Persian Gulf...It sounded alarm bells in certain quarters in countries near the conflict" and the word came back to Muzzle the U.S. State Department."
The newspaper added: "'Arabs wouldn't welcome a long‑term U.S. presence,' said an Egyptian official privy to foreign‑policy decision‑making," because they understand the truth about the Conspiracy behind the Gulf crisis. The establishment of a permanent U.S. presence would convince many Arabs that "The U.S. somehow contrived to create the Kuawiti controversy to win a toehold in the oil rich region."
The 9/24/90 Washington Post reported that if the old feudal Kuwaiti government is restored to power, it will invite a permanent American presence: "One senior U.S. official said he believed that Kuwait was ready to discuss granting the United States & perhaps other Western Countries (probably including Israel) military basing rights in Kuwait, as part of a new regional security system if the Iraqi army is driven out."
The Kuwaitis and the U.S. Government are extremely cautious about concealing Israel's role in this planned new occupation of Arab Territory.
The 9/20/90 Wall Street Journal reported: "Senior U.S. military officers are pushing to keep a permanent force of nearly 10,000 American troops in Saudi Arabia and to secure air bases throughout the Persian Gulf after the present crisis is resolved...The Army and Air Force are quietly drafting long-term plans to stay in the Gulf in force. The plans also call for leaving behind huge stockpiles of U.S. weapons and equipment for use in any future emergency. The U.S. Air Force hopes to win permanent bases in Oman, the United Arab Emirates and Kuwait, according to military planners. And the U.S. Marines are beating the drums to have more of their tanks and other weapons placed on permanent floating storage sites in the Middle East."
The September 23, 1990 New York Times carried an article by James Webb, former Assistant Secretary of Defense and Secretary of the Navy in the Reagan Administration. Strongly opposing the Bush Administration's decision to send massive numbers of troops and equipment to the Persian Gulf. Webb stated: "Bush Administration officials talk in vague terms (about the reasons for the huge U.S. military deployment in Saudi Arabia). Defense Secretary Cheney is telling us to prepare for a commitment that may take years. Others (in the White House) have been quoted as saying we may be there for a decade. At the same time, we are being reassured (amidst many loud calls to initiate a war with Iraq) that the U.S. Military commitment is 'wholly defensive.'" Webb added: "The huge buildup of U.S. forces began after it became clear that Iraq had no military designs on Saudi Arabia."
Soviets Directed Iraqi Invasion of Kuwait
From the very beginning, "Soviet and U.S. policy makers have been in daily contact by phone and telex on the Iraqi crisis, Soviet officials say," reported the 8/8/90 Wall Street Journal. The truth is that The Soviets are co-conspirators with the Trilateralists and the Zionists in creating the war crisis.
The 8/22/90 New York Times reported: "As longtime allies, Moscow and Baghdad cooperate closely in military and intelligence‑gathering operations. Including technical support personnel, the Soviet Union has between 3,000 and 4,000 Military Advisers in Iraq...Among these personnel are several senior officers who are reported to be members of the closest circle of military advisers to the Iraqi strongman, Saddam Hussein. K.G.B. activities in Baghdad are so extensive, says one U.S. intelligence officials who studies the Soviet agency, 'they have penetrated every aspect of Iraqi Government life to the highest levels.'"
Military observers of the invasion of Kuwait, reported that the Iraqi military conducted a carefully coordinated land, amphibious, and air mobile (helicopter troops) and air power and navy power ‑‑ combined offensive operation. The level of sophistication of this attack was unlike any previous offensive Iraqi Military Operations and is considered by experts to have been beyond the technical capacity of the Iraqi Military.
The New York Times stated: "Sources in the U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency contend that it would have been virtually impossible for Mr. Hussein to have launched his invasion of Kuwait without the technical and cooperation of Soviet Military advisers in Baghdad. They play a significant role in communications, logistics, and operational planning for Baghdad...Soviet arms sales to Iraq in the six months before the invasion were running at double the levels of the 1980's." (a period when Iraq was fighting for its life against millions of Iranians). "Iraq's arsenal of Soviet equipment would not survive long without the support of Soviet technical personnel. Soviet aircraft make up 11 of the 17 squadrons of the Iraqi air force, 4,000 of Saddam's 5,000 tanks are Soviet made. These systems are largely maintained by Soviet technical personnel."
Jed Snyder, a consultant to the Office of the Secretary of Defense stated "A withdrawal of Soviet Military advisers and technical support would cripple any sustained Iraqi Military effort."
The 9/10/90 Column of Rowland Evans & Robert Novak reported: "Since the invasion of Kuwait, the Kremlin has continued re‑supply operations & even signed some new military contracts. President Bush is well aware of that..."
The 9/3/90 Washington Times reported that after the invasion and the establishment of the embargo around Iraq (which the U.S.S.R. claims to observe), "the Soviets reportedly have supplied intelligence to the Iraqis on U.S. military deployments and have extended NEW financial credits worth more than $150 million to the Hussein Regime."
The Mysterious Role of Soviet General Makashov
The 8/14/90 Washington Times reported that a three star Soviet General arrived in Baghdad on July 17th, (two weeks Before the invasion) and stayed until August 13th (11 days After the invasion). The newspaper stated that Colonel‑General Albert Makashov's "presence in the Iraqi capital is seen by U.S. intelligence agencies as an indication that the Soviet Union may have helped to plan the Iraqi invasion."
The 8/24/90 Washington Times said: "General Makashov did not report to President Mikhail Gorbachev when he returned to Moscow, but to Soviet Military intelligence, the GRU...General Makashov is regarded as one of the toughest and most competent generals in the Soviet army."
The 8/14/90 Washington Times reported that General Makashov is a protégé of the (now retired) former Soviet Chief of Staff, Marshal Nikolai V. Ogarkov. The November, 1985 Youth Action News described Ogarkov's push for advanced, non‑nuclear, high tech armaments, such as the numerous types of Soviet electromagnetic Tesla weapons. In certain operational modes, these Tesla weapons can create the effects of a heat bomb ‑‑ a non‑nuclear blast, containing no radioactivity, with the power of nuclear weapons. The word is already out that the Iraqi's have a new kind of non‑radioactive "heat bomb" with the power of an atomic bomb.
The September 13, 1984 New York Times carried part of an interview that Ogarkov gave to a Soviet armed forces newspaper, Krasnaya Zvezka. That article provided evidence of Ogarkov's involvement in Soviet Tesla‑scalar weapons programs: "After noting that technical advance could produce 'even more destructive and previously unknown types of weapons,' Marshal Ogarkov stated: 'Work on these new types of weapons is already in progress...their development is a reality of the very near future, and it would be a serious mistake not to consider it right now. This in turn cannot fail to change established notions of the methods and forms of armed struggle.'"
To understand what General Albert Makashov was doing in Baghdad just before and just after the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait, it is vital to study the views of his close mentor, Marshal Ogarkov. The July 23, 1985 Washington Times stated, "Marshal Ogarkov...has formulated and implemented a new, 'Grand Strategy' for the Soviet Union ‑ holding that...Soviet Union could achieve victory...without a single nuclear weapon being fired." The newspaper also reported that OGARKOV IS A "Master of strategic deception, camouflage and concealment and is a believed in preemptive first strikes." Because of General Makashov's close working relationship with Marshal Ogarkov, the Soviet Military advisers, with the Iraqi Army, will utilize some of the tactical versions of their Tesla weapons against American troops if open warfare breaks out.
Zionists Fear Peace and Worry that War Might Not Break Out
For more than a year, starting long before Saddam Hussein's invasion of Kuwait, there has been a rising crescendo of anti‑ Saddam hate propaganda in the pro‑Zionist press and mass media inside the United States. These media war‑agitators concentrated a large part of their propaganda against Iraq's attempt to gain nuclear weapons and its arsenal of poison gas. None of these media attacks on Iraq mentioned that its big weapons were developed as a Deterrent against Israel's massive nuclear and chemical arsenal. Not one of these news stories mentioned that Israel refuses to sign the nuclear non‑proliferation arms control treaty.
A new book by Louis Toscano, Triple Cross: Israel, The Atomic Bomb & The Man Who Spilled The Secrets (Published by Birch Lane), details the case of Mordechai Vanunu, the technician at the Israeli nuclear weapons factory who defected and gave his story to the London Sunday Times. Vanunu revealed that Israel how has more than 100 ordinary atomic bombs, and also has, since 1980, been assembling a number of mammoth hydrogen and neutron bombs which are Not For Defense, but are in fact dangerous Offensive Weapons: "To Vanunu, the Dimona program suggested that Israel might use its bombs to start a war, not defend itself against one."
The 8/30/90 New York Times reported: "The Israelis are deathly afraid that President Bush will persuade the Iraqi President to withdraw his forces from Kuwait without the Americans ever firing a shot...The Israelis want the United States to attack President Hussein and the sooner the better. From their point of view, nothing short of that will be adequate."
Typical of the pro‑Israeli position in the American press was the statement by Editor‑In‑Chief Mortimer B. Zuckerman in the 9/24/90 U.S. News & World Report: "A diplomatic settlement could be as bad as a defeat...(Saddam) Hussein will win unless America is prepared to go to war; with as many allies as will join us. No further provocation is needed...We cannot allow Hussein time to splinter our coalitions and exploit our distaste of force."
Former Assistant Secretary of Defense in the Reagan Administration, Richard Perle, is another strong U.S. supporter of Israel who is demanding an American attack on Iraq. In the 9/23/90 New York Times, Perle stated: "The chilling prospect of a diplomatic or political 'solution' to Iraq's aggression is the reason why it is dangerous for the U.S. to seek one out, or to hope that U.N. sanctions drive the Iraqis from Kuwait."
Perle (a Jew) demands the U.S. attack the Iraqi army, even if Saddam were to be killed or replaced: "A Coup could leave Iraq's Military power in place...President Bush should ready an attack on Iraq's Military." Perle's candid admission that Saddam Hussein's removal would not be enough, provides a look at the Zionist World Conspiracy's Hidden Agenda in its promotion of a U.S. war against Iraq.
The 10/12/90 column of Rowland Evans & Robert Novak reported: "Israel's publicly announced policy, that Saddam must be destroyed, can only be accomplished by Americans. 'We Jews are worried sick,' an American Jewish leader told us. 'It cannot be allowed to appear that Israel wants American boys to do its work against Saddam.'" Israeli, "Prime Minister Yitzhak Shamir...recently sent private word to a few highly placed American friends that Israel itself may have to attack Iraq before the end of the year, if the United States does not."
The Hidden Agenda Behind Israel's Push For A U.S. War To Destroy Iraq
The rising anti‑Saddam propaganda campaign has cleverly covered‑up the Real reason that the Israel's want the U.S. to destroy Iraq. The Zionist hate‑campaign against Iraq started at the exact same time Israel made a deal with U.S.S.R. President Gorbachev to allow millions of Soviet Jews to emigrate to Israel. There is no room in Israel for such a humongous flood of new people. Only by pushing all the Palestinians out of the occupied West Bank and Gaza can Israel find the room for the incoming Soviet Jews. To accomplish such a genocidal removal of the Palestinians from their homes on a large scale, it will be necessary for Israel to "Destroy" the Government of Jordan's King Hussein.
Because Iraq's large military and advanced weapons are pledged to defend Jordan from Israeli attack, The Zionists want the United States to wipe out Saddam Hussein and his military before they can evict millions of Palestinians and move them to Jordan. This process represents Israel's part in the "New World Order" War Conspiracy.
The 8/24/90 Washington Post reported on a speech to the United Jewish Appeal by Yitzhak Modai, Israeli Finance Minister. Modai is demanding a massive increase in U.S. taxpayer foreign economic aid (on top of the gigantic military aid Israel already receives from America). In his speech, "Modai said Israel desperately needs help in covering the cost of absorbing up to 1 million Soviet immigrants expected to arrive in the country in the next five years." (The Israelis are deliberately underestimating the number of expected Jews to avoid additional political problems with the U.S. and Egypt. The real figure on expected incoming Jews is more likely to be 4 to 5 million). "Modai said the cost of the operation could reach $25 Billion." Because wealthy Zionists have literally bought off United States Political Leaders, with contributions, most of this $25 billion is new support for Israel will be paid for by the hard pressed American taxpayers, who are enslaved to support this nation's enemies, by a Traitor Congress.
The 10/6/90 New York Times carried an article by Uri Avnery, a former member of Israel's Parliament. Avnery said: "Private conversations in certain influential Israeli circles betray eagerness for an Israeli invasion of Jordan. 'Make our day. Give us a reason & we will move fast, as we did in 1967. This time we'll take Jordan over.' The desire for an Israeli takeover of Jordan fits in with the irredentist notion of 'Greater Israel.'...An Israeli‑occupied Jordan would feed into another notorious idea held by some Israelis, the notion of 'transfer,' which means the forcible expulsion of the Palestinians from the occupied territories."
There is increasing evidence that Saudi Arabia's Rulers have made a secret deal with Israel to overthrow Jordan's King Hussein. Because King Hussein's family once was the ruler of Mecca, the Islamic holy site, there has long been a strong rivalry from the Saudi royal family, who were themselves only able to take over Mecca, after first booting out King Hussein's grandfather. The 9/22/90 New York Times reported: "Saudi officials speak openly of their willingness to see Jordan's King Hussein tumble from power." To that end, the Saudis have recently cut off most commercial and oil shipments into Jordan ‑‑ thus helping to economically destabilize that nation.
The 9/17/90 U.S. News & World Report stated: "...In their anger, some (Saudi leaders) suggest that Jordan, (without) King Hussein, might be the building block of a new Palestinian Homeland."
The 8/26/90 Washington Post reported: "Prominent figures in the Present Israeli government have long argued that Jordan should be transformed into a client Palestinian state, into which Israel could 'transfer' Palestinians from the West Bank and Gaza."
No Iraqi (with or without Saddam) would tolerate such massive genocide against Jordan and the Palestinians, and for that reason, Israel is now promoting a full scale U.S. War against Iraq. Also it must be kept in mind that the Jews have never fought a war of their own, they always trick someone else into doing their fighting for them! Some Zionists call for Iraq's total dismemberment (a modern day Morgenthau Plan). President Bush is believed to have promised Turkey, Syria, and Iran, large sections of the present territory of Iraq. The Washington Post described what is to happen if Iraq is defeated in war: "Such a demography invites speculation about formal or informal arrangements for Partition. Neighbors like Iran, Turkey and Syria could well be interested in pursuing such a scenario; all of them have designs on Iraqi territory...But partition also implies occupation, and this could only be achieved at enormous military and political cost; it could leave our forces stranded in an endless desert Vietnam."
Beware Of War Provocation
Zbigniew Brzezinski, the original founding director of David Rockefeller's Trilateral Commission, wrote in the 10/7/90 New York Times: "One cannot, preclude attempts at deliberate provocations, designed to inflame American Public Opinion and to precipitate a Military collision between America and Iraq...In view of reports of Israeli fears that America may opt for a peaceful outcome to the crisis...it is also quiet possible that outside parties may set in motion events that will derail a peaceful strategy." Because of extreme Israeli impatience with the U.S. over its delay in attacking Iraq, Americans can expect to soon see themselves targeted for terrorist attacks ‑‑ which are going to be immediately blamed on Saddam Hussein.
With the forgoing Information
It is obvious that divine judgement is now coming upon America and the other Israelite nations of the Western World. We have forsaken God, broken His covenant, transgressed His Law, and worship at the shrine of other gods. The focus of millions of Christians is upon the gods of materialism and quick riches with no thought of God, eternal life, and a day of judgement. With total concern for the riches and pleasures of this life, millions of our Christian people are lost in the moral and spiritual blight of this nation. They have not yet come to a realization that God has told us that He would give our wealth to the wicked of the earth before the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus Christ.
"...Thus saith the Lord God; Because thine heart is lifted up, and thou hast said, I am a God, I sit in the seat of God, in the midst of the seas; yet thou art a man, and not God, though thou set thine heart as the heart of God: Behold, thou art wiser than Daniel; there is no secret that they can hide from thee: With thy wisdom and with thine understanding thou hast gotten thee riches, and hast gotten gold and silver into thy treasures: By thy great wisdom and by thy traffick has thou increased thy riches, and thine heart is lifted up because of thy riches..." [3]
All of the anchorman and women on prime time television were sounding the alarm of war in the Persian Gulf. They seemed to actually wish it to happen on their watch, so to speak! The President, members of his cabinet, and members of Congress talk as if military action in the Middle East is going to occur at any moment.
Many within the religious and political right believe that there is a conspiracy being run out of the Council of Foreign Relations, Trilateralists, Club of Rome, and the Jewish Cahilla, etc. Many see the conflict as a staged event to bring the nations into a global one world political state. A abundance of newsletters envision the President, members of his cabinet, and members of the Congress as part of a grand conspiracy to enrich the coffers of the International Jewish Bankers and personally profit from vested interests in the large multinational oil companies who own vested interests in the oil fields underneath the desert sands of the Middle East.
Christians who place their faith in Jesus Christ and the Bible have a duty before their God to be spiritually sensitive to the unfolding drama in the Middle East. CNN television ran news items stating that as a result of the United Nations co‑operation over the Iraqi crisis were witnessing the "New World Order." Why would Iraq absorb Kuwait?
Leonid Brezhnev Gave Us The Answer In 1973
"Our [Soviet] aim is to gain control of the two great treasure houses on which the West depends: The energy treasure house of the Persian Gulf and minerals treasure house of Central and Southern Africa." This Middle East crisis, the created energy crisis, the New World Order, the recession-depression economy, the new Euro‑Currency and taking away of the boundaries and sovereignty of the countries of Europe, and States of America are just some of the "mischiefs" Almighty God is heaping upon His Israel people.
The following verses present several out‑growths of these end‑time calamities which have come upon the Christian Nations of the World. "They shall be burnt with hunger, and devoured with burning heat, and with bitter destruction: I will also send the teeth of beasts upon them, with the poison of serpents of the dust. The sword without, and terror within, shall destroy both the young man and the virgin, the suckling also with the man of gray hairs." [4]
Following is what we believe is meant by the phrases:
a) "burnt hunger" ‑‑ Famine, strong craving hunger pains.
b) "burning heat" ‑‑ Unusual weather patterns, and possible green house effect.
c) "bitter destruction" ‑‑ Riots, military wars, race wars, economic collapse.
d) "teeth of beast" ‑‑ Instead of helping take a "bite out of crime," this beast is a system which helps give crime/lawlessness more of a bite through usury, drugs, sex, and abortion. But the "teeth of beast" also represents the twisted legal and judicial system which tears apart Christians, and though the teeth marks are not like those of the early day Christians who were torn apart in Caesar's lion dens/arenas, the destruction, loss of property, wages, and imprisonment this end time beast system inflicts can be quite painful and devastating to the Christian and his family.
e) "poison of serpent of the dust" ‑‑ Lies and deception which are based upon false promises and manipulating man into thinking that they are doing that which is right and good, when they take part in the evil devices of political, financial and religious snakes who are spreading their poison to the ignorant masses.
f) "the sword without" ‑‑ Wars, death and destruction, more specifically, the sword refers to the military might of Israel's [America's] enemies and the threat they pose to Israel when they shun Gods Laws.
g) "terror within" ‑‑ The enemy within the nations of Israel who like the Trojan horse pose the greatest danger to our national security and sovereignty. The two best examples of a present day Trojan horse are the United Nations [America's tower of Babel], and the Federal Reserve Banking monopoly formed in 1913. The influx of illegal aliens, many of which are agents of Israel's [America's] enemies, and who will begin terrorist raids as soon as the word is given by the conspirators.
Why Was America Willing to Go to War in the Persian Gulf?
1) The original policy statement of President Bush was to protect Saudi Arabia from Iraq. But as we have previously stated, that policy changes almost every day. Newsletters ripe with discovery and exploration into the Middle East Crisis have more sobering ideas to share.
2) They believe that there is a conspiracy underway to build a "New World Order" or "One World Government."
3) They see Iraq being targeted for military invasion because;
a) Iraq is in possession of the only military machine that is equal to or greater than that of Israel.
b) Zionist occupation of Palestine by massive immigration of Russian Jews cannot take place under the well aimed missiles of Iraq.
c) A chance to capture the Iraq oil fields and give it to the Zionists.
4) American armies are in Saudi Arabia to defend Israelis, the financial interests of the International Jewish Bankers and the vested interests of the multinational oil companies.
Consider the moral and spiritual rot that hangs like a cloud over America today. We have legalized the murder of our unborn children and slaughter them at the rate of over 4,500 babies per day in the abortion murder mills. Sodomites [Queers] proliferate throughout our land and are condoned by the pulpit, in the pew, and by the layman in the street. The sin of miscegenation [race mixing] runs like a scourge throughout our land. Race mixing has become a national mania among the American populace. The sin of fornication knows no limits in this land. Adultery, drunkenness, drug addiction, and profanity have become a way of life. Our fathers have turned from the covenant law of our God and have abandoned their children to the kingdom of Satan. The pulpits are filled with spineless feminine men who know neither God nor the Bible. We deny our children the joy of having the Bible in our public schools and jail teachers who dare lead the children in prayer. The United States of America stands guilty of covenant breaking, and now we are a nation under judgment. One of the penalties of covenant breaking is having the pride of our power broken before the heathen and having our sons and daughters scattered across the face of the earth running before our enemies. "Thy sons and thy daughters shall be given unto another people, and thine eyes shall look, and fail with longing for them all the day long: and there shall be no might in thine hand." [5]
And God has told us that He will give our people to the Negros (who are the Beast of the Field as spoken of in the Scriptures) in Jeremiah 31:27: "Behold, the days come, saith the LORD, that I will sow the house of Israel and the house of Judah with the seed of man, and with the seed of beast."
Thus, it is clear for all to see: God; not man, has placed American soldiers in the Persian Gulf. Mortal men are but the instruments of His divine sovereignty.[6]
Yes! It is true that American soldiers have drawn a line in the Arabian sand to protect the vested interest of the big banks and to insure the future profits of Exxon, Mobile, Gulf, Standard Oil and other multinational corporations and the elite who govern them. It is also true that this has happened to the covenant people of the American Israelite nation because we have broken covenant with our Eternal God. "The stranger that is within thee shall get up above thee very high; and thou shalt come down very low. He shall lend to thee, and thou shalt not lend to him: he shall be the head, and thou shalt be the tail. Moreover all these curses shall come upon thee, and shall pursue thee, and overtake thee, till thou be destroyed; because thou hearkenedst not unto the voice of the Lord thy God, to keep his commandments and his statutes which he commanded thee."
When the Pilgrim and Puritan fathers arrived on the shores of North America, they carried the Holy Bible, built churches, and lived by the Laws of God and Scripture. The millions of white Caucasian Europeans who followed in their wake for the next two hundred years continued to fear God, live by the Bible, and govern this nation by the Laws of their God.
Project Monarch: This was a U.S. Defense department code name assigned to a subsection of the Central Intelligence Agency's Operation Artichoke later to become Project MK Ultra. Whereas Project Monarch was officially dedicated sometime in the early 1960s by the U.S. Army. It is a genealogical approach to define transgenerational (via genetic psychology) behavioral modification through trauma based psychological mind control.
Through the publication of declassified U.S. Government documents, in the 1990s, the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) admitted that this ancient wizard's mechanism for control is so dangerous that most information pertaining to it must remain classified as Top Secret. Employees of a DOD subcontractor with exposure to mind-control research, are required to sign an oath of secrecy. Therefore, as long as they live they are restricted by law from revealing certain specific information that directly pertains to his/her employment as, among other sensitive exposures. This super secret technology is an evolved system of remote human physical and psychological manipulation that has only recently been officially recognized by accredited mental health physicians for what it is, absolute mind control. Much mind-control research is being done in Atlanta, Georgia on the Emory University campus at the Yerkes Primate Center.
Mind Control by Any Other Name: Sometimes words, or groups of words, found in the English language have many definitions or meanings. Within each meaning there may be different logical and literal perceptions of the application of a given word. However, the words mind control usually conjure up a single response. This is unfortunate due tot he vast differences of perception contained within the reference.
For example, if you have access to a late 1980s Random House or later Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary and reference mind control, you will notice there is a conspicuous absence of a listing. Should you go one step further and secure a college professor's teaching copy of Oxford's companion To The Mind (Oxford Press 1987), you can reference practically anything concerning research of the mind without a reference to mind control. Perhaps you may now realize that through Random House, Webster and Oxford Press omission, you are a victim of information control.
Mind Control is sometimes loosely defined as information control. This being one of many accepted ways to define the term should immediately raise questions of distrust towards your information sources. Since what we think is based on what we learn, manipulation of a mind, or a nation of minds, can be accomplished through control of information. With thought control being a result of information control, many avid researchers of mind sciences simply label it soft mind control.
Today, we live in a world in which the continued existence of multinational businesses and governments depend upon instant communications. However, with consideration to the so-called problem of information overload, it would appear to most people that we hear and see enough to make rational decisions concerning our individual lives. Unfortunately, this is not true. What we don't know, as evidenced by mind control atrocities, is quickly destroying society as we have known it.
The answer to this problem is glaringly apparent. We, as citizens of a supposedly free country, should not permit our government to restrict any information that protects criminal activity under the guise of National Security. Secret knowledge equals power, with the end result being control.
Therefore, despite the deliberate efforts of those persons in control of national secret mind-control projects gone awry have been leaking out for years through the media. People are literally waking up to the mind-control reality because there is an obvious lack of logical explanation for certain sensational news events. What really happened at Jim Jones' Jonestown and with Sirhan Sirhan, John Hinkley, and Lee Harvy Oswald? And, more importantly, why did it happen? The simple common denominator existing among these persons has been publicly stated by the media, based on research of their medical histories, is mind control.
In reality, information control is but one component of mind control. Whereas brain washing, a term coined by an investigative journalist writing about Korean War P.O.W.s about 1951, described the results of what the Chinese regarded as thought reform. The term brainwashing denotes to most people the destruction of a person's memory. This slang term continues to be used by the news media in place of the all encompassing term, mind control. In reality, applied brainwashing techniques are similar to those used in trauma-based behavior modification.
During the past three decades, a significant number of religious groups worldwide has been cited by the mainstream news media as destructive cults. An emphasis on the word destructive is necessary in defining these groups as cults. Random House Dictionary defines cult as a particular system of religious worship. By this definition, the word cult would encompass all religions. These so-called destructive cults have been publicly denounced by the news media for using brainwashing, thought reform, and mind manipulation tactics on their believers. However, there is an obvious lack of expressed concern by these same media as they fail to address the underlying issues of mind control, the power basis for abuse.
Perhaps the reporting news media can not, for some reason, publicly open the proverbial Pandora's Box. Is it plausible then to consider that closer scrutiny, by the media and the public, of these destructive cults' leadership could reveal a solid connection to government sponsored mind-control research? These are questions that, in themselves properly addressed, would provide important answers to this social epidemic involving physical and psychological abuse. The answers that an in-depth professional investigation would provide could be the first step in resolving the rash of problems that destructive cults, serial killers, and sexual child abusers, thrust upon society.
As consumers of national news media supplied information, we continue to accept half-truths which, in this case scenario, is seeing and hearing only what results from mass mind manipulation. Historians provide us with a glimpse into the future through recorded events of the past. It appears that throughout recorded history, man has, towards the end of each millennium, returned to a focus on certain types of bizarre human behavior. For example, there has been in the past 150 years a resurgence of wide spread interest in the occult black arts which include Satanism or Lucifarian religions. These constitutionally protected religions use trauma to control the minds of their followers.
Mind control practices within the occult groups (according to survivors adjudged credible and law enforcement officials) have been accredited with bridging the gap between applied science and Shamanism. Occultism as a manner of religious expression has been around for thousands of years. Only in the last 150 years has science aggressively pursued the truths regarding mind manipulation hidden with in the occult belief systems themselves. According to the Random House Dictionary, occultism "is the practice of alleged sciences claiming knowledge of supernatural agencies which are beyond the range of ordinary knowledge." Once again, it is a reminder that secret knowledge equals power.
In 1971, the New York Times reported a story on the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and occult research, the basis of which was gained through a collection of documents released by the U.S. Government Printing Office under the Freedom of Information Act. This was a report to Congress and clearly showed that the CIA was interested in the cause and effect clinical findings that occult religious practices have on the Black Arts practitioner's and/or the observer's mind. Of particular interest to eh CIA were the heightened levels of suggestibility that certain occult rituals produced in the minds of the practioniers. Cannibalism and blood rituals were ranked highest in the order of importance to their research.
Behavioral psychology teaches us that control of human suggestibility is recognized as the fundamental building block for external control of the mind. This suggestibility factor alone potentially creates a human rights legal issue when we consider constructing laws to protect people from overt or convert mind control practices. Consideration to the human suggestibility factor could result in all forms of consumer oriented service and/or product advertising becoming illegal. Advertising and the marketing of services and/or products through communications can be justifiably defined as a type of psychological manipulation, thought reform and/or mind manipulation which results in a form of behavior modification. Steven Jacobson, published his book entitled Mind Control in America [7] in 1985, eloquently exposing the science of mind manipulation through advertising. The basis for successfully modifying human behavior requires mind manipulation techniques that, when expertly applied through advertising media, become a form of soft mind control.
Factoring in suggestibility through the tactile senses as the Achilles' heel of the human race renders everyone vulnerable to becoming, on some level, a victim of soft mind control. The controversy of what is and what is not mind control rages on among scholars in the schools of law, human rights, and mental health, almost completely unknown to the masses. All the while the confusion of issues provides a form of legal protection for practitioners of trauma based mind control, the only known form of remote human control that is absolute. All other forms of mind control, including chemical and electronic manipulations, are considered by mind control experts as temporary.
There are laws protecting U.S. citizens' rights to practice their religious beliefs and freedom of speech. There are no laws which specifically protect leaders of destructive cults and/or practitioners of trauma based mind control. However, because of the U.S. Government's use of mind control and the broad diversity of legal opinion concerning the accepted limits of free speech and religious practices, the legal loop holes for criminals employing mind control techniques on their flocks for personal gain remain open.
For every problem there exists a solution. The formula for problem solving rests firmly on the quality of the supporting research information concerning the nature of the problem. Legislating laws specifically to protect people from mind control abuses would be futile. Practically every civilized society in existence has some law and/or group of laws which would protect the people and punish the practitioners of mind control. Laws are enforced according to lawmakers' interpretations of the specific legal language. The lack of enforcement of laws already on the books that could protect us from mind control abuses stems from a;;lied legal interpretations and cover-ups of survivor testimony by the CIA and National Security Agency (NSA) For Reasons of National Security. "Every revolution, bloody or bloodless, has two phases. The first is the struggle for Freedom; the second the struggle for power. The phase of the struggle for Freedom is divine. He who has participated in it invariably feels, physically, that his best and most precious inner self has come to the surface. We know that being faithful to the Truth stands higher than our own participation in governing the country and that is why we must not have a society that would reject ethical norms in the name of political mirages." [8]
Mind control atrocities, if committed by anyone who could be linked to government sponsored projects, are typically ignored and covered up. Access to the courts by these hapless survivors is thus stonewalled by government paid so-called legal experts who receive their orders from the National Security Agency. Therefore, defining the term mind control is akin to defining the limits of the 1947 National Security Act. The basis for the solution to the National Security controversy is simple. It is known as: Truth logically applied.
It has become an obvious truth that the National Security Act has been interpreted, not to guard the integrity of military secrets, but instead to protect criminal activity of the highest order by government officers at the highest levels, up to and including the Presidency.
Repeal of this Act and replacement with the established rules of military conduct concerning National Security that do not infringe upon the constitutional rights of America's citizenry or the rights of its allies would result in compliance with the Constitution.
1960: February 18: Secretary of State CFR member Christian Herter delivers a speech in which he calls for disarmament "to the point where no single nation or group of nations could effectively oppose this enforcement of international law by international machinery." The United States in the World Arena by Walt Rostow is published. He's a CFR member who will become President Kennedy's National Security Advisor, and in this book he declares: "It is a legitimate American national objective to see removed from all nations, including the United States, the right to use substantial military force to pursue their own interests. Since this residual right is the root of national sovereignty and the basis for the existence of an international arena of power, it is, therefore, an American interest to see an end to nationhood as it has been historically defined."
The Congo
Another example to demonstrate the monstrous gall and unfathomable hypocrisy of this organization which was sold to the American people as "the last hope of mankind." On June 30, 1960, in the wake of a massive world‑wide Communist/United Nations blitz of "colonialist," and "imperialist" charges against the European powers which still controlled parts of Africa, the Congo was granted independence by Belgium.
Immediately there emerged two main power blocks within the new African nation. One was led by Patrice Lumumba, a gin drinking, hashish smoking Communist thug who was called a "great African leader" by Nikita Khruschev. On the other side was a group led by, Moise Tshombe, the son of a successful businessman. Tshombe was a strong anti‑Communist and an ardent advocate of the concepts of limited government and free enterprise economy. He and his followers wished to establish a government in the Congo based on the "American model," a system of weights and balances.
Shortly after independence, the Congolese army mutinied against its Belgium officers. Lumumba immediately fired the officers and threw them out of the country. He promoted the mutineers and gave them huge increases in pay. Without professional military leadership, and incited by Lumumba and his Communist followers, the Congolese army went on a spree of plunder, rape and murder. European residents fled in terror, leaving behind everything that they had worked so hard to accumulate. Their bank accounts were frozen and the lucky ones managed to get out of the country alive with just the clothes they were wearing. The Belgian government ordered its troops back into the Congo to protect the lives and property of Belgians still in that country.
In a rage Lumumba declared war on Belgium and sought United nations aid in fighting the Belgians. Belgium, in turn, called on the United States for help so that it couldn't be accused by the Communists of perpetuating its influence in that nation. Washington, under the control of the Jewish‑Communist‑Zionists from behind the scenes, refused to help Tshombe, claiming that it would be best to call in the U.N. to help solve the problem.
On July 14, 1960, the United States representative at the U.N. sided with the Russians in a resolution condemning Belgium and demanding prompt withdrawal of her troops and authorizing the United Nations to send its own troops to aid Lumumba. Less than a week later, thousands of U.N. troops began pouring into the Congo. Belgium withdrew her troops immediately, leaving the nations to the not‑so‑tender mercies of Lumumba's pillaging rabble and the U.N. "peace‑keeping" forces.
The U.N. arrivals did little if anything to assist those in real need and to restore law and order. For the most part they stood to one side and watched the territory pillaged, and slip more and more under Communist control. It was during this period of virtual anarchy that Moise Tshombe led Katanga Province in its break with the Communist‑dominated central government with the famous declaration, "I am seceding from Chaos."
Tshombe requested and received Belgian assistance in subduing the mutineers and in restoring civil order. With Belgian aid he reorganized the army and peace was restored to the war‑torn province. Within a few days life in Katanga returned to near normal. The policy of the Katangan authorities was reflected in a statement by Interior Minister Godefroi Munongo when he said: "I want my country, Katanga, to be a bastion of anti‑Communism in Africa. I detest Communism and will not alter my opposition to it. Katanga will stay independent, no matter what. We shall not give in."
What happened next should made any sane American stop in his tracks and reflect deeply on the declarations and actions of the United Nations ‑‑ "the last hope of mankind." Hiding behind a thick wall of deceit an hypocrisy, the United Nations forces attacked peaceful Katanga, whose leaders were making efforts to unite the Congo along federal lines. If the United Nations command thought that subduing the anti‑Communist forces of Tshombe would be an easy task, they were sadly mistaken.
The Katangan leader's crash program to reorganize the army, though only in its early stages, had proved highly successful. After initial setbacks, the Katanga forces fought back and kept the "peace‑makers" from making further major gains. Frustrated by their lack of success, the U.N. mercenaries launched a campaign of Terror against the civilian population of Katanga: Murder, arson, rape and plunder were the order of the day. Ninety percent of the buildings destroyed by U.N. bombs were civilian structures.
Miraculously, the Katangans held the United Nations savages at bay and prevented their new country from capitulating. Then the tide began to turn in favor of the Katangans, who were being joined by their white neighbors who volunteered to fight against the U.N. forces who were murdering their friends and destroying their property (Now you know why Rhodesia had to be destroyed and a Communist Black guerrilla placed in charge.
And why the insane desire to destroy South Africa). A week after its unprovoked attack on Katanga, and as the result of demoralizing setbacks, the U.N. invaders agreed to a face‑saving cease‑fire. Katanga remained proudly free. As could be expected, the U.N. Organization put up a barrage of misleading statements, through the Jewish owned news media, and laid a thick smoke‑screen to cover up its atrocities in Katanga.
However, there were too many honest reporters on the scene and too many gruesome photographs and startlingly graphic newsreel footage smuggled out of Katanga for them to totally succeed in their work of deception. Close to a year had slipped by when top secret U.N. memorandum (to high officials) found its way into the hand of the American Committee for Aid to Katanga Freedom Fighters. The memorandum laid out a detailed plan for a second and decisive attack on the anti‑Communist province of Katanga. It also stated: "The U.S. will judge itself bound, as in the past, by U.N. decisions and will supply the necessary transport aircraft and, later on helicopters...the State Department has based its policy on the U.N. and will in no circumstances disregard its obligations to the U.N."
On December 29, 1962, the "peacekeeping" barbarians from the U.N. freshly supplied with American dollars and war material, launched their second attack upon freedom‑loving Katanga. A month later, when the invaders were storming his final stronghold, Moise Tshombe told his gallant troops: "You have fought bravely against the enemy three times in the last two and one‑half years. The odds have become over‑whelming against you."
Shortly afterwards, the last flickering hope of an independent and free Congo died. You will note that the U.N. "peace‑keepers" didn't come to the aid of the Chinese Nationalists in 1949 nor to the assistance of the Hungarian freedom fighters in 1956; nor to the East Germans; the Czechs; the Tibetans; the Cubans; Poland; Latvia; Estonia; Lithuania; Vietnam; Angola; Goa; Malaysia, and the Dominican Republic? In some cases the causes of the violence were communist inspired and backed, as in Cuba and Tibet, or the actions were of an oppressed people attempting to break the chain of a communist slave state, as in East Germany and Hungary.
Where was the U.N.? NOWHERE! This double standard only reflects the absolute control of the U.N. by forces that do not believe in the freedom of the individual and look forward only to a world controlled by the Communists. Then some time in the 1970's, the U.N. under the guise of humanity, had the AIDS virus placed into the last batch of Small‑Pox vaccines sent to Africa. This was to kill off the black population, for two reasons:
1). To begin the implementation of their global 2000 plan, which is the elimination of 1‑billion people by the year 2000 A.D. And they are well on the way to success, because at the last report more than ½ of the black population of Africa has AIDS, and it is thought by some authorities that the rest of the population will become infected in the next 5 years.
2). To eliminate the threat of a united effort by the blacks to stop the Jews when they finally discover who is out to destroy their entire race from off the face of the world. Just as they are trying to destroy the entire White Race.
The Jews Planted AIDS Virus
The Jews planted the AIDS Virus in Vaccine at the U.N. World Health Organization to weaken and conquer the U.S. Most Americans know by now that there is no known cure for AIDS. Some of our medical men frankly state that there will never be a cure, except by isolation. They have found that the AIDS virus is so small ‑ It can pass through a condom. And so strong ‑ it can live six hours on a kitchen table!
But the most amazing news is that doctors have discovered that the AIDS' virus was prepared especially for ‑ The African Black Man by Jewish Communist agents working as scientists for the World Health Organization [They are trough with the Blacks, as they have served their purpose in destroying Civil Rights and other laws they did not like in America.
The Blacks never suspecting their role as they worked tirelessly for equality, they never, and still do not, realize; that instead of getting what they most wanted, the Blacks were instead losing ground until, today their condition in life has not become better - But has steadily grown worse. Therefore the so-called Black leaders like Jessie Jackson and the Rev. Sharp will lead them to total destruction like a Judas Goat, for it is now time to remove them because they are becoming increasingly harder to handle]. They decided that our conquest by AIDS would be easier and more effective than a nuclear holocaust.
Dr. William Campbell Douglass, an M.D. wrote an article for the September issue of "Health Freedom News," the journal of the National Health Federation entitled:
Who Murdered Africa
This is not a question. It's a statement. WHO, the World Health Organization, murdered Africa with the AIDS virus. Dr. Doubtless continues: Other suspects, the homosexuals, the green monkey and the Haiti and, were only pawns in this Viricidal attack on the non-Communist World. Many viruses grow in animals and many grow in humans, but most of the viruses that affect animals don't affect humans. There are exceptions, such as Yellow Fever and Smallpox. The World Health Organization, in published articles, called for scientists to work with these deadly agents and attempt to make a hybrid virus that would be deadly to the black man. [9]
In the bulletin of the World Health Organization (WHO), Volume 47, pp. 251, 1972, they said, "An attempt should be made to see if Viruses can in fact exert selective effects on immune function. The possibility should be looked into that the immune response to the virus itself may be impaired if the infecting virus damages, more or less selectively, the cell responding to the virus."
That's AIDS. What the WHO is saying in plain English is, "Let's cook up a virus that selectively destroys the T‑cell system of man, an Acquired Immune Deficiency."
Why would anyone wish to do this? If you destroy the T‑cell System of man, you destroy man. Is it even remotely possible that the World Health Organization would want to develop a virus that would wipe out the Black Race? If their new virus creation worked, the WHO stated, then many terrible and fatal infectious viruses could be made even More terrible and More Malignant. Does this strike you as being a peculiar goal for a HEALTH organization?
What about the green monkey? Some of the best virologists in the world and many of those directly involved in AIDS research, such as Robert Gallo and Luc Montagnier, have said that the green monkey may be the culprit. You know the story: A green monkey bit a native on the rump and, bam ‑‑ AIDS all over Central Africa. There is a fatal flaw here. Gallo, Montagnier and these other virologists know that the AIDS virus doesn't occur naturally in monkeys. In fact, it does not occur naturally in any animal! AIDS started practically SIMULTANEOUSLY in the United States, Haiti, Brazil, and Central Africa. One would wonder, was the green monkey a jet pilot? Examination of the gene structure of the green monkey cells proves that it is not genetically possible to transfer AIDS virus from monkeys to man by natural means.
Dr. Theodore Strecker's research indicates that the National Cancer Institute in collaboration with the World Health Organization made the AIDS virus in their laboratories at Ft. Detrick (now NCI). They combined the deadly retroviruses, bovine leukemia virus and sheep visna virus, and injected them into human tissue cultures. The result was the AIDS virus, the first human retrovirus known to man and now believed to be 100% fatal to those infected. The momentous plague that the world now faces was anticipated by the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) in 1974 when they recommended that "Scientists throughout the world join with the members of this committee in voluntarily deferring experiments (linking) animal viruses."
What the NAS is saying in carefully‑guarded English is: "For God's Sake, stop this Madness!" Now that we've let the green monkey off the hook. How about the Communists (read that International Zionist Jews)? Well the Communists are saying AIDS is a "capitalist plot." This should make you suspicious because, as any student of the Jewish conspiracy knows, they always blame others for what they are in the process of doing. And what they are doing is conducting Germ Warfare from Fort Detrick, Maryland and Tel Aviv, Israel, against the Free World, especially the United States, even using foreign Communist agents within the United States Army's germ warfare unit euphemistically called the Army Infectious Disease Unit.
Carlton Gajdusek, an NIH executive at Fort Detrick, admits it: "In the facility I have a building where more Communist Scientists from the U.S.S.R. and mainland China work (with full passkeys to all the laboratories) than there are Americans. Even the Army's Infectious Disease Unit is loaded with foreign workers, not always friendly nationals."
Can you imagine that? A United Nations ‑ WHO Communist Trojan horse in OUR biological warfare center. There is absolutely no doubt that the creations of the AIDS virus by the WHO was not just a scientific exercise that got out of hand.
It was a cold‑blooded, diabolical, successful attempt to create a killer virus that was then used in a successful experiment in Africa. So successful that most of Central Africa may be wiped out, 75,000,000 Dead within the next few years. It was Not an accident. It was deliberate. In the Federation Proceedings of the United States in 1972, WHO said: "In the relation to the immune response a number of useful experimental approaches can be visualized."
They suggested that a neat way to do this would be to put their new killer virus (AIDS) into a vaccination program, sit back and observe the results. "This would be particularly informative in sibships," they said. That is, give the AIDS Virus to Brothers and Sisters and see if they die, who dies first and of what, just like using rats in a laboratory. They used Smallpox Vaccine for their vehicle and the geographical sites chosen in 1972 were Uganda and other African states, Haiti, Brazil and Japan.
Dr. Strecker pointed out that even if the African green monkey could transmit AIDS to humans, the present known amount of infection in Africa makes it statistically impossible for a single episode, such as a monkey biting someone on the butt, to have brought this epidemic to the point it currently is. The doubling time of the number of people infected, about every 14 months, when correlated with the first known case, and the present known number of cases, prove beyond a doubt that a large number of people had to have been infected at the same time.
From 1972 to 1987 is 15 years. In 15 years, From a single source of infection there would be about 8,000 cases in Africa, not 75‑million. We are approaching World War II mortality statistics. Dr. Theodore A. Strecker is the courageous doctor who unraveled this conundrum, The Greatest Murder Mystery of All Time. He should get the Nobel Prize, but he'll be lucky not to be "suicided with a heart attack or accident of some sort."
Strecker has found that The AIDS Epidemic will in all probability bankrupt the nation's medical system. He became fascinated with the peculiar scientific anomalies concerning AIDS that kept cropping up. Why did "experts" keep talking about green monkeys and homosexuals being the culprits when it was obvious that the AIDS virus was a man‑made virus? Why did they say that it was a homosexual and drug‑user disease when in Africa it was obviously a heterosexual disease? If the green monkey did it, then Why did AIDS Explode practically simultaneously in Africa, Haiti, Brazil, the United States and Southern Japan? It performed in this way: Because it was deliberately planted, to destroy a people who has become too dangerous to be allowed to live.
As early as 1970 the World Health Organization was growing deadly sheep and bovine viruses in human tissue cultures. Cedric Mims said in a published article in 1981 that there was a Bovine Virus contaminating the culture media of the WHO. Was this an accident? If it was an accident, why did WHO continue to use the vaccine? This viral and genetic death bomb, AIDS, was finally produced in 1974. It was given to monkeys, and they died of pneumocystis carni, which is typical of AIDS. Dr. R.J. Biggar said in Lancet: "...The AIDS agent...could not have originated de novo."
That means it didn't come out of thin air. AIDS was engineered in a laboratory by Virologists. There are 9,000 to the fourth power possible AIDS viruses. There are 9,000 base pairs on the genome. So the fun has just begun. Some will cause brain rot similar to the sheep virus, some leukemia‑like diseases from the cow virus, and some that won't do anything. So the virus will be constantly changing and trying out new esoteric diseases hapless man. We're only at the beginning.
Because of the trillions of possible genetic combinations, there will never be a vaccine. If they could develop a vaccine, they would undoubtedly give us something equally bad as they did with the polio vaccine; cancer of the brain, the swine flu vaccine, a polio‑like disease, the smallpox vaccine (AIDS), and the hepatitis vaccine (AIDS). This is not the first time the virologists have brought us disaster. SV‑40 from monkey cell cultures contaminated polio cultures.
Most people in their 40's are now carrying this virus through contaminated polio inoculations given in the early 60s. It is known to cause brain cancer, which explains the increase in this disease that has been observed in the past ten years.
This is the origin of the green monkey theory. The polio vaccine was grown on green monkey kidney cells. Despite the fact that Polio was rapidly disappearing without any medical intervention, 64‑million Americans were vaccinated with SV‑40 contaminated vaccine in the 60s, producing an increase in cancer of the brain.
Primary multifocal leukoencpha-lopathy (PML), brain rot, has been added to the burden of homosexuals who have been given AIDS through Hepatitis-B Vaccine.
The AIDS virus didn't exist in the United States before 1978, What happened in 1978 to cause AIDS to burst upon the scene and devastate the homosexual and Black segments of our population? It was the introduction of the Hepatitis-B Vaccine which exhibits the exact Epidemiology of AIDS. A Doctor W. Schmugner, born in Poland and educated in Russia, came to this country in 1969. By an unexplained process, he became head of the New York City Blood Bank.
How does a Russian-Trained Jewish doctor become head of one of the largest blood banks in the world? Doesn't that strike you as peculiar? He set up the rules for the hepatitis vaccine studies. Only males between the ages of 20 and 40, who were not monogamous, would be allowed to participate in this study. Can you think of any reason, other than the desire to spread something among the population, for insisting that all experimenters be promiscuous?
Schmugner is now dead and his diabolical secret went with him. The hepatitis vaccine, unlike the AIDS vaccine, was not grown from human tissue culture. So accidental contamination didn't occur. The AIDS Virus was put in the Vaccine deliberately. it was no mistake. It affects, almost exclusively, Queers, Negroes, Jews and Mixed Breeds.
The Centers for Disease Control reported in 1981 that four percent of those receiving the hepatitis‑vaccine were AIDS‑infected. In 1984 they admitted to 60%. Now they refuse to give out figures at all because They don't want to admit that 100% of Hepatitis Vaccine receivers are infected with AIDS. Where is the data on the hepatitis vaccine studies? FDA? CDC? No, The Federal Government has it buried where you will never see it. [10]
1959/1960: The Caribbean. The 2nd marine ground task force was deployed to protect U.S. Nationals during the Cuban crisis.
1961: The United States Government trained and transported Cuban exiles for the recapture of their homeland. Then were deliberately abandoned to Castro at the Bay of Pigs. This was just another of the psychological acts performed by our Jewish‑owned traitorous leaders to install, in the American's mind a feeling of helplessness against Communism.
1961: April, Our government understood that Castro would allow Russia to destroy us from Cuban bases. To avert this inevitable destruction, an invasion was planned, financed, and controlled by the United States State Department and Central Intelligence Agency.
The President of the United States approved the plan and promised air support to the invaders. Two United States carriers, loaded with fighter planes stood by in easy striking distance. Secure in the assurance of absolutely necessary air support, 1400 brave, armed men, landed on the shores of Cuba. In the ensuing battle Castro's forces suffered heavy losses. Castro's tanks coming into the battle could have all been completely destroyed by air support. Confidently, the little, patriotic, invading force waited for the promised air support to arrive. Our President had faithfully assured them of that support. It was part of the pre‑ invasion planning. A small but potent force of B‑26's was sitting in readiness on an airstrip 500 miles away waiting to take off to help the brave invaders at the Bay of Pigs. But those planes did not take off.
The brave young, freedom‑loving, patriot martyrs were lied to and betrayed and forsaken and allowed to die awful deaths by the most powerful and most highly respected nation on earth. At their darkest hour, our government broke its word, and its sacred honor and allowed those brave men to suffer, bleed and perish. This is one of the dirtiest blotches in American history.
|
Just before the planes took off: We were again informed by our CFR United Nations Communist bosses that: We were not a Sovereign Nation; that we were no longer living under the United States Constitution, but under the United Nations Charter; that we had no right to make any military move not even to defend ourselves from invasion or aggression, or even to put down internal rebellion and revolution except upon the orders or with the permission of the "Under Secretary of Political Security and Military Affairs" of the United Nations; and that he demanded the United States to stop the invasion and to be sure not to allow the planes to leave the ground. |
Here is the evidence unmistakable and irrefutable that this surrender and unilateral disarming has been progressively and uninterruptedly implemented since 1961: Our delegate in the United Nations said, "My government, the United States, will destroy over 2,000 B‑47 bomber‑type aircraft. We destroy our B‑52 heavy strategic aircraft. The United States plans on discontinuing the production of advanced designed weapons."
Public Law 87-297
87th Congress, H.R. 9118
September 26, 1961
An Act
To establish a United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress Assembled,
TITLE I -- SHORT TITLE, PURPOSE, AND DEFINITIONS
SHORT TITLE
Section 1. This Act may be cited as the "Arms Control and Disarmament Act."
PURPOSE
Sec. 2. An ultimate goal of the United States is a world which is free from the scourge of war and the dangers and burdens of armaments; in which the use of force has been subordinated to the rule of law; and in which international adjustments to a changing world are achieved peacefully. It is the purpose of this Act to Provide impetus toward this goal by creating a new agency of peace to deal with the problem of reduction and control of armaments looking toward ultimate world disarmament.
Arms control and disarmament policy, being an important aspect of foreign policy, must be consistent with national security policy as a whole. The formulation and implementation of United States arms control and disarmament policy in a manner which will promote the national security can best be insured by a central organization charged by statute with primary responsibility for this field.
This organization must have such a position within the Government that it can provide the President, the Secretary of State, other officials of the executive branch, and the Congress with recommendations concerning United States arms control and disarmament policy, and can assess the effect of these recommendations upon our foreign policies, our national security policies, and our economy. This organization must have the capacity to provide the essential scientific, economic, political, military, psychological, and technological information upon which realistic arms control and disarmament policy must be based. It must be able to carry out the following primary functions:
(a) The conduct, support, and coordination of research for arms control and disarmament policy formulation;
(b) The preparation for and management of United States participation in international negotiations in the arms control and disarmament field;
© The Dissemination and coordination of public information concerning arms control and disarmament; and
(d) The preparation for, operation of, or as appropriate, direction of United States participation in such control systems as may become part of United States arms control and disarmament activities.
DEFINITIONS
Sec. 3. As used in this Act: --
(a) The terms "arms control" and "disarmament" mean the identification, verification, inspection, limitation, control, reduction, or elimination, of armed forces and armaments of all kinds under international agreement including the necessary steps taken under such an agreement to establish an effective system of international control, or to create and strengthen international organizations for the maintenance of peace.
(b) The term "Government agency" means any executive department, commission, agency, independent establishment, corporation wholly or partly owned by the United States which is an instrumentality of the United States, or any board, bureau, division, service, office, officer, authority, administration, or other establishment in the executive branch of Government.
(c) The term "Agency" means the United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency.
TITLE II - ORGANIZATION
UNITED STATES ARMS CONTROL AND DISARMAMENT AGENCY
Sec. 21. There is hereby established an agency to be know as the "United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency."
DIRECTOR
Sec. 22. The Agency shall be headed by a Director, who shall serve as the principal adviser to the Secretary of State and the President on arms control and disarmament matters. In carrying out his duties under this act the Director shall, under the direction of the Secretary of State, have primary responsibility within the Government for arms control and disarmament matters, as defined in this Act. He shall be appointed by the President, by and the advice and consent of the Senate. He shall receive compensation at the rate of $22,500 per annum.
DEPUTY DIRECTOR
Sec. 23. A Deputy Director of the Agency shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. He shall receive compensation at the rate of $21,500 per annum. The Deputy Director shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as the Director may prescribe. He shall act, for and exercise the powers of, the Director during his absence or disability or during a vacancy in said office.
ASSISTANT DIRECTORS
Sec. 24. Not to exceed four Assistant Directors may be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. They shall receive compensation at the rate of $20,000 Per annum. They shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as the Director may prescribe.
BUREAUS, OFFICES, AND DIVISIONS
Sec. 25. The Director, under the direction of the Secretary of State, may establish within the Agency such bureaus, offices, and divisions as he may determine to be necessary to discharge his responsibilities under this Act, including, but not limited to, an Office of the General Counsel.
GENERAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Sec. 26. The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, may appoint a General Advisory Committee of not to exceed fifteen members to advise the Director on arms control and disarmament policy and activities. The President shall designate one of the members as Chairman. The members of the committee may receive the compensation and reimbursement for expenses specified for consultants by section 41(d) of this Act. The Committee shall meet at least twice each year. It shall from time to time advise the President, the Secretary of State, and the Disarmament Director respecting matters affecting arms control, disarmament, and world peace.
TITLE III - FUNCTIONS
RESEARCH
Sec. 31. The Director is authorized and directed to exercise his powers in such manner as to insure the acquisition of a fund of theoretical and practical knowledge concerning disarmament. To this end, the Director is authorized and directed, under the directions of the President, (1) to insure the conduct of research, development, and other studies in the field of arms control and disarmament; (2) to make arrangements (including contracts, agreements, and grants) for the conduct of research, development, and other studies in the field of arms control and disarmament by private or public institutions or person; and (3) to coordinate the research, development, and other studies conducted in the field of arms control and disarmament by or for other Government agencies in accordance with procedures established under section 35 of this Act. In carrying out his responsibilities under this Act, the Director shall, to the maximum extent feasible, make full use of available facilities, Government and private. The authority of the Director with respect to research, development, and other studies shall be limited to participation in the following insofar as they relate to arms control and disarmament:
(a) the detection, identification, monitoring, limitation, reduction, control, and elimination of armed forces and armaments, including thermonuclear, nuclear, missile, conventional, bacteriological, chemical, and radiological weapons;
(b) the techniques and systems of detecting, identifying, inspecting, and monitoring of tests of nuclear, thermonuclear, and other weapons;
© the analysis of national budgets, levels of industrial production, and economic indicators to determine the amounts spent by various countries for armaments.
(d) the control, reduction, and elimination of armed forces and armaments in space, in areas on and beneath the earth's surface, and in underwater regions;
(e) the structure of operation of international control and other organizations useful for arms control and disarmament;
(f) the training of scientists, technicians, and other personnel for manning the control systems which may be created by international arms control and disarmament agreements;
(g) the reduction and elimination of danger of war resulting from accident, miscalculation, or possible surprise attack, including (but not limited to) improvements in the methods of communication between nations;
(h) the economic and political consequences of arms control and disarmament, including the problems of readjustment arising in industry and the reallocation of national resources;
(I) the arms control and disarmament implications of foreign and national security policies of the United States with a view to a better understanding of the significance of such policies for the achievement of arms control and disarmament;
(j) the national security and foreign policy implication of arms control and disarmament proposals with a view to a better understanding of the effect of such proposals upon national security and foreign policy;
(k) methods for the maintenance of peace and security during different stages of arms control and disarmament;
(l) the scientific, economic, political, legal, social, psychological, military, and technological factors related to the prevention of war with a view to a better understanding of how the basic structure of a lasting peace may be established;
(m) such related problems as the Director may determine to be in need of research, development, or study in order to carry out the provisions of this Act.
PATENTS
Sec. 32. All research within the United States contracted for, sponsored, cosponsored, or authorized under authority of this Act, shall be provided for in such manner that all information as to uses, products, processes, patents, and other developments resulting from such research developed by Government expenditure will (with such exceptions and limitations, if any, as the Director may find to be necessary in the public interest) be available to the general public. This subsection shall not be so construed to deprive the owner of any background patent relating thereto of such rights as he may have thereunder.
POLICY FORMULATION
Sec. 33. The Director is authorized and directed to prepare for the President, the Secretary of State, and the heads of such other Government, agencies, as the President may determine, recommendations concerning United States arms control and disarmament policy: Provided however, That no action shall be taken under this or any other law that will obligate the United States to disarm or to reduce or to limit the Armed Forces or armaments of the United States, except pursuant to the treaty making power of the President under the Constitution or unless authorized by further affirmation legislation by the Congress of the United States.
NEGOTIATIONS AND RELATED FUNCTIONS
Sec. 34. Under the direction of the Secretary of State:
(a) the Director, for the purpose of conducting negotiations concerning arms control and disarmament or for the purpose of exercising any other authority given him by this Act, may consult and communicate with or direct the consultation and communication with representatives of other nations or international organizations and (2) communicate in the name of the Secretary with diplomatic representatives of the United States in this country and abroad.
(b) the Director shall perform functions pursuant to section 2© of Reorganization Plan 8 of 1953 with respect to providing to the United States Information Agency official United States positions and policy on arms control and disarmament matters for dissemination abroad.
© the Director is authorized (1) to formulate plans and make preparations for the establishment, operation, and funding of inspection and control systems which may become part of the United States arms control and disarmament activities, and (2) as authorized by law, to put into effect, direct, or otherwise assume United States responsibility for such systems.
COORDINATION
Sec. 35. The President is authorized to establish procedures to (1) assure cooperation, consultation, and a continuing exchange of information between the Agency and the Department of Defense, the Atomic Energy Commission, and National Aeronautics and Space Administration and other affected Government agencies, in all significant aspects of United States arms control and disarmament policy and related matters, including current and prospective policies, plans, and programs, (2) resolve differences of opinion between the Director and such other agencies which cannot resolve through consultation, and (3) provide for presentation to the President of recommendations of the Director with respect to such differences, when such differences involve major matters of policy and cannot be resolved through consultation.
TITLE IV - GENERAL PROVISIONS
GENERAL AUTHORITY
Sec. 41. In the performance of his functions, the Director is authorized to: --
(a) utilize or employ the services, personnel, equipment, or facilities of any other Government agency, with the consent of the agency concerned, to perform such functions on behalf of the Agency as may appear desirable. It is the intent of this section that the Director rely upon the Department of State for general administrative services in the United States and abroad to the extent agreed upon between the Secretary of State and the Director. Any Government agency is authorized, notwithstanding any other provision of law, to transfer to or to receive from the Director, without reimbursement, supplies and equipment other than administrative supplies or equipment. Transfer or receipt of excess property shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended;
(b) appoint officers and employees, including attorneys, for the Agency in accordance with the civil service laws and fix their compensation in accordance with the Classification Act of 1949, as amended;
(c) enter into agreements with other Government agencies, including the military departments through the Secretary of Defense, under which officers or employees of such agencies may be detailed to the Agency for the performance of service pursuant to this Act without prejudice to the status or advancement of such offices or employees within their own agencies;
(d) procure services of experts and consultants or organizations thereof, including stenographic reporting services, as authorized by section 15 of the Act of August 2, 1946 (5 U.S.C. 55a), at rates not to exceed $100 per diem for individuals, and to pay in connection therewith travel expenses of individuals, including transportation and per diem in lieu of subsistence while away from their homes or regular places of business, as authorized by section 5 of said Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. 73b-2): Provided, That no such individual shall be employed for more than one hundred days in any fiscal year unless the President certifies that employment of such individual in excel of such number of days is necessary in the national interest: And provide further, That such contracts may be renewed annually;
(e) employ individuals of outstanding ability without compensation in accordance with the provisions of section 710(b) of the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. 2160), and regulations issued thereunder;
(f) establish advisory boards to advise with and make recommendations to the director on United States arms control and disarmament policy and activities. The members of such boards may receive the compensation and reimbursement for expenses specified for consultants by section 41(d) of this Act;
(g) delegate, ad appropriate, to the Deputy Director or other officers of the Agency, and authority conferred upon the Director by the provisions of this Act; and
(h) make, promulgate, issue, rescind, and amend such rules and regulation as may be necessary or desirable to the exercise of any authority conferred upon the Director by the provisions of this Act.
FOREIGN SERVICE RESERVE AND STAFF OFFICERS
Sec. 42. The Secretary of State may authorize the Director to exercise, with respect to Foreign Service Reserve officers and Foreign Service Staff officers and employees appointed or employed for the Agency, the following authority: (1) The authority available to the Secretary of State under the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended, (2) the authority available to the Secretary under any other provision of law pertaining specifically, or generally applicable, to such officers or employees, and (3) the authority of the Board of Foreign Service pursuant to the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended.
CONTRACTS OR EXPENDITURES
Sec. 43. The President may, in advance, exempt actions of the Director from the provision of law relating to contracts or expenditures of Government funds whenever he determines that such action is essential in the interest of the United States arms control and disarmament and security policy.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AND DUAL COMPENSATION LAWS
Sec. 44. The members of the General Advisory Committee created by section 26 of this Act, and the members of the advisory board, the consultants, and the individuals of outstanding ability employed without compensation, all of which are provided in section 41 of this Act, may serve as such without regard to the provisions of section 281, 283, 284, or 1914 or title 18 of the United States Code, or of section 190 of the Revised Statutes (5 U.S.C. 99), of any other Federal law imposing restrictions, requirements, or penalties in relation to the employment of individuals, the performance of services, or the payment or receipt of compensation in connection with any claim, proceeding, or matter involving the United States Government, except insofar as such provisions of law may prohibit any such individual from receiving compensation from a source other than a nonprofit educational institution in respect of any particular matter in which the Agency is directly interested. Nor shall such service be considered as employment or holding of office or position bringing such individual within the provision of section 13 of the Civil Service Retirement Act (5 U.S.C. 2263), section 212 of the Act of June 30, 1932, as amended (5 U.S.C. 59a), or any other Federal law limiting the reemployment of returned officers or employees or governing the simultaneous receipt of compensation and retired pay or annuities.
SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
Sec. 45. (a) The Director shall establish such security and loyalty requirements, restrictions, and safeguards as he deems necessary in the interest of the national security and to carry out the provisions of this Act. The Director shall arrange with the Civil Service Commission for the conduct of full-field background security and loyalty investigations of all the Agency's officers, employees, consultants, persons detailed from other Government agencies, members of its General Advisory Committee, advisory boards, contractors and subcontractors, and their officers and employees, actual or prospective. In the event the investigation discloses information indicating that the person investigated may be or may become a security risk, or may be of doubtful loyalty, the report of the investigation shall be turned over to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a full-field investigation. The final results of all such investigations shall be turned over to the Director for final determination. No person shall be permitted to enter on duty as such an officer, employee, consultant, or member of advisory committee or board, or pursuant to any such detail, and no contractor or subcontractor, or officer or employee thereof shall be permitted to have access to any classified information, until he shall have been investigated in accordance with this subsection and the report of such investigations made to the Director, and the Director shall have determined that such person is not a security risk or of doubtful loyalty. Standards applicable with respect to the security clearance of persons within any category referred to in this subsection shall not be less stringent, and the investigation of such persons for such purposes shall not be less intensive or complete, than in the case of such clearance of persons in corresponding category under the security procedures of the Government agency or agencies having the highest security restrictions with respect to persons in such category.
(b) The Atomic Energy Commission may authorize any of its employees, or employees of any contractor, prospect- tive contractor, licensee, or prospective licensee of the Atomic Energy Commission or any other person authorized to have access to Restricted Data by the Atomic Energy Commission under section 2165 of title 42, to permit the director of any officer, employee, consultant, person detailed from other Government agencies, members of the General Advisory Committee or of an advisory board established pursuant to section 41(f), contractor, subcontractor, prospective contractor, or prospective subcontractor, or officer or employee of such contractor, subcontractor, prospective contractor, or prospective subcontractor, to have access to Restricted Data which is required in the performance of his duties and so certified by the Director, but only if (1) the Atomic Energy Commission has determined, in accordance with the established personnel security procedures and standards of the Commission, that permitted such individual to have access to such Restricted Data will not endanger the common defense and security, and (2) the Atomic Energy Commission finds that the established personnel and other security procedures and standards of the Agency are adequate and in reasonable conformity to the standards established by the Atomic Energy Commission under section 2165 of title 42, including those for interim clearance in subsection (b) thereof. Any individual granted access to such Restricted Data pursuant to this subsection may exchange such data with any individual who (A) is an officer or employee of the Department of Defense, or any department or agency thereof, or a member of the Armed Forces, or an officer or employee of the National Pub. Aeronautics and Space Administration, or a contractor or subcontractor or any such department, agency, or armed force, or officer or employee of any such contractor or subcontractor, and (B) has been authorized to have access to Restricted Data under the provisions of section 2163 or 2455 or title 42.
COMPTROLLER GENERAL AUDIT
Sec. 46. No moneys appropriated for the purpose of this Act shall be available for payment under any contract with the Director, negotiated without advertising, except contracts with any foreign government, international organization or any agency thereof, unless such contract includes a clause to the effect that the Comptroller General of the United States or any of his duty authorized representatives shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the contractor or any of his subcontractors engaged in the performance of, and involving transactions related to such contracts or subcontractors: Provided, however, That no moneys so appropriated shall be available for payment under such contract which includes any provisions precluding an audit by the General Accounting Office of any transaction under such contract: And provided further, That nothing in this section shall preclude the earlier disposal of contractor and subcontractor records in accordance with records disposal schedules agreed upon between the Director and the General Accounting Office.
TRANSFER OF ACTIVITIES AND FACILITIES TO AGENCY
Sec. 47. (a) The United States Disarmament Administration, together with its records, property, personnel, and funds, is hereby transferred to the Agency. The appropriations and unexpended balances of appropriations transferred to the Agency. The appropriations and unexpended balances of appropriations transferred pursuant to this subsection shall be available to expenditure for any and all objects of expenditure authorized by this Act, without regard to the requirements of apportionment under section 665 of title 31.
(b) The President, by Executive order, may transfer to the Director any activities or facilities of the Government agency which relate primarily to arms control and disarmament. In connection with any such transfer, the President may under this section or other applicable authority, provide for appropriate transfers of records, property, civilian personnel, and funds. No transfer shall be made under this subsection until (1) a full and complete report concerning the nature and effect of such proposed transfer has been transmitted by the President to the Congress, and (2) the first period of sixty calendar days of regular session of the Congress following the date of receipt of such report by the Congress has expired without adoption by either House of Congress of a resolution stating that such House does not favor such transfer. The procedures prescribed in title II of the Reorganization Act of 1949 shall apply to any such resolution.
USE OF FUNDS
Sec. 48. Appropriations made to the Director for the purpose of this Act, and transfers of funds to him by other Government agencies for such purposes, shall be available to him to exercise any authority granted him by this Act, including, without limitation, expenses of printing and binding without regard to the provisions of section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111); purchase or hire of one passenger motor vehicle for official use of the Director without regard to the limitations contained in section 78© of title 5 of the United States Code; entertainment and official courtesies to the extent authorized by appropriation; expenditures for training and study; expenditures in connection with participation in international conferences for the purpose of this Act,; and expenses in connection with travel of personal outside of the Untied States, including transportation expenses of dependents, household goods, and personal effects, and expenses authorized by the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended, not otherwise provided for.
APPROPRIATION
Sec. 49. (a) There are hereby authorized to be appropriated not to exceed $10,000,000 to remain available until expended, to carry out the purpose of this Act.
(b) Funds appropriated pursuant to this section may be allocated or transferred to any agency for carrying out the purposes of this Act. Such funds shall be available for obligation and expenditure in accordance with authority granted in this Act, or under authority governing the activities of the agencies to which such funds are allocated or transferred.
REPORT TO CONGRESS
Sec. 50. The Director shall submit to the President, for transmittal to the Congress, not later than January 31 of each year, a report concerning activities of the Agency.
Approved September 26, 1961, 12:45 p.m.
PL 101-216 (HR 1495)
December 11, 1989
ARMS CONTROL AND DISARMAMENT AMENDMENTS ACT OF 1989
AN ACT to amend the Arms Control and Disarmament Act to authorize
appropriations for the Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, and for other purposes.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States
of America in Congress assembled.
<<22 USCA s 2551 NOTE>>
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
This Act may be cited as the "Arms Control and Disarmament Amendments Act of 1989."
TITLE I--ARMS CONTROL AND DISARMAMENT AGENCY
<<22 USCA z 2589>>
SEC. 101. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR FISCAL YEAR 1988.
"Section 49. (a) To carry out the purposes of this Act, there are authorized to be appropriated--
"(A) $36,000,000 for the fiscal year 1990 and $37,316,000 for the fiscal year 1991; and
"(B) such additional amounts as may be necessary for fiscal years 1990 and 1991 for increases in salary, pay, retirement, other employee benefits authorized by law, and other nondiscretionary costs, and to offset adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates."
<<22 USCA s 2563>>
SEC. 102. DUTIES OF THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR.
Section 23 of the Arms Control and Disarmament Act (22 U.S.C. 2563) is amended in the second sentence to read as follows: "The Deputy Director shall have direct responsibility, under the supervision of the Director, for the administrative management of the Agency, intelligence-related activities, security, and the Special Compartmental Intelligence Facility, and shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as the Director may prescribe."
SEC. 103. DUTIES OF THE SPECIAL REPRESENTATIVES.
<<22 USCA s 2567>>
(a) IN GENERAL.--Section 27 of the Arms Control and Disarmament Act (22 U.S.C. 2567) is amended by striking out "who shall perform" and all that follows through the period and inserting in lieu thereof the following: ",one of whom should serve as special representative for conventional arms control negotiations, and the other should serve as special representative and chief science advisor to the Director. The two Special Representatives shall perform their duties and exercise their powers under the direction of the President and the Secretary of State, acting through the Director."
<<22 USCA s 2567 NOTE>>
(b) APPLICATION.-- The Amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to individuals who are appointed as Special Representatives on or after the date of enactment of this Act.
<<22 USCA s 2565 NOTE>>
SEC. 104. ARMS CONTROL IMPLEMENTATION AND COMPLIANCE RESOLUTION.
The Director of the United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency should study, and report to the Congress on, the advisability of establishing in the Agency an arms control implementation and compliance resolution bureau, or other organizational unit, that would be responsible for--
(1) managing the implementation of existing and future arms control agreements.
(2) coordinating the activities of the Special Verification Commission and the Standing Consultative Commission; and
(3) preparing comprehensive analysis and policy positions regarding the effective resolution of arms control compliance questions.
SEC. 105. ARMS CONTROL VERIFICATION.
<<22 USCA s 2577a>>
(a) ESTABLISHMENT OF WORKING GROUP.--The President should establish a working group--mp21
(1) to examine verification approaches to a strategic arms reduction agreement and other arms control agreements; and
(2) to assess the relevance for such agreements of the verification provisions of the Treaty Between the United States and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on the Elimination of Their Intermediate-Range and Shorter-Range Missiles (signed at Washington, December 8, 1987).
<<22 USCA s 2577a>>
(b) INFORMATION AND DATA BASE.--
(1) The Agency shall allocate sufficient resources to develop and maintain a comprehensive information and data base on verification concepts, research, technologies, and systems. The Agency shall collect, maintain, analyze, and disseminate information pertaining to arms control verification and monitoring, including information regarding--
(A) all current United States bilateral and multilateral arms treaties; and
(B) proposed, prospective and potential bilateral or multilateral arms treaties in the areas of nuclear, conventional, chemical, and space weapons.
(2) The Agency shall seek to improve United States verification and monitoring activities through the monitoring and support of relevant research and analysis.
(3) The Agency shall provide detailed information on the activities pursuant to this section in its annual report to the Congress.
<<22 USCA s 2588>>
SEC. 106. EXPENSES OF TRAVEL CONTINUING BEYOND THE END OF THE FISCAL YEAR.
Section 48 of the Arms Control and Disarmament Act (22 U.S.C. 2588) is amended by inserting after "personal effect" the following: "(including any such travel or transportation any part of which begins in one fiscal year pursuant to travel orders issued in that fiscal year, but which is completed after the end of that fiscal year)."
SEC. 107. REPORTING REQUIREMENT ON PROSPECTS FOR CONVERSION OF UNITED STATES DEFENSE INDUSTRIES.
The Director of the United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, in consultation with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Commerce, shall study, and (not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act) submit to the Congress a report, on concrete steps which should be taken to improve prospects for conversion of portions of United States defense industries to nondefense-related activities as opportunities are presented through the achievement of successful arms control agreements.
TITLE II--ON--SITE INSPECTION ACTIVITIES
SEC. 201. ON-SITE INSPECTION AGENCY.
The Arms Control and Disarmament Act is amended by adding at the end of the following:
<<22 USCA s 2595>>
"TITLE V--ON-SITE INSPECTION ACTIVITIES"
"SEC. 61. FINDINGS.
"The Congress finds that--
“(1) under this Act, the United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency is charged with the formulation and implementation of United States arms control and disarmament policy in a manner which will promote the national security';
"(2) as defined in this Act, the terms 'arms control' and 'disarmament' mean 'the identification, verification, inspection, limitation, control, reduction, or elimination, of armed forces and armaments of all kinds under international agreement to establish an effective system of international control';
"(3) the On-Site Inspection Agency was established in 1988 pursuant to the INF Treaty to implement, on behalf of the United States, the inspection provisions of the INF Treaty;
"(4) on-site inspection activities under the INF Treaty include--
"(A) inspections in the Soviet Union, Czechoslovakia, and the German Democratic Republic,
"(B) escort duties for Soviet teams visiting the United States and the Basing Countries,
"(C) establishment and operation of the Portal Monitoring Facility in the Soviet Union, and
"(D) support for the Soviet inspectors at the Portal Monitoring Facility in Utah;
"(5) the personnel of the On-Site Inspection Agency include civilian technical experts, civilian support personnel, and members of the Armed Forces; and
"(6) the senior officials of the On-Site Inspection Agency include representatives from the United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency and the Department of State.
<<22 USCA s 2595a>>
"SEC. 62. POLICY COORDINATION CONCERNING IMPLEMENTATION OF ON-SITE INSPECTION PROVISIONS.
"(a) INTERAGENCY COORDINATION.--OSIA should receive policy guidance which is formulated through an interagency mechanism established by the President.
"(b) ROLE OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE.--The Secretary of Defense should provide to OSIA appropriate policy guidance formulated through the interagency mechanism described in subsection (a) and operational direction, consistent with section 113(b) of title 10, United States Code.
"(c) ROLE OF THE DIRECTOR.--The Director should provide to the interagency mechanism described in subsection (a) appropriate recommendations for policy guidance to OSIA consistent with sections 2(d), 22, and 34© of this Act.
<<22 USCA s 2595b>>
"SEC. 63. AUTHORIZATIONS OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR ON-SITE INSPECTION AGENCY.
"There are authorized to be appropriated $49,830,000 for fiscal year 1990 and $48,831,000 for fiscal year 1991 for the expenses of the On-Site Inspection Agency in carrying out on-site inspection activities pursuant to the INF Treaty.
<<22 USCA s 2595c>>
"SEC. 64. DEFINITIONS.
"As used in this title--
"(1) the term 'INF Treaty' means the Treaty Between the United States and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on the Elimination of Their Intermediate-Range and Shorter-Range Missiles (signed at Washington, December 8, 1987); and
"(2) the term 'OSIA' means the On-Site Inspection Agency established by the President, or such other agency as may be designated by the President to carry out the on-site inspection provisions of the INF Treaty."
Approved December 11, 1989
PL 101-216, 1989 HR 1495
End of Document
The Hidden Tyranny
The following is a manuscript published by the "Western Front" which was located in Hollywood, California a few years go. It has since gone the way of so many patriotic organizations, it is first infiltrated and then destroyed by those who are working to destroy, America, and thereby enable them, so they believe, to destroy Christianity and the name of Jesus Christ from the minds of men. Of course this will fail, but Satan's children and their minions never cease trying. We will present it as originally presented and you can draw your own conclusions.
"In a highly confidential interview with a Jewish administrative assistant to one of this nation's ranking Senators, he said: 'It is a marvel that the American people do not rise up and drive every Jew out of this country.' The Jew, Mr. Harold Wallace Rosenthal, made this statement after admitting Jewish dominance in all significant national programs. He said, 'We Jews continue to be amazed with the ease by which Christian Americans have fallen into our hands. While the naive Americans wait for Khrushchev to bury them, we have taught them to submit to our every demand.'Asked how a nation could be captured without their knowing it, Mr. Rosenthal attributed this victory to absolute control of the media. He boasted of Jewish control of all news. Any newspaper which refused to acquiesce to controlled news was brought to its knees by withdrawing advertising. Failing in this, the Jews stop the supply of newsprint and ink. 'It's a very simple matter,'
Asked about men in high political office, Mr. Rosenthal said that no one in the last three decades has achieved any political power without Jewish approval. 'Americans have not had a presidential choice since 1932. Roosevelt was our man; every president since has been our man.' When the U.S. foreign policy was mentioned, the bedroom confidence of the interview was all but set aside. With disdain and mockery he sneered at the American stupidity saying, 'It is Zionist‑Communist policy from beginning to end. Yet the citizens think this Jewish policy will benefit America.' He cited 'detente' and Angola as examples of Jewish diplomacy. The credulous nature of Americans drew only contempt from him. The interview continued on an almost omniscient plane. 'We Jews have put issue upon issue to the American people. Then we promote both sides of the issue as confusion reigns. With their eyes fixed on the issues, they fail to see who is behind ever scene. We Jews toy with the American public as a cat toys with a mouse. The blood of the masses will flow as we wait for our day of world victory,'
Looking back to the time of this interview and having had time to analyze Harold Rosenthal's candidness, we are compelled to think of him as a conceited, boastful yet knowledgeable person. I would classify him as an egotist and an egoist. At times his cruelty surfaced with a venom, especially as he describes the stupid Christians or 'goys' as he so often referred to us. His mind was thoroughly immersed in the one‑world plan of world Jewry. With arrogance, he boasted that the Jew's conquest of the world was almost complete ‑‑ thanks to Christian stupidity. When asked if he was a Zionist Mr. Rosenthal replied: 'That's a hell of a question! At the foundation of the issues is the traditional Zionist concept of aliyah, a Yiddish term meaning the 'in gathering' or return of Diaspora (dispersed Jews) Jews to the Palestine homeland. Every since 1948 and the creation of the state of Israel, aliyah has become a basic imperative of Israeli government.' What is aliyah? Will you please spell it for me, where in he did and I inquired as to the realistic meaning of aliyah. Mr. Rosenthal said: 'It is a permanent physical migration to Palestine, not just a visit.'
I asked, what is Zionism? Mr. Rosenthal replied: 'Our first leader, former Prime Minister David Ben‑Gurion said that Zionism without a 'return to Zion' is phony. Not many American Jews migrate permanently to Israel. Some say that all Jews, by definition, are Zionists. Others say that a Jew is not a Zionist unless he's a member who pays dues to an actively Zionist organization. Definitions have been tossed everywhere since the Jewish homeland became a reality.'
Millions of tax‑exempt American dollars are sent to Israel yearly and we true Americans do not like this. Mr. Rosenthal replied: 'The naive politicians in Washington are gullible. Most of them are not too bright so the powerful Jewish lobbyists influenced this practice years ago and there is no one strong enough to stop it. Some of that money is even returned to the United States and spent on Zionist propaganda efforts, much of it through the B'nai B'rith and the Conference of Jewish Organizations and the World Jewish Congress. The Jewish Agency is a funding arm ‑‑ a sort of body of B'nai B'rith officials. There is nothing wrong with sending American dollars to Israel tax‑free so long as we are smart enough to get away with it. Let's reverse this conversation for a minute. You made it clear and quite vociferously, that you don't like Jews. Why do you hate us?'
Mr. Rosenthal, I do not hate anybody. I said I hate what the Jews are doing to us and especially as it relates to any and everything related to Christianity. I hate their deceit, trickery, cunning, and their detestable dishonesty. Does that make me anti‑Semitic? If it does than I am anti‑Semitic! 'Anti‑Semitism does not signify opposition to Semitism. There is no such thing'. It is an expression we Jews use effectively as a smear‑word, used to brand a bigot like you, anyone who brings criticism against Jews. We use it against hate‑mongers.' [11]
It was made clear that I despised the Jews' corruptive influence on our Christian culture and on our properly Christ‑oriented American way of life to which Mr. Rosenthal said: 'During Christ's time, the Jews were seeking a material and earthly kingdom but Christ offered the Jews a spiritual kingdom. This, they couldn't buy, so they rejected Christ and had him crucified.' What do you mean ‑‑ had him crucified? Doesn't history prove that the Jews crucified Christ? 'Yes, I guess they did. I don't beat around the bush ‑‑ but 2,000 years ago your people would have done the same thing to a man who mistreated them as Christ did the Jews.' You speak of Jesus Christ as merely a man. 'That's all he was ‑‑ a man who walked on the earth like any other man and this myth about Christ rising from the dead and returning to earth to visit with his disciples is a bunch of crap. The Jews who drove the Arabs out of Palestine did so to disprove Christ's mission for a spiritual kingdom. You see, instead of a leader who would make an empire for the Jews, your kind of people gave the Jews a peaceful preacher called Christ who, instead of an eye‑for‑an‑eye, turns the other cheek. Rubbish! We are building and, in fact, have built an earthly empire without your kind and your disappointing Messiah.'
I can see that it is you and your kind who try to get Christ out of Christmas. I feel sorry for you. To which he quickly replied: 'Don't give me that shit I don't want your pity. I don't need it! Too many Jews don't have the guts to tell you how we live and plan, but I am not intimidated by anyone or anything. I know where I'm going.'
When asked why do Jews frequently changer their names, he said: 'Jews are the most intelligent people in the world so if it benefits them to change their names they do so. That's all there is to it. They mix in your society which is plenty corrupt, so while the Jews are benefitting themselves the dumb goy doesn't realize that these Jews with non‑Jew names are Jews. I know what you're thinking ‑‑ about Jews in the government who use non‑Jew names. Well, don't be concerned because in the foreseeable future there will be no Presidential power in the United States. The invisible government is taking strength in that direction.'
To your knowledge, are the Jews in Russia really persecuted or are they given any kind of freedom? To which he said: 'Most Jews throughout the world; I'd say more than 90% know what is really happening to our people. We have communication unequaled anywhere. It is only the jerks, the ignorant and misinformed and degenerates who can find peace in your society ‑‑ and you bastards hide your sins by donning sheeps’’ clothing. You are hypocrites; not the Jews, as you say and write about. To answer your question; in Russia, there are two distinct governments, one visible and the other invisible. The visible is made up of different nationalities; whereas the invisible is composed of all Jews. The powerful Soviet secret police takes it orders from the invisible government. There are about six to seven million Communists in Soviet Russia. 50% are Jews and about 50% gentile; but the gentiles are not trusted. The Communist Jews are united and trust each other, while the others spy on one another. About every five or six years the secret Jewish Board calls for the purge of the party and many are liquidated.'
When asked ‑‑ WHY? He said: 'Because they begin to understand too much the Jewish secret of government. Russian Communists have a Secret Ground Order which consists of Jews only. They rule over everything pertaining to the visible government. It was this powerful organization that was responsible for the secret removal of the center of Communism to Tel Aviv from where all instructions now originate.'
Does our government and the United Nations have knowledge of this? He replied: 'The United Nations is nothing but a trapdoor to the Red World's immense concentration camp. We pretty much control the U.N.'
When asked why the Communists destroy the middle class or educated and their entire families when they invade a country, Mr. Rosenthal replied: 'It is an established rule to destroy all members of pre‑existing government, their families and relatives but never Jews. They destroy all members of the Police, State Police, Army officers and their families but never Jews. You see, we know when a government begins to search for the Communists within its borders, they are really attempting to uncover Jews in their area. We're not fooled! The invisible rulers in the Communist countries have a world control over the propaganda and the governments in free countries. We control every media of expression including newspapers, magazines, radio and television. Even your music! We censor the songs released for publication long before they reach the publishers. Before long we will have complete control of your thinking.'
The way you boast, if this is true, it is frightening to think about our future ‑‑ and that of Christianity ‑‑ to which Mr. Rosenthal said: 'There will be a forced class warfare here in the United States and many will be liquidated. You will unquestionably be among them. The Jews will not be harmed. I'm not boasting! I'm giving you the facts! And it is too late for your Christian followers to put up a defense. That time is long past. Long, long ago we HAD to become the aggressors! That is undoubtedly one of our GREAT purposes in life. WE are the aggressors!'
After reminding him that we thought...he doesn't know what he was talking about he replied: 'Judaism is the UNEQUALED culture ‑‑ with nothing, nothing anywhere in the world to compare with it...The cultural and intellectual influence of Judaism is felt throughout the entire world ‑‑ yes, throughout civilization.'
Asked whether he thought we faced a problem eventually with the Blacks because of their startling population increase he said that the Blacks are helping to serve 'our purpose' which might mean several things. We discussed the Black invasion of City, County and State jobs and their prominence now in television. also how ridiculous it is for Blacks to become converted to Judaism ‑‑ like Sammy Davis Jr. for instance. Mr. Rosenthal replied: 'That doesn't mean anything. We know that a Black cannot become a Jew and that Sammy Davis Jr. is still Black. It may have been to his advantage to become converted. In reality he still remains a nigger and not a Jew.'
I told him of my in‑depth study of the Jews and that there were few who have done more research on world Jewry than I, and about my unpleasant discoveries; reminding Mr. Rosenthal that there is no morality among Jews. He replied: 'Money is more important than morality. We can accomplish anything with money. Our people are proving that in Israel where its strength against attack is its permanent state of war readiness. Israel can now win in any encounter. The kibbutz‑raised intellectual elements are going to build that small country into a mid‑east wonderland. It will also eventually be the base for World Government headquarters.' We discussed the tragedy of Watergate and corruption at all levels of government and suggested that government representative practice more openness and candor in dealing with people. Mr. Rosenthal said: 'What good would it do? What the hell does the public know about the running of government. The great majority are asses ‑‑ horses asses!'
I said, May we quote you on that? He said: 'I don't care what you do, as I said, few have the guts to speak out. We would all have better understanding between each other, Jews and gentiles if we spoke out more openly. Your people don't have guts. We establish your thinking we even place within you a 'guilt complex,' making you afraid to criticize Jewry openly.'
In the quietness of this enlightening conversation it became clear that the understanding poured forth did not come from a novice. Mr. Rosenthal was asked how Jews gain acceptance so easily among the other races. His answer was long and thorough. 'At a very early date, urged on by the desire to make our way in the world, Jews began to look for a means whereby we might distract all attention from the racial aspect. What could be more effective, and at the same time more above suspicion, than to borrow and utilize the idea of a religious community?
We've been forced to borrow this idea from the Aryans. We Jews never possessed any religious institution which developed out of our own consciousness, for we lack any kind of idealism. The Talmud does not lay down principles with which to prepare the individual for a life to come, but furnishes only rules for a sumptuous life in this world. Our teachings are not concerned with moral problems, but rather with how to 'get.' Our life is of this world only and our mentality is as foreign to the true spirit of Christianity as our character was to the Founder of this new creed 2,000 years ago. The Founder of Christianity made no secret of his estimation of the Jews and the fact that he was not one of us. When he found it necessary he drove us out of the temple of God, because the, as always, we used religion as a means of advancing our Commercial Interest!
But at that time, we managed to nail Jesus to the cross for his attitude towards us; whereas, the modern Christians enter into party politics and in order to win elections, they debase themselves by begging for Jewish votes. They even enter into political intrigues with us against the interests of their own nation. We can live among other nations and states only as long as we succeed in persuading them that the Jews are not a distinct people, but are the representatives of a religious faith who, therefore, constitute a 'religious community,' though this be of a peculiar character.
As a matter of fact, this is the greatest of our false hoods. We are obliged to conceal our own particular character and mode of life so that we will be allowed to continue our existence as a parasite among the nations. Our success in this line has gone so far that many believe that the Jews among them are genuine Frenchmen, or Englishmen, or Italians, or Germans who just happen to belong to a religious denomination which is different from that prevailing in these countries. Especially in circles concerned with government, where the officials have only a minimum of historical sense, we are able to impose our infamous deception with comparative ease.'
When questioned about the ways in which the Jews have gained power, Mr. Rosenthal said: 'Our power has been created through the manipulation of the national monetary system. We authored the quotation, 'Money is power.' As revealed in our master plan, it was essential for us to establish a private national bank. The Federal Reserve System fitted our plan nicely since it is owned by us, but the name implies that it is a government institution. From the very outset, our purpose was to confiscate all the gold and silver, replacing them with worthless non‑redeemable paper notes. This we have done!'
Asked about the term 'non‑redeemable notes,' Mr. Rosenthal replied: 'Prior to 1968, the gullible goy could take a one dollar Federal Reserve note into any bank in America and redeem it for a dollar which was by law a coin containing 412 ½ grains of 90 percent silver. Up until 1933, one could have redeemed the same note for a coin of 90 percent gold. However, since 1968 the dollar Federal Reserve note is not redeemable. All we do is give the goy more non‑redeemable notes, or else copper slugs. But we never give them their gold and silver. Only more paper,' 'We Jews have prospered through the paper gimmick. It's our method through which we take money and give only paper in return.' Can you give me an example of this, we asked? 'The examples are numerous, but a few readily apparent are the stocks and bonds market, all forms of insurance and the fractional reserve system practiced by the Federal Reserve System, not to mention the billions in gold and silver that we have gained in exchange for paper notes, stupidly called money. Money power was essential in carrying out our master plan of international conquest through propaganda.'
Asked how they proposed doing this, he said; 'At first, by controlling the banking system we were able to control corporation capital. Through this, we acquired total monopoly of the movie industry, the radio networks and the newly developing television media. The printing industry, newspapers, periodicals and technical journals had already fallen into our hands. The richest plum was later to come when we took over the publication of all school materials. Through these vehicles we could mold public opinion to suit our own purposes. The people are only stupid pigs that grunt and squeal the chants we give them, whether they be truth or lies.'
Asked if the Jews felt any threat from the 'silent majority,' he laughed at the idea, saying: 'The only thing that exists is an UNthinking majority and UNthinking they will remain. By controlling industry, we have become the task masters and the people the slaves. When the pressure of daily toil builds to an explosive degree, we have provided the safety valve of momentary pleasure. The television and movie industries furnish the necessary temporary distraction. These programs are carefully designed to appeal to the sensuous emotions, never to the logical thinking mind. Because of this, the people are programmed to respond according to our dictates, not according to reason. Silent they never are; UNthinking they will remain.'
Continuing his thought of Jewish control over the goy, Mr. Rosenthal said: 'We have castrated society through fear and intimidation. Its manhood exists only in combination with a Feminine outward appearance. As all geldings in nature, their thoughts are not involved with the concerns of the future and their posterity, but only with the present toil and the next meal.' It was obvious that the excitement of Mr. Rosenthal was triggered when mention was made of the nation's industry. 'We have been successful in dividing society against itself by pitting labor against management.
This perhaps has been one of our greatest feats, since in reality it is a triangle, through only two points ever seem to occur. In modern industry where exists capital, which force we represent, at the apex. Both management and labor are on the base of this triangle. They continually stand opposed to each other and their attention is never directed to the head of their problem. Management is forced to raise prices since we are ever increasing the cost of capital. Labor must have increasing wages and management must have higher prices, thus creating a vicious cycle. We are never called to task for our role which is the real reason for inflation, since the conflict between management and labor is so severe that neither has time to observe our activities.
It is our increase in the cost of capital that causes the inflation cycle. We do not labor or manage, and yet we receive the profits. Through our money manipulation the capital that we supply industry costs us nothing. Through our national bank, the Federal Reserve, we extend book credit, which we create from nothing, to all local banks who are member banks. They in turn extend book credit to industry. Thus, we do more than God, for all of our wealth is created from nothing. You look shocked! Don't be! It's true, we actually do more than God. With this supposed capital we bring industry, management and labor into our debt, which debt only increases and is never liquidated. Through this continual increase, we are able to pit management against labor so they will never unite and attack us and usher in a debt‑ free industrial utopia.'"
Thus, we can see another prophecy being fulfilled by Mr. Rosenthal's statement: "Awake, awake; put on thy strength, O Zion; put on thy beautiful garments, O Jerusalem (America ‑‑ The United States), the holy city...Shake thyself from the dust; arise, and sit down, O Jerusalem: loose thy self from the bands of thy neck, O captive daughter of Zion. For thus saith the Lord, Ye have sold yourselves for nought: and ye shall be redeemed with out money." [12]
An Incredible Story
'We are the necessary element since we expend nothing. We Jews glory in the fact that the stupid goy have never realized that we are the parasites consuming an increasing portion of production while the producers are continually receiving less and less.'
As the hours rolled on in this intense, but cordial interview, Mr. Rosenthal exposed his thoughts concerning religion. 'With our control of the text book industry and the news media, we have been able to hold ourselves up as the authorities on religion. Many of our rabbis now hold professorships in supposed Christian theological seminaries. We are amazed by the Christians' stupidity in receiving our teachings and propagating them as their own. Judaism is not only the teaching of the synagogue, but also the doctrine of every 'Christian Church' in America.
The Church has become our most avid supporter. This has even given us a special place in society, their believing the lie that we are the 'Chosen People' and that they, are gentiles. These deluded Children of the Church defend us to the point of destroying their own culture. This truth is evident even to the dullard when one views history and sees that all wars have been White fighting White in order that we may maintain our control. We controlled England during the Revolutionary War, the North during the Civil War and England and America during World War I and II. Through our influence of religion we were able to involve the ignorant White Christians in wars against themselves which always impoverished both sides while we(Jews) reaped a financial and political harvest. Anytime truth comes forth which exposes us, we simply rally our forces ‑ the ignorant Christians.
They attack the crusaders even if they are members of their own families. Through religion we have gained complete control of society, government and economics. No law is ever passed except its merits have previously been taught from the pulpits. An example of this is race equality which led to integration and ultimately to Mongrelization. The gullible clergy in one breath instruct their parishioners that we are a special, chosen people while in another breath proclaim all races are the same. Their inconsistency is never discovered. So we Jews enjoy a special place in society while all other races are reduced to common equality. It is for this reason that we authored the Equality Hoax, thereby reducing all to a lower level. We have been taught that our current economic practices are benevolent, therefore Christian. These pulpit parrots extol our goodness for loaning them the money to build their temples, never realizing that their own holy book condemns all usury. They are eager to pay our exorbitant interest rates. They have led society into our control through the same practice. Politically, they hail the blessings of democracy and never understand that through democracy we have gained control of their nation. Their book again teaches a benevolent despotic form of government in accordance with the laws of that book, while A Democracy is mob rule which we control through their Churches, our news media and economic institutions.'
The Light Dawns
Their religion is only another channel through which we can direct the power of our propaganda. These religious puppets' stupidity is only exceeded by their cowardice, for they are ruled easily.'
Rarely does any man confess the intimacy of his soul as did Mr. Rosenthal. Hindsight suggests that there was a greater force compelling this man to reveal what has been written here, as taken verbatim from the taped interview. The remainder of the interview seems to confirm this. 'Since we do not believe in a life after death, all our efforts are directed to the 'now.' We are not as foolish as you and will never adopt an ideology that is rooted in self‑sacrifice. Whereas you will live and die for the benefit of the community, we will live and die only for our own individual self. The idea of self‑sacrifice is abhorred by Jews. It is abhorrent to me. No cause is worth dying for since death is the end. The only time we unite is to preserve our individual selves. As a group of wolves unite to attack a prey, but then disperse after each is filled, so we Jews united when peril is pending, not to preserve our community but to save our own skin.
This attitude permeates our entire being and philosophy. We are not the creators for to create would only benefit another. We are the 'acquirers' and are interested only in satisfying the 'self.' To understand our philosophy would be to understand the term 'to get.' We never give but only take. We never labor but enjoy the fruits of others' labor. We do not create, but confiscate. We can physically live within any society, but always remain spiritually apart. We would never work for anyones' benefit, only for what we can GET. We have used this Aryan attitude to achieve our greatest prosperity. You will work for the enjoyment you derive out of producing, while never being concerned about the pay. We take your productivity for a paltry fee and turn it into fortunes. Until recently, the pride of workmanship exceeded the quest for high incomes. However, we have been able to enslave society to our own power which is money, by causing them to seek after it. We have converted the people to our philosophy of getting and acquiring so that they will never be satisfied. A dissatisfied people are the pawns in our game of world conquest. Thus, they are always seeking and never able to find satisfaction. The very moment they seek happiness outside themselves, they become our willing servants. You have become addicted to our medicine through which we have become your absolute masters. On the first and fundamental lie, the purpose of which is to make people believe that we are not a nation, but a religion, other lies are subsequently based. Our greatest fear is that this falsehood will be discovered, for we will be stamped out the moment the general public comes into possession of the truth and acts upon it.
It is becoming apparent that an awakening is occurring even here in America. We had hoped that through our devastation of Christian Germany that any subject dealing with us would be a fearful taboo. However, there seems to be a resurgence here in the one nation that we so strongly control. We are presently making plans for a rapid exodus. We know that when the light begins to dawn, there will be no stopping it. All efforts on our part will only intensify that light and draw focus upon it.
We fear that light is coming forth in movements across this land, especially yours. It has amazed us how you have been successful in reaching the people after we closed every door of communication. This, we fear, is a sign of a coming pogrom that will take place in America. The American public has realized that we are in control, which is a fatal mistake on our part. This nation could never be the land of the free as long as it is the land of the Jew. This is the revelation that will be our undoing.
The American people have been easily ruled through our propaganda that the pen is mightier than the sword. If the Aryan would review history and apply those lessons of the past, then the pen will be thrown down in disgust and the sword wielded in the heat of passion. Thus far, we have escaped the sword, when the only reprisal is some periodical of no repute, or some pamphlet with limited circulation. Their pen is no match for ours, but our constant fear is that they may open their eyes and learn that no change was ever brought about with a pen. History has been written in blood, not with ink. We are safe to continually exploit, intimidate and disenfranchise The White American as long as they are preoccupied with the illusion of educating the masses through printed material. Woe be unto us if they ever see the futility of it, lay down the pen and employ the sword. History confirms the fact that the passions of an aroused minority, no matter how small a group, have exerted enough power to topple the greatest empire. The movements that control destiny are not those that rest on the inactive majority; but on the sheer force of an active minority. Will is Power, not numbers, for a strong Will always rule the masses. Again, we are safe as long as our Will is stronger, or the Will of the people is misdirected, scattered and without leadership. We will never be deposed with words, only force!'
Mr. Rosenthal, a former influential Jew in his own right, prided himself in being a vital part of the admitted control of the media, of their invisible government, no political power without Jewish approval, the American people have no guts and the sneer at their stupidity, the Jews' power through their money and the money power affording them a 'master plan' for international conquest through propaganda. Let us remember Rosenthal's remarks about an 'unthinking majority,' the Jews' treachery of pitting labor against management and that Christ was just another man working on earth.
That they are admitted parasites who have gained control of our society, Government and Economics through their religion, also the 'Chosen People' Myth Exploded and the confessed 'big lie' that the Jews are A Religion and not a nation. and we must not forget what Mr. Rosenthal said about their fear of being discovered for what they are...As you have observed, the Jew conspiracy is to reduce our population to a subservant obedience, designed to groom us for a Jew‑controlled, international, money‑changing dictatorship designed by Zionists and Communists. This must not happen. The American public will not allow itself to be so subdued. These One World traitors who have been running our bureaucracy in Washington have permitted over 12‑million aliens to come into this country illegally from all the nations of the world, including China, Japan, Mexico and Cuba. They are holding jobs which amounts to more than the great number of the people we have unemployed...The Jewish Nation is the Enemy of all nations...
We must pray that God will save this nation. And that appeal to God is not an idle gesture. My Christian faith remains intact. 'God save our America,' even if at present we are prisoners of a propaganda monopoly by a handful of traitors and manipulators. We can, with His help, lift the yoke and break the bonds so that our majority by righteous representation, can assert itself in following the freedom of our United States Constitution...A few months after this interview with Harold Rosenthal, age 29, the administrative aide to Senator Jacob Javits, it was reported that Rosenthal was killed during an alleged sky‑jacking attempt on an Israeli airliner in Istanbul, Turkey, August 12, 1976...we had a report that Mr. Rosenthal might have been killed because he talked too much.
That theory seems to be correct because as passengers were preparing to board the Israeli airplane at Istanbul airport, with destination Tel Aviv, the terrorists sprayed all persons in the area with machine guns, as Turkish Police were thwarting the sky‑jacking. Numbers were wounded, a Japanese and two Israeli citizens were killed by what was described as explosive fragments which penetrated their bodies. Harold Wallace Rosenthal was also killed but allegedly from a different weapon; two bullets that left powder burns at point of entry into Rosenthal's body so the killer weapon had to be within inches of Mr. Rosenthal's body. The Governor of the Province which includes Istanbul was holding Rosenthal's body for investigation of murder. It has been alleged to this writer that Senator Jacob Javits used the pressure of the U.S. Government to have Mr. Rosenthal's body returned to the U.S. immediately, or, someone behind the scene issued such orders, prohibiting further investigation.
The Christ‑hating Jew who conspires against our Christian Heritage, enjoys nothing better than the conservative who protects the Jew and will talk about everything dangerous to our country except The Hidden Hand Jew conspirators, the root of all evil which threatens Christian civilization. This evil force is the 'Anti-Christ,' as revealed in the second general letter of St. John, who says: is the Anti‑Christ, that denieth the Father and the Son.' Whosoever forgets or omits the Jewish question, be it through ignorance, or fear, is unfit to be a preacher, teacher or official. This means that every Security Risk, one worlder, Atlantic Union plotter, CFR or Trilateralist and Alien Anti-Christ Zionist, whose loyalty is to another country, and all of their Traitor agents and stooges must be banished by 'Real' Americans from every position of power and influence in this nation, and instead, put none but 'real Americans on guard.'"
1961: August 16: The New York Times publishes an editorial pronouncing; "we must seek to discourage anti-communist revolts in order to avert bloodshed and war. We must, under our own principles, live with evil even if by doing so we help to stabilize tottering communist regimes, as in East Germany, and perhaps even expose citadels of freedom, like West Berlin, to slow death by strangulation."
An example of how the American government had adopted this attitude, had been evidenced July 14, 1960, when the U.S. along with the U.S.S.R. supported a U.N. resolution authorizing U.N. troops to be sent to murdering men, women, and children, as his forces fought against the devout Christian, anti-communist forces of Moise Tshombe who declared independence for Katanga from the Congo. Chicago Daily News reporter Smith Hempstone will describe in Rebels, Mercenaries, and Dividends (1962) how the U.N. "intended to make it more difficult for correspondents to let the world know what was going on in Katanga."
U.N. (including U.S.) planes intentionally bombed Katanga's churches, schools, and hospitals, while U.N. troops bayoneted school children, Red Cross workers, and others. In his book, Hempstone will describe a December 1961 U.N. attack, and will write: "A car pulled up in front of the Grand Hotel Leopold II where all of us were staying. 'Loot at the work of the American criminals,' sobbed the Belgian driver. 'Take a picture and send it to Kennedy!' In the backseat, his eyes glazed with shock, sat a wounded African man cradling in his arms the body of his 10-year-old son. The child's face and belly had been smashed to jelly by mortar fragments."
1962: Cuba. President Kennedy instituted a so‑called "quarantine" on the shipment of offensive missiles to Cuba from the Soviet Union. He also warned the Soviet Union that the launching of any missile from Cuba against any nation in the Western Hemisphere would bring about U.S. nuclear retaliation on the Soviet Union. Thus, a negotiated settlement was achieved a few days later.
Issues in (Human Relations) Training is published by the National Training Laboratories, which has been part of the National Education Association since 1952. The editors of the book write that human relations or sensitivity training "fits into a context of institutional influence procedures which includes coercive persuasion in the form of thought reform or brainwashing..." The book also includes information about "change-agent skills" and "unfreezing, changing, and refreezing" attitudes. And in David Jenkins' essay in the book, he explains that the laboratories conducted by the NTL have recently moved from an emphasis on skill training to "sensitivity training," and he declares that "the trainer has no alternative but to manipulate; his job is to plan and produce behavior in order to create changes in other people."
1962: October: The Chicago Sun-Times publishes an editorial stating: "That the National Education Association... advocates Federal aid has surprised us at times. But no longer. For control - real control over the Nation's children - is being shifted rapidly to the NEA. That organization has about completed the job of cartelizing public school education under its own cartel. it is doing so under an organization known as the National Council for Accreditation of Teachers Education, an agency whose governing council is rightly NEA controlled...The manner in which the NEA is usurping parental prerogatives by determining the type of education offered...is...very simple: control the education and hiring of teachers...NEA has no apprehension regarding Federal control of public schools as a consequence of Federal aid. it has control itself. It is extending that control over colleges and universities. In the NEA scheme of things it will be a simple matter to extend control over whatever Washington agency handles the funds."
1962: October 10: Rep. John Ashbrook in the Congressional Record states that he's introduced H.R. 10508 to curb abuses of testing programs in schools. He records that HEW-funded counselors in schools are asking test questions like "Is it wrong to deny the existence of God?" and he notes Emily Cuyler Hammond's intensive study of testers in Germany in the 1930s "...using the Freudian art of motivation research to reach and manipulate young minds." Ashbrook warns that UNESCO's "right attitudes" can "lead our youth down the path to collectivism and internationalism whereby they gradually lose their loyalty to home and nation...their first loyalty will be to world government..." He says Dr. Brock Chisholm (former director general of the World Health Organization) hopes through re-education free from moralities, "a new world can be molded and children prepared for world citizenship," and Chisholm advocates "our close watch on each other and everyone in the world should not be relaxed for a moment." Ashbrook mentions HEW's 1960 "Project Talent," which "plans to check up for the next twenty years on the personality scores of those who took the exams."
And he describes HEWs 1961 publication, "A Federal Education Agency for the Future" as a "blue print for making American education Federal rather than local in nature." He quotes the author of a confidential report to the Office of Education Committee on a Federal Education Agency for the Future as referring to "the deliberate and planned effort to influence on an extensive, nationwide scale, thinking in American education."
1962: October 20: The New York Times publishes "McMurrin Insists He Quit to Teach" by Wallace Turner, in which he writes that before Sterling McMurrin resigned as U.S. commissioner of education, Dr. McMurrin told NEA head William Carr: "You and I head up the biggest bureaucracies in Washington. NEA has all of the bureaucratic shortcomings and is in danger of moving toward national control of education, not by the Federal Government but by the NEA."
Knowledge of the Russian missiles in Cuba, against pro‑Communist Congressional and Governmental desires, became public knowledge, so President Kennedy was ordered to make a show a military force against Russia. Then reassure the American public with photo displays of objects represented as missile crates allegedly being shipped back to Russia. And only recently have we learned the truth, "Not only were the missiles left in Cuba, but so were Russian troops, and that Cuba was building submarines for the Russians." This confirms Ezekiel 38 and 39 showing to those "who have ears" and "eye" to hear and see the truth of the Scriptures!
1962: Thailand. The 3rd marine Expeditionary Unit landed on May 17, to support that country during the threat of Communist pressure from outside. The Communist Bosch, with U.S. support, was elected president of the Dominican Republic.
1962: Algeria. Turned to the Communists.
"To the Embassy of the United States, Berlin: We became aware of the propaganda in your country about alleged cruelties against the Jews in Germany. We therefore consider it our duty, not only in our own interest as German patriots, but also for the sake of truth, to comment on these incidents. Mistreatment and excesses have indeed occurred, and we are far from glossing these over.
But this is hardly avoidable in any kind of revolution. We attach great significance to the fact that the authorities, where it was at all possible to interfere, have done so against outrages that have come to our knowledge. In all cases, these deeds were committed by irresponsible elements who kept in hiding. We know that the government and all leading authorities most strongly disapprove of the violations that occurred.
But we also feel that now is the time to move away from the irresponsible agitation on the part of so‑called Jewish intellectuals living abroad. These men, most of whom never considered themselves German nationals, but pretended to be champions for those of their own faith, abandoned them at a critical time and fled the country. They lost, therefore, the right to speak out on German‑ Jewish affairs.
The accusations which they are hurling from their safe hiding places, are injurious to German and German Jews; Their reports are vastly exaggerated. We ask the U.S. Embassy to forward this letter to the U.S. without delay, and we are accepting full responsibility for its content. Since we know that a large‑scale propaganda campaign is to be launched next Monday, we would appreciate if the American public be informed of this letter by that date (Of course we know that the Jewish owned American News Media did not so inform the American Public ‑‑ Just another of the traitorous actions which they have repeated time after time over the years)...The atrocity propaganda is lying. The Originators are politically and economically motivated. The same Jewish writers who allow themselves to be misused for this purpose, used to scoff at us veterans in earlier years." [13]
1962/1975: Laos. After years of subsidizing an anti‑Communist Laos, Kennedy abruptly ceased all aid. Landed troops which supposedly were to support the government, but were removed and aid restored "only after" the Troika Government was installed including one "Communist" and one so‑called "Neutral" who was favorable to the Communists.
1963: Dominican Republic. The military seized power from Juan Bosch, the United States immediately severed diplomatic relations.
1963: Summer: The first session of the North Carolina Governor's School for the gifted and talented, the first of its kind in the nation.[14]
The school receives $75,000 ($225,000 over three years) from the Carnegie Corporation. Prior to the opening of the school, Professor George Welsh of the Department of Psychology at the University of North Carolina writes to the Psychological Corporation of New York on May 6 indicating that at the Governor's School, "we are planning to administer an extensive test battery including measures of aptitude, interest, and personality" (e.g., 771 true-false statements like "I believe in the worth of humanity, but not in God"). On May 10 the director of the Corporation's test division, Harold Seashore, replies that if Welsh uses their test, "we would want a set of cards filed with us, so that we can accumulate information on groups like this over the years."
Michael Lewis' "Opening Windows Onto the Future" (1969), in which he indicates that the theory is "about some generalized aspects of fact, on the basis of which we may predict and thereby perhaps control what future facts (events) are likely to be." Students will be presented with, "a radically reformed world-view...(including) all sorts of strange new moral and theological doctrines (e.g., 'God is dead?')...Independence in thinking implies more strength of character..."
1963: September 30: President Kennedy addresses a meeting of the International Monetary Fund, and states: "Twenty years ago, when the architects of these institutions met to design an international banking structure, the economic life of the world was polarized in over-whelming, and even alarming measure, on the United States. So were the world's monetary reserves...Sixty percent of the gold reserves of the world were here in the United States...There was a need for redistribution of the financial resources of the world...All this has come about. It did not come about by chance but by conscious and deliberate and responsible planning...We are now entering upon a new era of economic and financial interdependence...Our gold reserves are... (now) forty percent of the world's holdings."
In his international best seller, Spycatcher, Peter Wright the former M15 Counterespionage officer, relates some of the information given by Anatoli Golitsin, a high ranking KGB officer who had worked inside the First Chief Directorate, responsible for operations against the United Kingdom and the United States, and the Information Department in Moscow.
Golitsin defected to the West in December 1961 and began to speculate that the Sino‑Soviet split was a Department D plan of deception or disinformation exercise on a strategic scale. He said that it was a ploy designed to mislead the West. Wright says that although strategic deception has become an unfashionable concept in Western intelligence circles, there is no doubt that it has a long and potent history. In 1963, he Informs, there was no doubt that the Soviet had the necessary conditions to begin a major disinformation exercise.
They had large‑scale and high‑level penetrations in the West, especially in Britain and the U.S.A., and had possessed them almost continuously since the Second World War, giving them very intimate knowledge of the organizations which needed to be deceived. Looking at M15 in the early 1960's, Wright says he was reminded of Lenin's famous remark to Feliks Dzerzhinsky: "The West are wishful thinkers, we will give them what they want to think."
In the mid‑1960's, Mr. Kilsoo Haan of the Chinese‑Korean Underground in the U.S. who warned the U.S. three times that the Japanese would attack Pearl Harbor, and whose warning went unheeded, as were others, was saying that the Sino‑Soviet split was a carefully worked out plan every bit as destructive as the Japanese plan for the surprise attack on Pearl Harbor. He was very specific in his information stating that the Soviet leaders and Mao went into a secret conference on November 2, 1962, to find ways and means by which Russia could obtain wheat and industrial machinery from the United States.
Mao suggested they should pretend their differences were deeper than they actually were, causing them to be on the verge of breaking up. The U.S. was warned, but as the years have passed the strategic deception concept has dropped more and more into the background and the U.S. has Supplied The wheat and the machinery to Russia it desired!
1963: State Department 7277 published.
FREEDOM FROM WAR
THE UNITED STATES PROGRAM
FOR GENERAL AND COMPLETE
DISARMAMENT IN A PEACEFUL
WORLD
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
DEPARTMENT OF STATE PUBLICATION 7277
Disarmament Series 5
Released September 1961
Office of Public Services
BUREAU OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS
Introduction
The revolutionary development of modern weapons within a world divided by serious ideological differences has produced a crisis in human history. In order to overcome the danger of nuclear war now confronting mankind, the United States has introduced at the Sixteenth General Assembly of the United Nations a Program for General and Complete Disarmament in a Peaceful World.
This new program provides for the progressive reduction of the war-making capabilities of nations and the simultaneous strengthening of international institutions to settle disputes and maintain peace. It sets forth a series of comprehensive measures which can and should be taken in order to bring about a world in which there will be freedom from war and security for all states. It is based on three principles deemed essential to the achievement of practical progress in the disarmament field:
First, there must be immediate disarmament action: A strenuous and uninterrupted effort must be made toward the goal of general and complete disarmament; at the same time, it is important that specific measures be put into effect as soon as possible.
Second, all disarmament obligations must be subject to effective international controls:
The control organization must have the manpower, facilities, and effectiveness to assure that limitations or reductions take place as agreed. It must also be able to certify to all states that retained forces and armaments do not exceed those permitted at any stage of the disarmament process.
Third, adequate peace-keeping machinery must be established:
There is an inseparable relationship between the scaling down of national armaments on the one hand and the building up of international peace-keeping machinery and institutions on the other. Nations are unlikely to shed their means of self-protection in the absence of alternative ways to safeguard their legitimate interest. This can only be achieved through the progressive strengthening of international institutions under the United Nations and by creating a United Nations Peace Force to enforce the peace as the disarmament process proceeds. There follows a summary of the principal provisions of the United States Program for General and Complete Disarmament in a Peaceful World. The full text of the program is contained in an appendix to this pamphlet.
FREEDOM FROM WAR
THE UNITED STATES PROGRAM FOR
GENERAL AND COMPLETE DISARMAMENT
IN A PEACEFUL WORLD
SUMMARY
DISARMAMENT GOAL AND OBJECTIVES
The over-all goal of the United States is a free, secure, and peaceful world of independent states adhering to common standards of justice and international conduct and subjecting the use of force to the rule of law; a world which has achieved a general and complete disarmament under effective international control; and a world in which adjustment to change takes place in accordance with the principles of the United Nations.
In order to make possible the achievement of that goal, the program sets forth the following specific objective toward which nations should direct their efforts:
* The disbanding of all national armed forces and the prohibition of their reestablishment in any form whatsoever other than those required to preserve internal order and for contributions to a United Nations Peace Force;
* The elimination from national arsenals of all armaments, including all weapons of mass destruction and the means for their delivery, other than those required for a United Nations Peace Force and for maintaining internal order;
* The institutions of effective means for enforcement of international agreements, for the settlement of disputes, and for the maintenance of peace in accordance with the principles of the United Nations;
* The establishment and effective operation of an International Disarmament Organization within the framework of the United Nations to insure compliance at all time with all disarmament obligations.
TASK OF NEGOTIATING STATES
The negotiating states are called upon to develop the program into a detailed plan for general and complete disarmament and to continue their efforts without interruption until the whole program has been achieved. To this end, they are to seek the widest possible area of agreement at the earliest possible date. At the same time, and without prejudice to progress on the disarmament program, they are to seek agreement on those immediate measures that would contribute to the common security of nations and that could facilitate and form part of the total program.
The program sets forth a series of general principles to guide the negotiating states in their work. These make clear that:
* As states relinquish their arms, the United Nations must be progressively strengthened in order to improve its capacity to assure internal security and the peaceful settlement of disputes;
* Disarmament must proceed as rapidly as possible, until it is completed, in stages containing balanced, phased, and safeguarded measures;
* Each measure and stage should be carried out in an agreed period of time, with transition from one stage to the next to take place as soon as all measures in the preceding stage have been carried out and verified and as soon as necessary arrangements for verification of the next stage have been made;
* Inspection and verification must establish both that nations carry out scheduled limitations or reductions and that they do not retain armed forces and armaments in excess of those permitted at any stage of the disarmament process; and
* Disarmament must take place in a manner that will not effect adversely the security of any state.
DISARMAMENT STAGES
The program provides for progressive disarmament steps to take place in three stages and for the simultaneous strengthening of international institutions.
FIRST STAGE
The first stage contains measures which would significantly reduce the capabilities of nations to wage aggressive war. Implementations of this stage would mean that:
* The nuclear threat would be reduced:
All states would have adhered to a treaty effectively prohibiting the testing of nuclear weapons. The production of fissionable materials for use in weapons would be stopped and quantities of such materials from past production would be converted to non-weapons uses. States owning nuclear weapons would not relinquish control of such weapons to any nation not owning them and would not transmit to any such nation information or material necessary for their manufacture. States not owning nuclear weapons would not manufacture them or attempt to obtain control of such weapons belonging to other states.
A Commission of Experts would be established to report on the feasibility and means for the verified reduction of eventual elimination of nuclear weapons stockpiles.
* Strategic delivery vehicles would be reduced:
Strategic nuclear weapons delivery vehicles of specified categories and weapons designed to counter such vehicles would be reduced to agreed levels by equitable and balanced steps; their production would be discontinued or limited; their testing would be limited or halted.
* Arms and armed forces would be reduced:
The armed force of the United States and the Soviet Union would be limited to 2.1 million men each (with appropriate levels not exceeding that amount for other military significant states); levels of armaments would be correspondingly reduced and their production would be limited. An Experts Commission would be established to examine and report on the feasibility and means of accomplishing verifiable reductions and eventual elimination of all chemical, biological and radiological weapons.
* Peaceful use of outer space would be promoted:
The placing in orbit or stationing in outer space of weapons capable of producing mass destruction wold be prohibited.
States would give advance notification of space vehicle and missile launching.
* U.N. peace-keeping powers would be strengthened:
Measures would be taken to develop and strengthen United Nations arrangements for arbitration, for the development of international law, and for the establishment of State II of a permanent U.N. Peace Force.
* An International Disarmament Organization would be established for effective verification of disarmament program:
Its functions would be expanded progressively as disarmament proceeds.
It would certify to all states that agreed reductions have taken place and that retained forces and armaments do not exceed permitted levels. It would determine the transition from one stage to the next.
* States would be committed to other measures to reduce international tension and to protect against the chance of war by accident, miscalculation, or surprise attack:
States would be committed to refrain from the threat or use of any type of armed force contrary to the principles of the U.N. Charter and to refrain from indirect aggression and subversion against any country. A U.N. peace observation group would be available to investigate any situation which might constitute a threat to or breach of the peace. States would be committed to give advance notice of major military movements which might cause alarm; observation posts would be established to report on concentrations and movements of military forces.
SECOND STAGE
The second stage contains a series of measures which would bring within sight a world in which there would be freedom from war. Implementation of all measures in the second stage would mean:
* Further substantial reductions in the armed forces, armaments, and military establishments of states, including strategic nuclear weapons delivery vehicles and countering weapons;
* Further development of methods for a peaceful settlement of disputes under the United Nations;
* Establishment of a permanent international peace force within the United Nations;
* Depending on findings of an Experts Commission, a halt in the production of chemical bacteriological, and radiological weapons and a reduction of existing stocks or their conversion to peaceful uses;
* On the basis of the findings of an Experts Commission, a reduction of stocks of nuclear weapons;
* The dismantling or the conversion of peaceful uses of certain military bases and facilities wherever located; and
* The strengthening and enlargement of the International Disarmament Organization to enable it to verify the steps in State II and to determine the transition to State III.
THIRD STAGE
During the third stage of the program, the states of the world, building on the experience and confidence gained in successfully implementing the measures of the first two stages, would take final steps toward the goal of a world in which:
* States would retain only those forces, non-nuclear armaments, and establishments required for the purpose of maintaining internal order; they would also support and provide agreed manpower for a U.N. Peace Force.
* The U.N. Peace Force, equipped with agreed types and quantities of armaments, would be fully functioning.
* The manufacture of armaments would be prohibited except for those of agreed types and quantities to be used by the U.N. Peace Force and those required to maintain internal order. All other armaments would be destroyed or converted to peaceful purposes.
* The peace-keeping capabilities of the United Nations would be sufficiently strong and the obligations of all states under such arrangements sufficiently far-reaching to assure peace and the just settlement of differences in a disarmed world.
DECLARATION ON DISARMAMENT
THE UNITED STATES PROGRAM FOR GENERAL
AND COMPLETE DISARMAMENT
IN A PEACEFUL WORLD
The Nations of the world,
Conscious of the crisis in human history produced by the revolutionary development of modern weapons within a world divided by serious ideological differences;
Determined to save present and succeeding generations from the scourge of war and the dangers and burdens of the arms race and to create conditions in which all people can strive freely and peacefully to fulfill their basic aspirations;
Declare their goal to be: A free, secure, and peaceful world of independent states adhering to common standards of justice and international conduct and subjecting the use of force to the rule of law; a world where adjustment to change takes place in accordance with the principles of the United Nations; a world where there shall be a permanent state of general and complete disarmament under effective international control and where the resources of nations shall be devoted to man's material, cultural, and spiritual advance;
Set forth as the objectives of a program of general and complete disarmament in a peaceful world:
(a) The disbanding of all national armed forces and the prohibition of their reestablishment in any form whatsoever other than those required to preserve internal order and for contributions to a United Nations Peace Force.
(b) The elimination from national arsenals of all armaments, including all weapons of mass destruction and the means for their delivery, other than those required for a United Nations Peace Force and for maintaining internal order;
© The establishment and effective operation of an International Disarmament Organization within the framework of the United Nations to ensure compliance at all times with all disarmament obligations;
(d) The institution of effective means for the enforcement of international agreements, for the settlement of disputes, and for the maintenance of peace in accordance with the principles of the United Nations.
Call on the negotiating states:
(a) To develop the outline program set forth below into an agreed plan for general and complete disarmament and to continue their efforts without interruption until the whole program has been achieved;
(b) To this end to seek to attain the widest possible area of agreement at the earliest possible date;
(c) Also to seek, without prejudice to progress on the disarmament program, agreement on those immediate measures that contribute to the common security of nations and that could facilitate and form a part of that program.
Affirm that disarmament negotiations should be guided by the following principles:
(a) Disarmament shall take place as rapidly as possible until it is completed in stages containing balanced, phased and safeguarded measures, with each measure and stage to be carried out in an agreed period of time.
(b) Compliance with all disarmament obligation shall be effectively verified from their entry into force. Verification arrangements shall be instituted progressively and in such a manner as to verify not only that agreed limitations or reductions take place but also that retained armed forces and armaments do not exceed agreed levels at any state.
(c) Disarmament shall take place in a manner that will not affect adversely the security of any state, whether or not a party to an international agreement or treaty.
(d) As states relinquish their arms, the United Nations shall be progressively strengthened in order to improve its capacity to assure international security and the peaceful settlement of differences as well as to facilitate the development of international cooperation in common tasks for the benefit of mankind.
(e) Transition from one stage of disarmament to the next shall take place as soon as all the measures in the proceeding stage have been carried out and effective verification is continuing and as soon as the arrangements that have been agreed to be necessary for the next stage have been instituted.
Agree upon the following outline program for achieving general and complete disarmament:
STAGE I
A. To Establish an International Disarmament Organization:
(a) An International Disarmament Organization (IDO) shall be established within the framework of the United Nations upon entry into force of the agreement. Its functions shall be expanded progressively as required for the effective verification of the disarmament program.
(b) The IDO shall have: (1) a General Conference of all the parties; (2) a Commission consisting of representatives of all the major powers as permanent members and certain other states on a rotating basis; and (3) an Administrator who will administer the Organization subject to the direction of the Commission and who will have the authority, staff, and finance adequate to assure effective impartial implementation of the functions of the Organization.
(c) The IDO shall: (1) ensure compliance with the obligations undertaken by verifying the execution of measures agreed upon; (2) assist the states in developing the details of agreed further verification and disarmament measures; (3) provide for the establishment of such bodies as may be necessary for working out the details of further measures provided for in the program and for such other expert study groups as may be required to give continuous study to the problems of disarmament; (4) receive reports on the progress of disarmament and verification arrangements and determine the transition from one stage to the next.
B. To Reduce Armed Forces and Armaments:
(a) Force levels shall be limited to 2.1 million each for the U.S. and U.S.S.R. and to appropriate levels not exceeding 2.1 million each for all other militarily significant states. Reductions to the agreed levels will proceed by equitable, proportionate, and verified steps.
(b) Levels of armaments of prescribed types shall be reduced by equitable and balanced steps. The reductions shall be accomplished by transfers of armaments to depots supervised by the IDO. When, at specified periods during the Stage I reduction process, the states party to the agreement have agreed that the armaments and armed forces are at prescribed levels, the armaments in depots shall be destroyed or converted to peaceful uses.
(c) The production of agreed types of armaments shall be limited.
(d) A Chemical, Biological, Radiological (CBR) Experts Commission shall be established within the IDO for the purpose of examining and reporting on the feasibility and means for accomplishing the verifiable reduction and eventual elimination of CBR weapons stockpiles and the halting of their production.
C. To contain and Reduce the Nuclear Threat:
(a) States that have not acceded to a treaty effectively prohibiting the testing of nuclear weapons shall do so.
(b) The production of fissionable materials for use in weapons shall be stopped.
(c) Upon the cessation of production of fissionable materials for use in weapons agreed initial quantities of fissionable materials from past production shall be transferred to non-weapons purposes.
(d) Any fissionable materials transferred between countries for peaceful uses of nuclear energy shall be subject to appropriated safeguards to be developed in agreement with the IAEA.
(e) States owning nuclear weapons shall not relinquish control of such weapons to any nation not owning them and shall not transmit to any such nation information or material necessary for their manufacture. States not owning nuclear weapons shall not manufacture such weapons, attempt to obtain control of such weapons belonging to other states, or seek or receive information or materials necessary for their manufacture.
(f) A Nuclear Experts Commission consisting of representatives of the nuclear states shall be established within the IDO for the purpose of examining and reporting on the feasibility and means for accomplishing the verified reduction and eventual elimination of nuclear weapons stockpiles.
D. To Reduce Strategic Nuclear Weapons Delivery Vehicles:
(a) Strategic nuclear weapons designed to counter such vehicles shall be reduced to agreed levels by equitable and balanced steps. The reduction shall be accomplished in each step by transfers to depots supervised by the IDO of vehicles that are in excess of levels agreed upon for each step. At specified periods during the Stage I reduction process, the vehicles that have been placed under supervision of the IDO shall be destroyed or converted to peaceful uses.
(b) Production of agreed categories of strategic nuclear weapons delivery vehicles and agreed types of weapons designed to counter such vehicles shall be discontinued or limited.
(c) Testing of agreed categories of strategic nuclear weapons delivery vehicles and agreed types of weapons designed to counter such vehicles shall be limited or halted.
E. To Promote the Peaceful Use of Out Space:
(a) The placing into orbit or stationing in outer space of weapons capable of producing mass destruction shall be prohibited.
(b) States shall give advance notification to participating states and to the IDO of launching of space vehicles and missiles, together with the track of the vehicle.
F. To Reduce the Risks of War by Accident, Miscalculation, and Surprise Attack:
(a) States shall give advance notification to the participating states and to the IDO of major military movements and maneuvers, on a scale as may be agreed, which might give rise to misinterpretation or cause alarm and induce countermeasures. The notification shall include the geographic areas to be used and the nature, scale and time span of the event.
(b) There shall be established observation posts at such locations as major ports, railway centers, motor highways, and air bases to report on concentrations and movements of military forces.
(c) There shall also be established such additional inspection arrangements to reduce the danger of surprise attack as may be agreed.
(d) An international commission shall be established immediately within the IDO to examine and make recommendations on the possibility of further measures to reduce the risks of nuclear war by accident, miscalculations, or failure of communication.
G. To Keep the Peace:
(a) States shall reaffirm their obligations under the U.N. Charter to refrain from the threat or use of any type of armed force - including nuclear, conventional, or CBR - contrary to the principles of the U.N. Charter.
(b) States shall agree to refrain from indirect aggression and subversion against any country.
(c) States shall use all appropriate processes for the peaceful settlement of disputes and shall seek within the United Nations further arrangements for the peaceful settlement of international disputes and for the codification and progressive development of international law.
(d) States shall develop arrangements in Stage I for the establishment in Stage II of a U.N. Peace Force.
(e) A U.N. peace observation group shall be staffed with a standing cadre of observers who could be despatched to investigate any situation which might constitute a threat to or breach of the peace.
STAGE II
A. International Disarmament Organization:
The powers and responsibilities of the IDO shall be progressively enlarged in order to give it the capabilities to verify the measures undertaken in Stage II.
B. To Further Reduce Armed Forces and Armaments:
(a) Levels of forces for the U.S., U.S.S.R., and other military significant states shall be further reduced by substantial amounts to agreed levels in equitable and balanced steps.
(b) Levels of armaments of prescribed types shall be further reduced by equitable and balanced steps. The reduction shall be accomplished by transfers of armaments to depots supervised by the IDO. When, at specified periods during the Stage II reduction process, the parties have agreed that the armaments and armed forces are at prescribed levels, the armaments is despots shall be destroyed or converted to peaceful uses.
(c) There shall be further agreed restrictions on the production of armaments.
(d) Agreed military bases and facilities wherever they are located shall be dismantled or converted to peaceful uses.
(e) Depending upon the findings of the Experts Commission on CBR weapons, the production of CBR weapons shall be halted, existing stocks progressively reduced, and the resulting excess quantities destroyed or conveyed to peaceful uses.
C. To Further Reduce the Nuclear Threat:
Stocks of nuclear weapons shall be progressively reduced to the minimum levels which can be agreed upon as a result of the findings of the Nuclear Experts Commission; the resulting excess of fissionable material shall be transferred to peaceful purposes.
D. To Further Reduce Strategic Nuclear Weapons Delivery Vehicles:
Further reductions in the stocks of strategic nuclear weapons delivery vehicles and agreed types of weapons designed to counter such vehicles shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure outlined in Stage I.
E. To Keep the Peace:
During Stage II, states shall develop further the peace-keeping processes of the United Nations, to the end that the United Nations can effectively in Stage III deter or suppress any threat or use of force in violation of the purposes and principles of the United Nations:
(a) States shall agree upon strengthening the structure, authority, and operation of the United Nations so as to assure that the United Nations will be able effectively to protect states against threats to or breaches of the peace.
(b) The U.N. Peace Force shall be established and progressively strengthened.
(c) States shall also agree upon further improvements and developments in rules of international conduct and in processes for peaceful settlement of disputes and differences.
STAGE III
By the time Stage II has been completed, the confidence produced through a verified disarmament program, the acceptance of rules of peaceful international behavior, and the development of strengthened international peace-keeping processes within the framework of the U.N. should have reached a point where the states of the world can move forward to Stage III. In Stage III progressive controlled disarmament and continuously developing principles and procedures of international law would proceed to a point where no state would have the military power to challenge the progressively strengthened U.N. Peace Force and all international disputes would be settled according to the agreed principles of international conduct.
The progressive steps to be taken during the final phase of the disarmament program would be directed toward the attainment of a world in which:
(a) States would retain only those forces, non-nuclear armaments, and establishments required for the purpose of maintaining international order; they would also support and provide agreed manpower for a U.N. Peace Force.
(b) The U.N. Peace Force, equipped with agreed types and qualities of armaments, would be fully functioning.
(c) The manufacture of armaments would be prohibited except for those of agreed types and quantities to be used by the U.N. Peace Force and those required to maintain internal order. All other armaments would be destroyed or converted to peaceful purposes.
(d) The peace-keeping capabilities of the United Nations would be sufficiently strong and the obligations of all states under such arrangements sufficiently far-reaching as to assure peace and the just settlement of differences in a disarmed world.
1963: "Metro 1313" Global agenda of World Government? Absolute control by consent or conquest...with disruption of Constitutional checks-and-balances, with all "foreign" political power having communist or collectivist interests in the confiscation of all private property, rights and freedoms of the American People.
We have all been wrapped in a web of such massive deceit that it has been virtually impossible to see the complete picture. Many authors have gotten pieces of the puzzle over the years and one must comment their work and effort. Had it not been for the gathering of all these pieces it would not have been impossible to put the puzzle together.
To start one must go back to June 7, 1629 and the "Charter of Freedoms and Exemptions to Patrons." In the synopsis in Documents of American History it states in part: "Under this charter a few Patrons secured control of most of the land along the Hudson River, some of the land grants, such as those to Killian Van Rensselser, were enormous."
Article VI of this charter states, "They (the Patrons) shall forever possess and enjoy all lands lying within the aforesaid limits..." One of the possessions the Patrons were granted to "forever possess" is Manhattan Island, the financial center of the world.
The Patrons charter was granted by the "Company." It is our assertion that the "Company" was the Dutch East India Company, which is now known as BEIC, or the British East India Company. Remember it is the Dutch Robbels Bank of the Netherlands that holds the receivership of the United States Bankruptcy and it is also this banking entity that recently purchased the failed Baring's Bank of London. By right of this charter granted by the Dutch government the inheritors of the Patrons hold possession of the highest priced piece of real estate in the world. All of these historical threads tie together into the present
In a book entitled "Terrible 1313 Revisited" written by, Jo Hindman, published in 1963. This book put everything into clear focus and it revealed much. As the book states, "In the beginning was the National Municipal League in New York (founded in 1894)."
In the 1930s, part of the organization pinched off to colonize Chicago. The headquarters of the latter group at 1313 E. 60th Street, a four-story building on the University of Chicago campus became the Metro capitol, known around the world. The Cable address is PASHQ and nick-named 1313 by, Metro devotees themselves. This municipal organization known as "Metro" was and is funded by a Rockefeller Spelman Grant. See how the money powers are all right there?
* Governors Conference,
* Conference of Chief Justices,
* National Legislative Conference,
* National Association of Attorneys-General,
* National Association of State Budget Officers,
* National Association of State Purchasing Officers.
Many others since this date in 1963 have more than likely been created. The giant combine that conspires against you proceeds virtually unnoticed, while American attention is riveted in Communism in Cuba and abroad. Metro policy = collectivization; Metro program = "Metro" government. Under Metro, states would cease. Cities would become enormous satellites ruled by managerial Metro power. Zone space between cities would be strictly regimented according to arbitrary code.
It continues, "...infiltrants of Metro into traditional check-and-balance Federal government (and state government DN) have and are engineering conversion of the American Republic into a giant collectivized unit. And further: Gigantic expansion of irresponsible executive-staff administrative department of government is a key hashmark of Metro government. Down on the first-level Metro, dictatorial City managers introduce Metro programs of socialized urban renewal land use zoning, and Planning with a capital P. City managers agitate for city charter revision to elevate to supremacy Metro Managerial rule and to eliminate citizen self-government."
The last segments should serve to pull many things into focus for even the novice; to those who have tried to build room additions onto their houses, or expand their businesses and run square into the country or city zoning board. You see big business is given rights to build malls and subdivisions on county government granted land and bond issues. Yet the average citizen is precluded from using his own land as he sees fit.
The reason you can't use the land you "own" is because you don't own it! When the Federal United States corporate government went bankrupt in 1933 (for about the third or fourth time) FDR made the American people believe that the nation was bankrupt, not just the government corporation, which was all that the bankruptcy really entailed.
The Federal Reserve bank controls Wall Street. Through the Panics of 1894 and 1907 the Bankers and foreign money interests had put the majority of their competition out of business and set the stage for the introduction of the Federal Reserve Act which was passed in 1913.
Twenty years later the bankers pulled the plug on Wall Street, just as they are about to do again, and collapsed the Federal Government. Not the nation, mind you, the United States corporation, which is incorporated in Maryland!
By ruse and deception FDR, who was infinitely tied in with the Federal Reserve in New York, worked in collusion with them to declare the National Emergency which is still in place today. By lying to the American people, who were stunned by the market crash in 1929 and the resultant hard times FDR was able to convince the people that the "nation" was bankrupt. With this false belief the theft started. In the old days before FDR ran this greatest of scams all the records of deeds and property used to be filed in every state in what was known as "The Great Register." It was during the Roosevelt years that the Great Registers started to disappear from the keeping places in the State. Under the "Emergency" and the bankruptcy, the land of property holding citizens was claimed as collateral. All the Deeds and Titles were taken.
|
The Government holds all your property in trust because you have been deemed "incompetent" under their law to manage your personal affairs. You own nothing of major value that you think you do! |
Nowadays you either get a Certificate of Deed, Warranty deed, or Deed in Trust document when you get your property paid off. This is because you don't have true title to your land or your home. The government holds all your property in trust because you have been deemed "incompetent" under their law to manage your own affairs.
When you buy a new car the MSO, which is technically the Bill of Sale from the manufacturer, is sent to the State and the State issues you a Certificate of Title. The Certificate serves the same purpose for your cars as it does for your real estate. People, you own nothing of major value that you think you do.
Even you and your labor are nothing but collateral to the bogus bankruptcy. When did you stop being "personnel" and become a "human resource?" Folks, you don't even own the skin you live in! You are economic slaves, in the absolute truest sense of the word, to the Federal Reserve and the International Bankers, and Metro.
The Spotlight has done some reporting on the Conference of States. The COS, as it is known, is also manipulated by Metro. The objective of the COS was to try and alter the Fifth Article of the Constitution which is the section that governs the Amendment process of our government. The attempt was to be made to try and make the Amendment process easier so they could amend the Constitution out of existence.
The Constitution of the New States of America has already been written and lays waiting in the wings, paid for to the tune of $20-million of your tax dollars and Rockefeller Metro funding. Through research it has been revealed that at least 30 states no longer have their borders defined in their state Constitutions. With these border specifications gone the sovereign states cease to exist. This falls right into the designs laid out by Metro States when they signed and agreed to the State Compact Act.
When this occurred the states became nothing more than corporate subdivisions of the Municipal Corporation of the District of Columbia! The Metro plan for Municipal government is in full swing and practice. The question is whether the legislation for the State Compact Act was initiated on the Federal level or on the State level by the Governors' Conference controlled by Metro. Either way, it happened.
They used Miami/Dade county as their pilot program. The Miami area is commonly known as "Metro-Dade." How about Metro-Los Angeles, Metro-Kansas City, Metro-Houston, etc.? Is the light starting to come on? Home Rule on the county and city level is nothing but the implementation of Metro's designs.
Metro seeks government by "executive staff administrative departments." We are there folks. There is no judicial branch of government in Florida since the alteration of Florida's Constitution in 1968. Metro alleges that the present Governors' Conference grew out of a meeting set in 1908 with President Theodore Roosevelt. The President had "Conservation of National Resources" in mind as a conference topic; Metro bellwethers had "Uniform Laws" in mind. The conflict between the two purposes produced a sterile 1908 meeting which was the first and last of its kind. [15]
An historian of the era, William G. Jordan, pointed out that there was widespread feeling that the "problem" of unifying all law's in the United States could not proceed under official U.S. Government auspices, but should be steered by a group of governors working independently. In 1910 another meeting of governors, called by Metro leaders laid the groundwork for unifying all the laws in the United States. The vehicle was to be the group "House of Governors," a secret fourth branch of American government. From the view-point of executive vs. legislative (citizen-through-representatives) power, compare the HOG concept of Metro with the constitutional United States House of Representatives. The Metro group embodies executive power supreme, whereas the Congress, traditionally, has been the outlet for citizens' power over their government.
The agenda of setting Uniform Laws is highly relevant. If you go to the introduction of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) you will find that it was designed by the "governors" but never designates which governors they are. It should be indicative from this previous revelation that the undefined "governors" who created the UCC are/is the Metro controlled Governors' Conference.
The UCC is the only thing that governs all commercial transactions and for all intents and purposes is not law. It has never been codified either by state or federal government. It is the Code that binds a commercial transaction on an International basis. Although created by this Governors' Conference it has global impact. With the International Bankers behind Metro it should be obvious why they should want their own law called the UCC to manage their own affairs and yours through commercial contracting. They are a law unto themselves!
As evidenced by the names Metro gives its organizations such as "National such-and-such." Title 22 United States Code - Foreign Relations and Intercourse is where you find some real dirt on the International Monetary Fund and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development. All of the following is set out in accordance in the Final Act of the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference dated July 22, 1944. Quoting from Title 22 U.S.C. § 286b. National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems (there's that title "National" again): "(a) Establishment and composition. In order to coordinate policies and operations of the representatives of the United States on the Fund and the Bank and of all agencies of Government which make or participate in making foreign loans or which engage in financial, exchange or monetary transactions, there is hereby established the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems, (hereinafter referred to as the 'Council'), consisting of the Secretary of the Treasury, as Chairman, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Commerce, the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the President of the Export/Import Bank of the United States, and during such period as the Foreign Operations Administration shall continue to exist, the Director of the Foreign Operations Administration."
Here is the establishment of another "National Council." Remember that the "American Municipal Association" of Metro deals with the "collection and transmittal of money from the United States." As such that association, or whatever it may be renamed today, is governed by the IMF as well. The following will serve to illustrate the "Council's" power. Remember, this is directly out of the U.S.C.
Sec. 286(b)(3) The Council shall coordinate, by consultation or otherwise, by consultation or otherwise, so far as practicable, the policies and operations of the representatives of the United States on the Fund and the Bank, the Export-Import Bank of the United States and all other agencies of the Government to the extent that they participate in the making of foreign loans or engage in foreign financial, exchange or monetary transactions. This is clear evidence that Metro, through the "Council" controls any and all aspects of all agencies of Government that deal with foreign exchange or monetary issues.
§ 286b(b)(4) Whenever, under the Articles of Agreement of the Fund or the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, the approval, consent or agreement of the United States is required before an act may be done by the respective institutions, the decision as to whether such approval, consent, or agreement, shall be given or refused shall...be made by the Council under the general direction of the President. So you see we have an administrative board, over which the President sits, as the head controlling, approving or disapproving the United States say in financial matters. No governor, executive director, or alternate representing the United States, shall vote in favor of any waiver of condition under Article V, section 4, or in favor of any declaration of the United States dollar as a scarce currency under Article VII, section 3, of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, without prior approval of the Council.
There you have it friends. That is the shadow government that you've heard so much about but have been unable to find. The Metro organization is the find. The Metro organization is the financial head of the octopus that works in collusion with the United Nations, the RIIA, the CFR, the Bilderberg Group, the Committee of 300, City of London and on and on. The elusive "Governors" so liberally mentioned in the UCC and the IMF are the governors of the fifty States, under the direction and control of Metro's Governors' Conference. In other words Metro!
The government of this nation at all levels is held captive and in terror of these organizations. But there is one more aspect that must be looked at to put it all together once and for all. The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion have been called a forgery since their coming into public purview in 1905. The following are some excerpts. You decide what you think, after reading what has been presented here.
Protocol No. 5: What form of "administrative rule" can be given to communities in which corruption has penetrated everywhere, communities where riches are attained only by clever surprise tactics of semi-swindling tricks; where looseness reigns; where morality is maintained by penal measures and harsh laws but not by voluntarily accepted principles; where the feelings toward faith and country are obliterated by cosmopolitan convictions? What form of rule is to be given to these if not that of 'despotism' which I shall describe to you later?...Moreover, the art of directing masses and individuals by means of cleverly manipulated theory and verbiage; by regulations of life in common and all sorts of other quirks, in all which the goyim understand nothing, belongs likewise to the specialists of our "administrative brain."
Protocol No. 8: We must arm ourselves with all the weapons which our opponents might employ against us. We must search out the very finest shades of expression and the knotty points of the lexicon of law justification for those cases where we shall have to pronounce judgments that might appear abnormally audacious and unjust, for it is important that these resolutions should be set forth in expressions that shall seem to be "the most exalted moral principles cast into legal form." [16]
Protocol No. 9: We have got our hands into the "administration of the law, into the conduct of elections, into the press, into liberty of the person," but principally into education and training as being the corner stone of free existence...Above the existing laws without substantially altering them, and by merely twisting them into contradictions of interpretations, we have erected something grandiose in the way of results. These results found expression first in the fact that "the interpretations masked the laws; afterwards they entirely hid them from the eyes of the governments owing to the impossibility of making anything out of the web of legislation."
Does any of this make you feel uncomfortable yet? Do you still feel the Protocols are only a forgery? Look around you America!
Protocol No. 15: Under our influence the execution of the laws of the goyim has been reduced to a minimum. The prestige of the law has been exploded by the liberal interpretations introduced into this sphere. In the most important and fundamental affairs and questions judges decide as we dictate them, see matters in light wherewith we enfold them for the administration of the goyim, "of course, through persons who are our tools" through we do not appear to have anything in common with them...In these days the judges of the goyim create indulgences to every kind of crime, not having an understanding of their office, because the rulers of the present age in appointing judges to office take no care to inculcate in them a sense of duty and consciousness of the matter which is demanded of them.
Protocol No. 17: The practice of advocacy produces men cold, cruel, persistent, unprincipled, who in all cases, take up an impersonal purely legal standpoint. They have the inveterate habit to refer everything to its value for the defense, not to the public welfare of its results. They do not decline to undertake any, defense whatsoever, they strive for acquittal at all costs, caviling over every pretty crux of jurisprudence and thereby demoralize justice. For this reason we shall set this profession into narrow frames which will keep it inside this sphere of "executive" public service. Advocates, equally with judges, will be deprived of the right of communication with litigants; they will receive business only from the court and will study it by notes off reports and documents, defending their clients after they have been interrogated in courts on facts that have appeared.
Inasmuch as the legal system is concerned, we are there already. The foregoing partial cites from the Protocols are only the barest smidgen of the plan for global domination. This is the plan of the khazarian Ashkenazi Elite and their henchmen. The Khazarian Elite have coopted most all of the government of Europe and have taken over America through their agents provocateur and they have bought or terrorized whores in government. You will find certain names and families running all through this conspiracy toward world government. Rockefeller, Morgan, Vanderbilt, and many others. Most people are not aware of the fact that the Name Rockefeller is the Americanization of the name Roggenfeld, a direct "Jewish" lineage from Turkey, i.e. Khazarian [17].
The National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems, which was a Metro formed organization, was abolished and its functions transferred to the President of the United States through Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1965. Through Executive Orders 11269, 11334, 11808, 1197, 12164, 12188, 12403 and 12647 (August 2, 1988) a new Council was created called the "National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies." The following relevant sections should bring to light more of what the Council does and the power it holds. It must be recognized the power of the President was delegated to the Secretary of the Treasury, who ultimately must "consult with the Council."
Section 3(1) states that the Secretary shall "instruct the representatives of the United States to international financial institutions." Here you see how the Secretary of the Treasury, who takes his marching orders from the Council made up of the Governors of the fifty states and controlled by Metro, "instructs" U.S. appointees to international financial institutions in matters of international finance, i.e., Foreign Aid.
The Council, i.e., the Governors' Conference (a metro creation) dictates to your government what it will and will not do in matters of international finance. You will also note that the Council also dictates in matters of international "exchange." In other words, the Council sets policy for international currency exchange rates for the dollar.
Please remember ex-President George Bush's references to the "Superfund." Remember we previously related to the Great Registers which held the registration of all deeds on property? Remember also that we illustrated how we are all, in reality, nothing but chattel property and collateral to the Federal Reserve for the bankruptcy of the United States of 1933? This is the "Corporate United States," not the Fifty States United into the United States of America.
Black's Law Dictionary relates the following about the United States: "This term has several meanings. It may be merely the name of a sovereign occupying the position analogous to that of other sovereigns in family of nations, it may designate territory over which sovereignty of United States extends, or it may be collective name of the states which are united by and under the Constitution. Hooven & Allison Co. v. Evatt, U.S. Ohio, 324 U.S. 652, 65 S.Ct. 870, 880, 89 L.Ed. 1252." [18]
There is an account opened in the World Bank under a fictitious name, wherein the Great Registers and yourselves, as chattel property, are the assets of the account. Every person in this nation, being chattel property and collateral to the bankruptcy, has been insured by the Federal Reserve. It is the Great Registers of allodial property and your persons, as insured chattel, that comprise the "Superfund."
The account number of this account is the same infamous bank account number which recently brought about the demise of the Baring's Bank in England. A little earlier it was the Credit Lyonaise in Paris. This same account number appears when these banks go down, or "moneys are lost." Participants in this monetary feeding frenzy into this World Bank account, number 88-8888888, are Goldman Sachs, et al, and others in contract with the U.S. Government, AKA Ariel Life Systems, DFG Inc., Palm Springs Baseball Club and other Baseball Clubs (this is in writing and safely secreted as hard evidence). Goldman-Sachs is securely enthroned in the White House and on the Council of the Governors' Conference of the IMF, through former Goldman-Sachs employee, Secretary of the Treasury and Khazarian, Robert Rubin.
The Governor of the Federal Reserve, currently (1995) the Khazarian Alan Greenspan, also serves on the Council, which is comprised of the Governors of the fifty States through the Governors' Conference, headed up by Metro. Metro, through the Council, is the IMF. The IRS works for the IMF and the Federal Reserve as collection agents for the debt incurred by the bogus bankruptcy of 1933.
The IRS was incorporated in Delaware in 1933. The Resident Agent of this corporation was the Capitol Trust Co. The IRS claimed authority to the "will, rights and property" of the citizens of the United States, here and "any other place in the world."
The IRS lost its incorporation in Delaware in 1937, for nonpayment of franchise taxes, but it still operates as a taxing agent, hiding behind its resident agent, the Company Trust of the "Capitol," or Capitol Trust Co., which is a holding company for either (a) the Bank of England and/or (b) the Robbels Bank of the Netherlands (which holds receivership of the United States from the 1933 bankruptcy), or Metro. If you read Title 31 U.S.C. which covers Banking and Finance, you will see that by "treaty" the IRS is an arm of the IMF and therefore tied to Metro.
It was through the rape of the S&L's during the 1980s that you heard of other "Capitol" organizations. The grand-daddy of all corrupt insurance companies, Old Republic (which is all one with the Founders Trust, Minnesota Land and Title, and Bankers Trust, all hidden within Capitol Truc Company, Inc.), is into Capitol Real Estate management, Capitol Investments, Consolidated 200, etc., all the way into the Federal Reserve Banking System Trust, back into the Capitol Trust Company, Inc., then out into the Agriculture Department, into the International Monetary Fund, then out into Agriculture loans. The "umbrella" works by keeping these transactions hidden behind one another, all the while being hidden behind one grand corporation or trust.
Metro government is the domestic application of the United Nations Charter government. The Metro attack upon the basic principles of American government is financed by you, an American taxpayer, directly by your tax dollars. One half of the entire radical Metro core, and perhaps more than half, is influenced by the Council of State Governments (CSG). CSG is supported by you through appropriations voted by your state representatives or assemblymen. It is common knowledge that influential Metro organizations, such as American Municipal Association, International Union of Local Authorities, in addition to Communistic linkage, also are members of UNESCO, the United Nations World Government propaganda arm.
How can such a thing as Metro happen in the United States? According to legal analysts, the situation is this: The United Nations Charter is a ratified treaty. A treaty is said to override domestic law. The U.N. Charter mandates social legislation exemplified by Metro. We are living under United Nations Charter law when we live under Metro law.
This is correct as far as it goes, but one must go back to the Founders and their writings to understand treaties. In order to have a valid treaty with a nation, that nation must have definable borders and a sovereign people. The United Nations meets neither of these criteria, and as such the "ratified" treaty is a nullity under the law. Also, a treaty only becomes the law of this nation if it does not conflict with the Constitution. When any organization works to establish and enact laws against the principles of Republican government, as defined and designed in the Constitution, it is, in fact, not law. The Supreme Court has ruled on this on many occasions, primarily in Marbury v. Madison.
The ADL of B'nai B'rith is nothing but the protection arm of Jewish Masonry. The Jewish Defense League, whose base is at 1500 Lakeshore Dr. in Chicago, is the terrorist enforcement arm of Zionism. The ADL has been caught spying on American citizens but there has been no prosecution of this seditious act to date. The ADL hides behind its false "Jewishness" and declares anyone an anti-Semite who gets too close to the truth.
The JDL is known by law enforcement agencies to have taken part in terrorist acts, such as bombings which have resulted in death. This used to be called murder! It is the ADL that are the "definitive experts" on "domestic terrorists," [19] who are continually quoted in the papers and on TV. It is the Khazarian "Jews," Charles Schumer, Barbara Boxer, Diane Feinstein, Robert Rubin, Robert Reich, Alan Greenspan, Arlin Spector and a multitude of others, who hold your government in their "Administrative" terror.
1964: Congo. The U.S. sent four transport planes to provide an airlift for Congolese troops during a rebellion and to transport Belgian paratroopers to rescue foreigners.
1964: Communist China tested its first A bomb on October 16, 1964, and its first H bomb on June 17, 1967.
On the surface, the Treaty of Alliance between Russia and China appeared to have been nullified. neither Moscow nor Peking made any official declaration on the current validity of the Sino‑Soviet alliance. However, as late as October 1964, the same month that China exploded her first A bomb, Chou En‑lai assured a Japanese delegation that China was certain Russia would come to her assistance in the event of war and that the Sino‑Soviet alliance was "still very much alive." Old Myths and New Realities by Senate Foreign Relations Committee chairman (and Rhodes scholar) J. William Fulbright is published, in which he announces: "Indeed, the concept of national sovereignty has become in our time a principle of international anarchy...The sovereign nation can no longer serve as the ultimate unit of personal loyalty and responsibility."
1964/1973: War in Vietnam. U.S. military advisers had been in South Vietnam for a decade (10 years); They were first sent to Vietnam by then President Eisenhower, and their numbers were increased as military positions of the Siagon Government became weaker. After the attacks on U.S. destroyers in the Tonkin Gulf, President Johnson asked for a resolution expressing U.S. determination to support freedom and protect peace in Southeast Asia. Congress responded with the Tonkin Gulf Resolution, expressing support for "all necessary measures" the President might take to repeal armed attack against U.S. forces and prevent further aggression. Following this resolution, and following a Communist attack on a U.S. installation in Central Vietnam, the U.S. escalated its participation in the war.
1965: From his sanctuary in the United States, Juan Bosch directed a Communist rebellion. Then when it was clear that the rebellion would fail President Johnson dispatched American Marines, this was done, almost unknown to the people of America. Hidden under the cover of the Vietnam War, After a transparent show of fighting the Communists, Johnson threatened to use those same marines against the ruling anti‑Communist Junta, unless it would negotiate with the Communists. Finely the Junta, unable to resist the power of the Zionist Controlled American Government, surrendered power to a coalition government. Which, of course, included Communist Representation: then and only then did Johnson restore diplomatic relations.
1965: September 28: On the front page of The New York Times International Edition, Robert Doty writes: "The head of the powerful Jewish Order (Father Pedro Arrupe) charged today (Sept. 27) that atheism constituted a conspiracy that had infiltrated even the Roman Catholic Church and virtually controlled international organizations, finance and mass communications."
Doty quotes Father Arrupe as saying, "This new godless society operates in an extremely efficient manner, at least in its higher levels of leadership. It makes use of every possible means at its disposal, be they scientific, technical, social, or economic. It follows a perfectly mapped-out strategy. It holds almost complete sway in international organizations, in financial circles, in the field of mass communications: press, cinema, radio, and television."
Then Doty explains that, "Father Arrupe, as head of the 36,000 member Jesuit Order, is considered to be one of the half-dozen most influential churchmen in the world, as indicated by his informal title of 'Black Pope.'"
1966: Professor Carroll Quigley's Tragedy and Hope is published, in which he explains that based on the teachings of John Ruskin (Greatly influenced by Jean Jacques Rousseau and commune developer Robert Owen) at Oxford University, Cecil Rhodes (and journalist William Stead) "organized a secret society" (originally established in 1891) with a "Circle of Initiates" including Alfred (later Lord) Milner and Lord Rothschild, and an "Association of Helpers" (later organized by Milner as the Round Table organization). Quigley quotes Stead as relating that Rhodes' plan for Rhodes scholarships, "was that after thirty years there would be 'between two and three thousand men in the prime of life scattered all over the world, each one of whom, moreover, would have been specially, mathematically, selected towards the Founder's purposes...'"
He then relates that they founded the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the CFR, "and hoped to federate the various parts of the empire, then confederate the whole of it, with the United Kingdom, into a single organization. They also hoped to bring the United States into this organization to whatever degree possible." (Does this sound like the current European Community and the North American Free Trade Agreement?) Quigley continues: "The chief backbone of this organization grew up along the already existing financial cooperation running from the Morgan Bank in New York to a group of international financiers in London led by Lazard Brothers...it was known that the CFR was a front for J.P. Morgan and Company in association with the very small American Round Table Group...The board of the CFR have carried ever since the marks of their origin...
Closely allied with this Morgan influence were a small group of Wall Street law firms, whose chief figures were Elihu Root, the Dulles brothers, [and] John J. McCloy...On this basis, there grew up in the twentieth century a power structure between London and New York which penetrated deeply into university life, the press, and the practice of foreign policy...For example, it set up in Princeton a reasonable copy of the Round Table Group's chief Oxford headquarters. The copy was called the Institute for Advanced Study and was organized by Abraham Flexner of the Carnegie Foundation and Rockefeller's General Education Board. The plans were largely drown by Tom Jones, one of the Round Table's most active intriguers and foundation administrators. The American branch of this 'English Establishment' exerted much of its influence through five American newspapers.” [20]
1966 May: Esquire magazine publishes "Mind Control Is Good (or) Bad?" in which Dr. James McConnell, professor of psychology at the University of Michigan, is quoted as stating: "I teach a course called The Psychology of Influence, and I begin it by stating categorically that the time has come when, if you give me any normal human being and a couple of weeks...I can change his behavior from what it is not to whatever you want it to be, if it's physically possible...I can turn him from a Christian into a communist and vice versa...Look, we can do these things. We can control behavior. Now, who's going to decide what's to be done?..."
1967: Tanzania. Enslaved by the Communist.
Congo. The U.S. sent three military aircraft with crews to provide the Congo Central Government, which has proven over the years to be Communistic ‑‑ with logistical support during a revolt.
The U.S.S. Liberty Was Deliberately Attacked in International Waters as it monitored communications during the Six‑Day War. Israel used U.S.‑donated equipment to jam the ship's S.O.S., hoping to sink it and murder all aboard before word could get out. 34 sailors were butchered and 170 wounded in this blatant Act of War. The Liberty was part of the Sixth Fleet, a powerful group of men and ships paid for by U.S. Taxpayers to protect the Israeli's.
What do the Jews think of our American Service Men, the descendants of the men who pulled their chestnuts out of the fire in World War II? Read the following for Just a sample of the many slaps in the face the Jews give our military every chance they get!
The Massacre of the USS Liberty
Even though the United States, beguiled by Zionist propaganda and fearful of domestic political pressures by the Israeli lobby in the United States, has been the major supporter of Israel and has become an accessory to Israeli crimes by providing the financial backing and sinews of war used by the Israelis, Americans, and even American servicemen, are not exempt from Israeli-perpetrated massacres if the highest Israeli authorities consider them to be in the way of their objectives.
During the June 1967 war of aggression unleashed by Israel against Egypt, Jordan and Syria, it was vitally important to the Israeli leaders that their plan for aggression against the Arab countries should not be monitored. They were exceedingly upset at the presence of an American intelligence ship, the USS Liberty, in the Eastern Mediterranean monitoring communications traffic in the area. According to CIA Intelligence Reports, General Moshe Dayan ordered the June 8, 1967, strafing by Israeli aircraft of the USS Liberty and the resultant massacre of her defenseless crew of American sailors. In the words of Admiral Thomas H. Moorer, United States Navy, "During this unprovoked attack, 34 U.S. Navy men were killed and 171 wounded."
The U.S.S. Liberty was deliberately attacked in International Waters as it monitored communications during the Six‑Day War. Israel used U.S.‑donated equipment to jam the ship's S.O.S., hoping to sink it and murder all aboard before word could get out. 34 sailors were butchered and 170 wounded in this blatant Act of War.
The Liberty was part of the Sixth Fleet, a powerful group of men and ships paid for by U.S. Taxpayers to protect the Israeli's. What do the Jews think of our American Service Men, the descendants of the men who pulled their chestnuts out of the fire in World War II? Read the following for Just a sample of the many murders of American military, the Jews have committed.
Israeli's Attempt to sink the U.S.S. Liberty
An eyewitness report from the U.S.S. Liberty, by John Hrankowski: "June 8, 1967, was a bright, sunny day in international waters off Egypt. A breeze tracked our electronic‑laden vessel, the U.S.S. Liberty, cruising under orders of the U.S. Navy. As an engineer I was not on deck, but when several jets began buzzing us I bounded to the main deck. My shipmates waved, laughed, and joked. Among the planes was a Piper Cub, clearly marked with the Star of David. The plane flew so low and so slowly that we could see its camera turret as it snapped our picture. Over our communications equipment we could hear the aircraft identify our ship as the U.S.S. Liberty. These were our allies, our friends, the Israeli's. Several hours later, about 2 P.M., the jets returned and made five to seven passes over us, machine‑gunning and rocketing our lightly‑armed ship. More planes arrived, this time Mirage Jets, and loosed bursts of bullets and cannon fire as well as napalm into the ship.
In the initial attack, nine of my surprised comrades died, scores more were lying everywhere, wounded, horribly burned, moaning, dead or dying. I was seriously wounded by rocket shrapnel. This, however, was not the end of the two‑and‑one‑half hour ordeal. Israeli torpedo boats streaked toward our stricken ship and fired five torpedoes. One hit home, bringing violent death to 25 more American crew members.
Preparing to abandon ship, some of my shipmates dropped rubber rafts into the sea. It seemed like a horrible, slow motion movie as we watched the (Israeli) Torpedo Boats Circle Back and Fire Machine Guns at the Helpless Survivors on Deck and in the Rubber Rafts Already in the Sea. One curious torpedo boat skipper even picked up an empty raft ‑‑ perhaps to keep as a souvenir.
To prevent the Liberty from communicating with other vessels and navy communication centers, our radio was jammed. This, we later learned, could only have been accomplished by a 'Friendly' nation who knew our radio frequencies...For 19 (This report was published in The Washington Report on Middle East Affairs ‑‑ December, 1986) my shipmates and I have been trying to get out the truth about the attack that killed 34 Americans and wounded 171 others. All of us agree that The Attack Could Not Possibly Have Been A Mistake. The Israeli aircraft that came within 200 feet, the messages giving the ship's name, the two large U.S. Navy Flags billowing in the breeze, the big GTR‑5 stenciled on the bow; characters well known to friend and foe as a U.S. Navy designation, all clearly identified us.
For years our crew was puzzled, and incredulous, when Israeli authorities claimed our ship had been mistaken for an Egyptian freighter. Of it all I Believe it was no Coincidence that the Israeli Attack Took Place on June 8, and that the next day Israel invaded Syrian territory, capturing the Golan Heights, an area it still holds years later and which it now says it has annexed for permanent retention.
The Liberty was a navy electronic 'ferret' research vessel, listening to communications from both sides in the Six Day War...Very little of this information has ever reached the American public. Even Congress, importuned for decades by survivors to at least investigate the reasons behind the attack on a U.S. Military Vessel, up to now has refused to do so. After the attack, when the surviving crew members were still together aboard the ship, we were Officially Warned not to talk to Reporters. The Navy has Never been willing to release, even to us, a list of crew members so that we can mobilize them to tell our story...
I speak frequently in the upstate New York area, and I find people invariably shocked that they have been kept ignorant of this incident. The fact that the American public remains largely unaware of what happened at the hands of a so‑called ally proves that the press has failed to exercise its mandate to keep the American People informed. The American public will believe and support us, when they learn Americans like themselves who joined the Navy to serve their country, when we produce irrefutable evidence that the attack on June 8, 1967, could not have been an error. It was, in fact, an Attempt to Sink an American Ship that might have Alerted the World to an (Senseless and Murderous) Israeli Act of Aggression.
Americans should know the facts so they can judge the readability and reliability of a nation that wants us to believe it is 'our closest ally.' The American tax payers should know because they bought the planes, the boats, the bombs, rockets, torpedoes, and napalm that struck us. At one time we surviving crew members hoped official naval inquiries would elicit all the facts. But we have given up on that. Those inquires, we're convinced, were part and parcel of the American Government Coverup: Evidence was concealed, key crew witnesses were never interviewed; The Israeli Government's conclusions were never really queried or published...' I just cannot accept the explanation that the attack was a case of mistaken identity,' Admiral Thomas H. Moorer, said. 'I think, Without a Doubt, that those 34 men who were killed in the Sneak Attack on the Liberty were Killed (Murdered) Deliberately.'..."
Is it not strange that on June 8, 1967, Israeli Jews viciously attacked the American Ship U.S.S. Liberty, leaving 34 American Sailors dead and 171 injured, yet to this day the Jewish media has ignored it and the American Congressmen have wittingly forgotten about it. The attack was deliberate, lasting almost 2 hours, and due to political orders the U.S. Military would not come to the aid of the U.S.S. Liberty.
Even as you read this, the Israeli military is murdering Palestinian women and children with military equipment supplied by American taxpayers and churches.
General Dayan was a hero to the media in the United States. They never mentioned his complicity in such massacres as Kibya.[21] They swept under the rug his direct responsibility for the USS Liberty massacre. Even worse, the United States Government, for domestic political reasons, conducted a massive cover-up of the crime, making it an accessory after the fact to this slaughter of American servicemen.
If the same criteria were used to investigate and try those responsible for the USS Liberty massacre as has been used on German and Japanese war criminals, the entire Israeli War Cabinet and General Staff would have been convicted for the crime.
For his direct order of the massacre of defenseless sailors on an unarmed communications vessel sailing in neutral waters, General Dayan would have been hung, and then President of the United States Lyndon Johnson would have been sentenced to many years of incarceration in prison for obstructing justice in a criminal cover-up of the USS Liberty massacre.
President Johnson and the U.S.S Liberty Incident
The weekly newspaper "Christian News" is published by the Lutheran Church movement. In their issue of June 15, 1987, a very interesting article regarding the U.S.S. Liberty incident was published. The title of the article was "LBJ gave the order to let the USS Liberty sink and let all hands on board drown."
Some very important information was revealed in that article that is very relative to our survival today as a Christian Nation. The article revealed: "In a private interview of U.S.S. Liberty survivor Commander (Ret.) David Lewis, who was in command of the scientific mission of the ship which was the gathering and dissemination of intelligence data. He told me that the order to Abandon The USS Liberty and her crew to the attacking Israeli planes and Torpedo Boats came from President Lyndon B. Johnson. Two days after the rescue of the survivors, and after Commander Lewis had regained his eyesight, he was hit by an exploding torpedo ‑‑ Admiral and Commanding Officer of the Mediterranean Fleet Larry Geis called him into his quarters and said to him, 'Commander, we received your calls for help, and we attempted to send our planes to the rescue. But in the event that something happens to me, or if I am blamed for not answering your call for help, I want you to know exactly what happened. As soon as we received your radio call for help I deployed our fighter‑bomber planes and radioed the Pentagon of our action. A few minutes later I received a call from Secretary of Defense Robert S. McNamara ordering me to recall the planes because they were carrying nuclear arms. So I called them back. I immediately rearmed another squadron with conventional weapons, deployed it, and reported to the pentagon. A few minutes later I got another call from McNamara ordering me to recall these planes too. I was angry and mystified, and exercised my prerogative to go to the next highest level of authority so as to have McNamara's order reversed.
Seconds later President Lyndon Johnson was on the radiophone, and I made my case to him. I told him that the USS Liberty had been under attack for an hour, and had radioed for help, and that I had sent out a squadron of fighter‑bombers armed with conventional weapons to the rescue. Then the President said to me, 'I Don't Care If The Ship Sinks and Every Man On Board Drowns, we are not going to fight against our allies (Israel)'."
The article then discusses the holding of the 20th Anniversary reunion of the members of the USS Liberty Veterans Association in a Washington, D.C. hotel on 5, 6 and 7 June, 1987. The article then continues: "Besides us ordinary citizens and many other sympathizers and supporters at the banquet there were many retired naval officers, including three admirals, and a retired United States Ambassador. Admiral Thomas Moorer, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and former United States Ambassador to Egypt, Lucius Battle were the main speakers. Both told of their absolute belief that the one and one‑half hour air and sea attack by Israel was deliberate, that the official refusal to disclose all that is known about the attack is shameful, and that if the United States does not soon recognize that its interests are for the most part different from Israel's interests in the Middle East and in the world, there will be dire consequences. In our USS Liberty petition signing booth near the Vietnam Memorial...twenty‑five hundred signatures have been collected. On Saturday, June 6, six of the USS Liberty survivors dropped by to add their signatures to the petition. While we were reminiscing another citizen identified himself as a member of AIPAC (American‑Israel Political Affairs Committee), and reminded us that AIPAC ‑‑ Controls the election or defeat of every member of Congress!"
As far as I know the "Only" so‑called national publication which is patriotic enough to print it was the Washington Report on Middle East Affairs, in their September issue. Isn't that something, our enemies so the Jews say, or would have to believe so, is the only ones who respect our American Service Men enough to publicize, what should have been a National Event; but it was not because of the almost absolute control over our government that ZOG has at the present time. It is an article by Paul Findley who served in Congress from 1961 to 1982.
The USS Liberty Heroes Honored
"Thirty surviving crewmen of the USS Liberty, a US Navy reconnaissance ship nearly destroyed by Israeli forces 22 years ago (1967), gathered in Milwaukee the weekend of June 9‑11 for a reunion to recall that dreadful day and pay tribute to the 34 sailors Killed (Murdered) In the Assault. They have a lot to remember: The Liberty, an intelligence‑gathering ship, had only a pair of 50‑caliber machine guns for defense. But on the bright, clear afternoon of June 8, 1967, with its American Flag fluttering in a strong breeze, the ship came under a thundering, pitiless 75‑minute assault by air and sea forces. Israel, already victorious over Egypt and Jordan in the first three days of the Six‑Day War of June 1967, was planning a surprise ground offensive the next day against Syria (which for its part was calling a cease‑fire). The best explanation for what followed is that the Israelis feared the Liberty 'MIGHT' intercept messages revealing Israeli intentions, pass reports to Washington, and frustrate Israel's plans to scale and hold Syria's Golan Heights.
Whatever the motivation, the Liberty endured an assault so fierce and sustained that crew members were convinced that Israel wanted the ship and its entire crew destroyed. Who but the survivors can relive those awful moments, the cries of the wounded as lethal bursts of cannon fire swept the ship; the stench of burning flesh as napalm created instant infernos on the deck; the earsplitting thunder as a torpedo tore an immense hole in the ship's sides; decks made slippery with blood; the feeling of outrage as circling torpedo boats deliberately shot to pieces rubber life rafts launched in case the ship had to be abandoned.
Israel claimed the attack was a case of mistaken identity, apologized, and eventually paid reparations. President Lyndon Johnson, facing a crisis in Vietnam, accepted the apology warmly and did his best to keep from public knowledge the overwhelming conviction of crew members and their commanders, both the Navy and the National Security Agency, that the attack was deliberate. Why the cover‑up? For one thing, President Johnson feared publicity about the Liberty might alienate Jewish citizens he wanted to support the Vietnam war. Whatever the motivations, his cover‑up succeeded. Few Americans, even to this day, are aware of this tragedy, one of the worst in the Navy's peacetime history. As a consequence, the bravery of the Liberty crewmen has been little noted, and no Congressional investigation into the attack has occurred."
Although Minister of Defense General Moshe Dayan was principally responsible for the USS Liberty massacre, then Israeli Prime Minister Levi Eshkol also shared responsibility. Because the USS Liberty was an intelligence monitoring vessel, it is also certain that Meier Amit, head of Mossad (Israeli Intelligence) in 1967, and General Aharon Yariv, then head of Military Intelligence, had to give clearance for the attack. Amit had previously been a participant in the Kibya massacre. Further, the Chief of Staff of the Israeli Armed Forces in 1967, General Yitzhak Rabin, had legal responsibility to ensure that Israeli aircraft did not fire upon neutral vessels in neutral waters.
General Mordekhai Hod, then Commander of the Israeli Air Force, and later president of Israeli Aircraft Industries, Ltd., also was legally responsible for the crime committed by his pilots, as were the pilots themselves for carrying out obviously unlawful orders to strafe an unarmed neutral vessel in international waters. The same criteria of judgment rendered on the German and Japanese war criminals of World War II would have held these as well as other Israeli political and military leaders individually responsible and accountable for their acts of omission and commission regarding the USS Liberty massacre.
Following are details on the massacre recounted by the distinguished former U.S. Congressman from Illinois, Paul Findley: "The day of the attack began in routine fashion, with the ship first proceeding slowly in an easterly direction in the eastern Mediterranean, later following the contour of the coastline westerly about fifteen miles off the Sinai Peninsula. On the mainland, Israeli forces were winning smashing victories in the third Arab-Israeli war in nineteen years. Israeli Chief of Staff Yitzhak Rabin, announcing that the Israelis had taken the entire Sinai and broken the blockade on the Strait of Tiran, declared: 'The Egyptians are defeated.' On the eastern front the Israelis had overcome Jordanian forces and captured most of the West Bank.
At 6 a.m. an airplane, identified by the Liberty crew as an Israeli Noratlas, circled the ship slowly and departed. This procedure was repeated periodically over an eight-hour period. At 9 a.m. a Jew appeared at a distance, then left. At 10 a.m. two rocket-armed jets circled the ship three times. They were close enough for their pilots to be observed through binoculars. The planes were unmarked. An hour later the Israeli Noratlas returned, flying not more than 200 feet directly above the Liberty and clearly marked with the Star of David. The ship's crew members and the pilot waved at each other. This plane returned every few minutes until 1 p.m. By then, the ship had changed course and was proceeding almost due west.
At 2:00 p.m. all hell broke loose. Three Mirage fighter planes headed straight for the Liberty, their rockets taking out the forward machine guns and wrecking the ship's antennae. The Mirages were joined by Mystere fighters, which dropped napalm on the bridge and deck and repeatedly strafed the ship. The attack continued for over 20 minutes. In all, the ship sustained 821 holes in her sides and decks. Of these, more than 100 were rocket size.
As the aircraft departed, three torpedo boats took over the attack, firing five torpedoes, one of which tore a 40-foot hole in the hull, killing 25 sailors. The ship was in flames, dead in the water, listing precariously, and taking water. The crew was ordered to prepare to abandon ship. As life-rafts were lowered into the water, the torpedo boats moved closer and shot them to pieces. One plane concentrated machine-gun fire on rafts still on deck as crew members there tried to extinguish the napalm fire. Petty Officer Charles Rowley declares, 'They didn't want anyone to live.'" [22]
Paul Findley continues: "At 3:15 p.m. the last shot was fired, leaving the vessel a combination morgue and hospital. The ship had no engines, no power, no rudder. Fearing further attack, Captain McGonagle, despite severe leg injuries, stayed at the bridge. An Israeli helicopter, its open bay door showing troops in battle gear and a machine gun mounted in an open doorway, passed close to the deck and then left. Other aircraft came and went during the next hour.
Although U.S. air support never arrived, within fifteen minutes of the first attack and more than an hour before the first assault ended, fighter planes from the USS Saratoga were in the air ready for a rescue mission under orders 'to destroy or drive off any attackers.' The carrier was only 30 minutes away, and, with a squadron of fighter planes on deck ready for a routine operation, it was prepared to respond almost instantly. But the rescue never occurred. Without approval by Washington, the planes could not take aggressive action, even to rescue a U.S. ship confirmed to be under attack. Admiral Donald Engen, then captain of the America, the second U.S. carrier in the vicinity, later explained: 'President Johnson had very strict control. Even though we knew the Liberty was under attack, I couldn't just go and order a rescue.' The planes were hardly in the air when the voice of Secretary of Defense Robert S. McNamara was heard over Sixth Fleet radios: 'Tell the Sixth Fleet to get those aircraft back immediately.' They were to have no part in destroying or driving off the attackers.
Shortly after 3 p.m., nearly an hour after the Liberty's plea was first heard, The White House momentary approval to a rescue mission and planes from both carriers were launched. At almost precisely the same instant, the Israeli Government informed the U.S. naval attaché in Tel Aviv that its forces had 'erroneously attacked a U.S. ship' after mistaking it for an Egyptian vessel, and offered 'abject apologies.' With apology in hand, Johnson once again ordered U.S. aircraft back to their carriers." [23]
The cowardly and callous attempt by the Israeli air force to ensure that there would be no survivors to their crime constituted an offense in its own right. Lord Russell of Liverpool, who was legal adviser to the Commander-in-Chief in respect of all trials of German war criminals in the British Zone of Occupied Germany, reports a similar crime committed by German submarine U-i52's commander Kapitanleutnant Heinz Eck, who had ordered his crew to open fire on the rafts of the Greek vessel SS Peleus in 1943.
"The commander and four members of his crew were tried by a British Military Court in Hamburg in October 1945 for being concerned in the killing of members of the crew of the Peleus by firing and throwing grenades at them. All were found guilty of the charge and the commander and three others sentenced to suffer death by shooting." [24]
Details on CIA documents indicting the Israeli leadership for murder of the defenseless crew of the USS Liberty were uncovered through the painstaking research of James M. Ennes, Jr., an officer of the USS Liberty and an eyewitness to the massacre: "The CIA reported a conversation with a confidential Israeli source who strongly implied that the attack was no error. The message read in part: 'He said that 'you've got to remember that in this campaign there is neither time nor room for mistakes,' which was intended as an obtuse reference to the fact that Israel's forces knew what flag the Liberty was flying and exactly what the vessel was doing off the cost. (The source) implied that the ship's identity was known at least six hours before the attack but that Israeli headquarters was not sure as to how many people might have access to the information the Liberty was intercepting. He also implied that there was no certainty or control as to where the information was going and again reiterated that Israeli forces did not make mistakes in their campaign. He was emphatic in stating to me that they knew what kind of ship the USS Liberty was and what it was doing offshore. This report gains credibility when we recall that Israel did identify the ship six hours before the attack. Hence, the informant does indeed have access to inside information.
On November 9, 1967, a confidential source reported clearly and unequivocally that General Moshe Dayan ordered the attack. The message read: '(The source) commented on the sinking (sic) of the US Communications ship Liberty. They said that Dayan personally ordered the attack on the ship and that one of his generals adamantly opposed the action and said, 'This is pure murder.' One of the admirals who was present also disapproved the action, and it was he who ordered it stopped and not Dayan." [25]
1968: A classic example of how Americans thoughts and action are controlled is the infamous picture of a Viet Cong being shot point blank in Hue (1968). It appeared repeatedly in the media, and precipitated enormous outrage. Compare such intense coverage to that given another picture taken in September, 1978.
1968: North Korea seized the U.S.S. Pueblo, because Washington ordered our fleet commander not to interfere after all the Jewish/Masters in America had to see to it that their brother Jews in Russia had access to the latest in electronic communication equipment. Which resulted in the capture of one of our most advanced technology and classified ships equipment. Another slap in the face of our military.
1968: The Congo Republic and (32) Syria turned to Communist Russia and away from the United States, thus were brought under Communist influence.
1968: Rhodesian gorillas shot down a civilian airliner, then murdered all crash survivors. One White woman was repeatedly raped before being killed. A picture of that dead White Woman and her bayoneted White Baby was NOT deemed newsworthy by the Jewish owned Media. WHY? The reason is: They remember well what America's most famous yellow journalist; William Randalph Hearst, stated in March, 1898: "You furnish the pictures and I'll furnish the war."
Had that photo been given the same wide publicity, it would have awakened latent fears in tens of millions of Whites, rallied them to the cause of their racial kin, and delayed if not destroyed for decades the impending Jewish‑inspired genocide of South Africa's Whites. Speaking of genocide, aren't those who perpetrate holocausts the world's most evil, loathsome creatures? Don't the Jews and their puppets remind us of that every single day in every way possible? Then what are they as they attempt the genocide of the Palestinians???
"Our Fathers reached the frontiers which were recognized in the Palestine Partition Plan. Our generation reached the frontiers of 1949. Now the Six‑day generation has managed to reach Suez, Jordan, and the Golan Heights. This is not the end. After the present cease‑fire lines there will be new ones. They will extend beyond Jordan; perhaps to Lebanon and perhaps to central Syria as well." [26]
They also tell us racism is bad. Millions of Whites believe it, and small wonder. Jewish propaganda has been constantly pounded into our thoughts from the day each of us watched our first Sunday morning cartoon. Remember this wonderfully true statement by President Theodore Roosevelt: "The man who loves another country as much as his own, stands on a level with the man, who loves another woman as much as his own wife."
Transforming perception into reality. Walter Cronkite said shortly after Tet: "You know, I think that maybe its time somebody goes out there and says what it looks like to a reasonably informed and astute person."
Walter then selected himself, and after looking around said: "I didn't think we were winning in Vietnam."
So said America's most trusted journalist, and America believed him ‑‑ but in fact the Communists lost more than 40,000 men in that campaign, and the Viet Cong infrastructure was totally shattered. It was the biggest single Allied victory of the entire war!
But Walter Cronkite led the media in a fantastic lie to the American people to help their Communist Friends get the time to recover from an almost fatal defeat. Unfortunately these revelations only came to light months later. The Jewish Network reaction was typified by NBC News when it rejected a proposed special in late 1968 to correct the misconception. Said one producer: "Tet was already established in the public's mind as a defeat, and therefore it was an American defeat." [27]
So who was responsible for that catastrophically‑false perception of an Allied defeat? "Vietnam and Watergate were victories of the press." [28]
Your Jew Owned News Media At Work Helping to Destroy America! Elected in 1968, Richard Nixon continued the Johnson strategy of restrictions and frustrations to our military, It's alright to kill a Communist only after he has killed American soldiers, in some other part of the world ‑ but here inside the United States, due to rulings from anti-American Federal Judges, we must not only coddle these traitors but we must hire them in the Federal Government, and in our schools, thanks to the Communist Prostitutes in our Federal Courts!
And by confining the bulk of the fighting to South Vietnam, this insured that maximum damage would be inflicted on our ally; while at the same time our military leaders were restricted from attacking certain strategic targets in North Vietnam which would have forced the enemy to surrender. Further our soldiers, were not allowed to fire upon the enemy unless first being fired upon, thus insuring the maximum in casualties on our American Military men. Then Henry Kissinger (Jew) started the long "negotiating" process with the North Vietnam and Red China, while our sons, brothers and dads died in Vietnam jungles; Killed with weapons bought and paid for by our income tax money! Kissinger leisurely wined and dined with his Communist friends, while President Nixon "wound down" the war by surrendering billions in our most sophisticated war equipment to the enemy.
1969: South Yemen and Libya fell under Communist influence. The British Humanist Association discussion document, "Marriage and the Family," is published, in which one reads that, "some opponents of humanism have accused us of wishing to overthrow the traditional Christian family. They are right. That is exactly what we intend to do."
Blueprint for Burial. The following appeared in the Courier, the local Newspaper in Grants Pass, Oregon. An article of timely significance has come across the editorial desk, a set of steps toward the burial of democracy whose implications and source should be pondered by every American. The Following "rules" were first printed 60 years ago.
(a) Corrupt the young; get them away from religion. Get them interested in sex. Make them superficial; destroy their ruggedness.
(b) Get control of all means of publicity, and thereby get people's minds off their government by focusing their attention on athletics, sexy books, plays and other trivialities.
(c) Divide people into hostile groups by constantly harping on controversial matters of no importance.
(d) Destroy the people's faith in their natural leaders by holding the latter up to contempt, ridicule and obloquy.
(e) Always preach true democracy, but seize power as fast and as ruthlessly as possible.
(f) By encouraging government extravagance, destroy its credit; produce fear of inflation, rising prices and discontent.
(g) Foment strikes in vital industries; encourage civil disorders and foster a lenient and soft attitude on the part of the government toward these disorders.
(h) By specious argument cause a breakdown of the old moral virtues; honesty, sobriety, continence, faith in the pledged word, ruggedness.
(I) Cause the registration of all firearms on some pretext, with a view to confiscation of them and leaving the population helpless.
Where did these cynical rules come from? They were seized in a raid in Dusseldorf, Germany, in 1919. The captured files were labeled, "Communist Rules for Revolution." Today, in 1969, you might wish to read them again. Communists have promised to preside over the burial of the Free World. Are we going to follow their blueprint in the digging of our own grave? Written by Philip N. Bladine, President of Associated Oregon Industries.
1970: A document 178‑7 marked "Held for release until 4 P.M. EST, Friday, March 6, 1970," Announced that in just 1 year, 371 missile sites, military installations, military training centers, radars and air force bases were closed. This process has been going on since 1961. There is very little defense left.
We import 87 of the 93 strategic defense materials that we must have. Russia can right now completely and instantly block our every port and make it absolutely impossible for us to import anything. These are the words of Admiral Chester Ward, one of the ablest and best‑informed military men in the world: "Our strategic surrender has been delivered to Russia. The Kremlin is working on it." Here are some facts from Admiral Chester Ward: "The strategic significance of what Kissinger has done is simply staggering."
He has deliberately, intentionally, premeditatedly and treasonably deprived the entire population of the United States of all defense and protection against complete and total nuclear incineration. McNamara planned and Kissinger implemented and engineered the SALT Talks for the specific and avowed purpose of giving Russia such a tremendous military superiority over the United States that we would, in response to Russia's ultimatum have no other alternative but unconditional surrender.
In May 1972, Summit Kissinger guaranteed the Soviet Union and China missiles a free ride against United States cities and our entire population. He abandoned and forfeited all rights to defend ourselves against incoming nuclear missiles. Following is the foreign policy of the State Department since 1961:
1). The United States must converge her institutions and resources gradually with the Communists in order to attain an intricate state of interdependence with the Soviet Union.
2). The United States must contribute and loan money to develop Russian agriculture and industry.
3). The United States must set up Communist parties in all countries that do not at present have a Communist threat.
4). The United States must always retreat or surrender when threatened or confronted by Russia.
5). An elite of super‑intellectuals must secretly conspire with the Soviet to completely and unilaterally disarm the United States regardless of the wishes of the people. "It is our policy to put an end to National Sovereignty...We must seek to discourage anti‑Communist revolts, even if by so doing we help to stabilize tottering Communist regimes and expose citadels of freedom to slow death by strangulation...If any Communist Government in any country would be overthrown, the United States would supply the resources to re‑establish another communist regime."
1972: Somalia brought under Communist control. "I know I don't have to say this, but in bringing everybody under the Zionist banner we never forget that our goals are the safety and security of the state of Israel foremost. Our goal will be realized in Yiddishkeit, in a Jewish life being lived every place in the world and our goals will have to be realized, not merely by what we impel others to do. And here in this country it means frequently working through the umbrella of the President's Conference (of Jewish organizations), or it might be working in unison with other groups that feel as we do. But that, too, is part of what we think Zionism means and what our challenge is." [29]
Would anyone want to cancel out our Bill of Rights?? Yes!!! Following is a newspaper item which was published in the New York Times on July 22, 1979, when the plan was only an idea. Now the plan is no longer "Theory." It is now a plan that is being implemented by the so‑called "Human Rights Treaties," New Constitutions for the United States, Treaties for Disarmament, etc. He Labels It "Ridiculous."
Link Agnew With Plan to Cancel Elections
New York (UPI) ‑‑ Scanlan's Monthly today published a section of a memo allegedly linking the office of Vice President Spiro T. Agnew with a purported plan to cancel the 1972 elections and Repeal the Bill of Rights. Agnew, according to the New York Times, denied the memo as "completely false" and "ridiculous." The memorandum, published without comment is marked "page 2 of 4 pages" and dated March 11. It is marked "Confidential" and is headed "The Vice President, Washington." It picks up half way through a sentence, saying; "And the Rand team agree that a judicious leak of a general nature concerning segment Alpha of their study for the C-E, that relative to holding no national elections in '72, to the media selected, of course at the right time to test the water so to speak is a vital step in the implementation of their scheme. However, under no, repeat no, circumstances is any information regarding segment Beta of their study, The Bill of Rights Repeal, to be made public."
It also goes onto suggest that they call "This one operation U.S.A. all the way" and speaks of a series of "Spontaneous" demonstrations by labor groups, "publicizing their support of this administration's Indo‑China policies and their discontinuance of any silent indulgence of the excesses of peace groups will take place in the target cities of New York, Pittsburgh, Chicago, St. Louis and Seattle" in late April or early May.
The Times quoted Agnew as saying, "...my denial is unequivocal not only for that document but for anything else concerning that subject in writing, in conversation or in thought. You can't get much more unequivocal than that."
Scanlan's editors, Warren Hinckle III and Sidney E. Zion, said: "The Vice President's denial is as clumsy as it is fraudulent. The document came directly from Mr. Agnew's office and he knows it."
International banks barely acknowledge national boundaries. The Rockefeller's of Chase‑Manhattan are reportedly descended from Marrano Jews, Portuguese Jews who professed conversion to Catholicism to escape the Inquisition. Abraham Feinberg (Jew) was chairman of American Bank and Trust Co. and was lobbyist‑consultant to Presidents Kennedy and Johnson.
"The world Zionist movement is big business. In the first two decades after Israel's precarious birth in 1948 it channeled an estimated four billion dollars in donations into the country. Following the 1967 Arab‑Israeli war, the Zionists raised another $730‑million in just two years. This year, 1970, the movement is seeking five hundred million dollars. Gottlieb Hammar, chief Zionist money raiser, said, 'When the blood flows, the money flows.'" [30]
In the mid‑70's many international banks had huge loans to Panama, which was on the verge of financial collapse. Sol Linowitz of Marine‑Midland Bank negotiated the Panama Canal giveaway, thereby freeing Canal revenues for Panama to pay its bank debts. (The Truth About the Panama Canal, by Denison Kitchel).
1972: March: As a result of a grant from HEW, Michael Springer writes "Social Indicators, Social Reports and Social Accounts: Toward the Management of Society," in which he describes how to manage society and, "the overall guidance of our social order," implying that "we can, in the foreseeable future, develop macroscopic assessments of our social order, predict our future, and put social processes under control." He then describes the "emergence of a new ruling class," managers of planned social change, who will advise the "rulers" of society.
1972: April 22: Saturday Review editor and CFR member Norman Cousins says on "Earth Day" that, "humanity needs a world order. The fully sovereign nation is incapable of dealing with the poisoning of the environment...The management of the planet, therefore...requires a world-government."
Between Two Ages by Zbigniew Brzezinski (CFR member who became the first director of the Trilateral Commission and President Carter's National Security Advisor) is published in which he states that, "In the technetronic society the trend seems to be toward...effectively exploiting the latest communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason...Human beings become increasingly manipulable and malleable...the increasing availability of biochemical means of human control...the possibility of extensive chemical mind control...A national information grid that will integrate existing electronic data banks is already being developed...The projected world information grid, for which Japan, Western Europe, and the United States are most suited, could create the basis for a common educational program, for the adoption of common academic standards...Today we are again witnessing the emergence of transnational elites...[whose] ties cut across national boundaries...it is likely that before long the social elites of most of the more advanced countries will be highly internationalist or globalist in spirit and outlook...The nation-state is gradually yielding its sovereignty...Further progress will require greater American sacrifices. More intensive efforts to shape a new world monetary structure will have to be undertaken, with some consequent risk to the present relatively favorable American position."
A Skeleton Key To The Gemstone File
The Gemstone File was written in many segments over a period of years ‑ by an American man named Bruce Roberts. Parts of the file were released to certain Americans beginning in 1969. The number of handwritten pages is well over a thousand, of which I have read about 400. I have been able to verify some of the statements made in the file, but do not have the time or the research facilities to verify the entire story. Perhaps others can help. Since the scope of the work is so large, and the events described so complex and interlocking, it may be more easily understood with this skeleton outline of the Gemstone Thesis.
Individual papers can then be road with greater comprehension. The following dates are out of order because they came into our possession only recently and too late to put into proper order, and because of the possibility of government agents coming in and destroying the work. So the time is not going to be devoted to place them in their proper place now. If you care to rearrange things then do so whenever you wish.
1932: Onassis, a Greek drug pusher and ship owner who made his first million selling "Turkish tobacco" (opium) in Argentina, worked out a profitable deal with Joseph Kennedy, Eugene Meyer and Meyer Lansky: Onassis was to ship booze direct into Boston for Joseph Kennedy. Also involved was a heroin deal with Franklin and Elliott Roosevelt.
1934: Onassis, Rockefeller and the Seven Sisters (major oil companies) signed an agreement, outlined in an oil cartel memo: Screw the Arabs out of their oil, ship it on Onassis' ships; Rockefeller and the Seven Sisters to get rich. All this was done. Roberts, studying journalism and physics at the University of Wisconsin, learned those things via personal contacts. His special interest was in crystallography ‑ and the creation of synthetic rubies, the original Gemstone experiment.
1936‑1940: Eugene Meyer buys the "Washington Post" to get control of news media; other Mafia buy other papers, broadcasting, TV, etc. News censorship of all major news media goes into effect.
1941‑1945: World War II: Very profitable for Onassis, Rockefellers, Kennedys, Roosevelts, I.G. Farben, etc. Onassis, selling without losing a single ship or man.
1949: Onassis buys U.S. War surplus "Liberty ships" in questionable (illegal) purchase. Burke Marshall helps him.
1956: Howard Hughes, Texas millionaire, is meanwhile buying his way toward control of the U.S. electoral process ‑ with a view toward his own personal gain. He buys senators, governors, etc. He finally buys his last politician: Newly elected V.P. Nixon, via a quarter‑million dollar non‑repayable loan to Nixon's brother, Donald.
Early 1957: V.P. Nixon repays the favor by having IRS/Treasury grant tax free status (refused twice before) to "Hughes Medical Foundation," sole owner of Hughes Aircraft, creating a tax‑free, non‑accountable money funnel or laundry for whatever Hughes wanted to do. U.S. Government also shelved anti‑trust suits against Hughes's TWA, etc.
March 1957: Onassis carries out a carefully planned event: He has Hughes kidnaped from his bungalow at the Beverly Hills Hotel, using Hughes' own men (Chester Davin, born Cosaro in Sicily, et al). Hughes' men either quit, get fired or stay on in the new Onassis organization. A few days later, Mayor Cannon of Nevada (now Senator Cannon) arranges a fake "marriage" to Joan Peters, to explain Hughes' sudden loss of interest in chasing movie stars. Hughes, battered and brain‑damaged in the scuffle, he is taken to the Emerald Isle Hotel in the Bahamas, where the entire top floor has been rented for the "Hughes party." There he is shot full of heroin for 30 days and later dragged off to a cell on Onassis' island, Skerpiog. Onassis now has a much larger power base in the U.S. (the Hughes Empire), as well as control over V.P. Nixon and other Hughes‑purchased politicians. L. Wayne Rector, "Hughes" double since 1955, becomes "Hughes."
September 1957: Onassis calls the Appalachian meeting to announce to U.S. Mafia heads his grab of Hughes, and his adoption of Hughes' game plan for acquiring power: buying U.S. senators, congressmen, governors, judges, en masse to take control "legally" of the U.S. Government. Onassis' radio message to Appalachian from a remote Pennsylvania farmhouse intercepted (reluctantly) by FBI's J. Edgar Hoover on the basis of a tip‑off from some Army Intelligence guys who weren't in on the plan.
1957: Joseph Kennedy takes John F. and Jackie to see Onassis on his yacht, introduce John, and remind Onassis of an old Mafia promise: the presidency for a Kennedy. Onassis agrees.
1958: Hordes of Mafia‑selected, purchased and supported "grass roots" candidates sweep into office.
1959: Castro takes over Cuba from dictator Battista, thereby destroying cozy and lucrative Mafia gambling empire run for Onassis by Meyer Lansky. Castro scoops up $8‑million in Mafia casino receipts. Onassis is furious. V.P. Nixon becomes operations chief for CIA‑planned Bay of Pigs invasion, using CIA Hunt, McCord, etc., and Cuban ex‑Battista strong‑arm cops ("Cuban freedom fighters") Martinez, Gonzales, etc., as well as winners like Frank Sturgis (Fiorini).
1959: Stirring election battles between Kennedy and Nixon. Either way, Onassis wins, since he has control over both candidates.
1960: JFK elected. American people happy. Rose Kennedy happy. Onassis happy. Mafia ecstatic.
1960: Roberts brings his synthetic rubies ‑ the original "Gemstones" ‑ to Hughes Aircraft in Los Angeles. They steal his rubies, the basis for Laser Beam research, laser bombs, etc., because of the optical quality of the rubies. One of the eleven possible sources for one of the ingredients involved in the Gemstone experiment was the Golden Triangle area. Roberts was married to the daughter of the former French consul in Indo‑china. In that area, Onassis' involvement in the Golden Triangle dope trade was no secret.
1960: Roberts' investigation revealed the Onassis‑Hughes connection, kidnap and switch. "Gemstones" (synthetic rubies and sapphires) with accompanying "histories" (Gemstone papers) more gold or given away to foreign consular officials in return for information. A world‑wide intelligence activities of many countries. This intelligence network is the source for much of the information in the Gemstone File.
1961: Joseph Kennedy had a stroke, ending his control over John and Bobby. The boys decided to rebel against Onassis' control. Why? Inter‑mafia struggle? Perhaps a dim hope of restoring this country to its mythical integrity? They began committing Mafia no‑no's: Arrested Wally Bird, owner of Air Thailand, who had been shipping Onassis' heroin out of the Golden Triangle (Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam), under contract with the CIA (Air Opium); arrested Teamster Mafia Jimmy Hoffa, and put him in jail. Declared the $73‑million in forged "Hughes" land liens, deposited with S.F.'s Bank of America, as "security" for the TWA judgment against Hughes, to be what they are: forgeries.
April 1961: CIA Bay of Pigs fiasco. Hunt, McCord, CIA, Battists's Cubans and Mafia angry about JFK's lack of enthusiasm. Mafia Onassis has his U.S. right‑hand man, "Hughes' top aide" ‑ former FBI and CIA Robert Maheu (nicknamed "IBM" for Iron Bob Maheu) ‑ hire and train a Mafia assassination team to get Castro. The team of a dozen or so includes John Roselli and Jimmy (the Weasel) Frattiano, expert Mafia hitmen, assisted by CIA Hunt and McCord and others. This was reported recently by Jack Anderson, who gets a lot of his "tips" from his friend Frank (Fiorini) Sturgis ‑ also on the Castro assassination team. The team tries five times to kill Castro with everything from long‑range rifles to apple pie with sodium morphate in it. Castro survives.
1963: Members of the Castro assassination team arrested at Lake Pontchartrain, La., by Bobby Kennedy's justice boys. Angered, Onassis stops trying to kill Castro. He changes targets and goes for the head: JFK, who, according to Onassis, "welches" on a Mafia deal.
1963: JFK sets up "Group of 40" to fight Onassis.
August 1963: Two murders had to occur, before the murder of JFK, of people who would understand the situation and might squawk.
1963: Senator Estes Kefauver, whose Crime Commission investigations had uncovered the 1932 deal between Onassis, Kennedy, Eugene Meyer, Lansky, Roosevelt, et al. Kefauver planned a speech on the Senate floor denouncing Mafia operations. Instead, he ate a piece of Apple Pie laced with sodium morphate (used in rat poison), and had a sodium‑morphate‑induced "heart attack" on the Senate floor.
1963: Phillip Graham, editor of the "Washington Post." Phillip had married Katherine Meyer, Eugene Meyer's daughter, who had inherited the "Washington Post" and allied media empire. Graham put together the Kennedy‑Johnson ticket, and was Kennedy's friend in the struggle with Onassis. According to Gemstone, Katherine Meyer Graham bribed some psychiatrists to certify that Phil was insane. He was allowed out of the nuthouse for the weekend, and died of a shotgun wound in the head, in the Graham home in Washington. Death ruled "suicide."
November 1, 1963: The hit on JFK was supposed to take place in true Mafia style: a triple execution, together with Diem and Nhu in Vietnam. Diem and Nhu got theirs, as scheduled. Onassis invited Jackie [31] for a cruise on the Cristina, when JFK got tipped off that big "O" planned to wipe him out.
"JFK called Jackie on the yacht, if you have to swim," and canceled his appearance at a football stadium in Chicago, where the CIA‑mafia assassination team was poised for the kill. Jackie stayed on board, descended the gangplank a few days later on Onassis' arm in Turkey, to impress the Turkish Bay, Mustapha. Madame Nhu, in the United States, bitterly remarked "Whatever has happened in Vietnam will see its counterpart in the United States." One of the assassination team (Tom Vallee, a double for Oswald) was picked up in Chicago, with a rifle, and quickly released by the police. Three weeks later the Mafia's alternate and carefully arranged execution plan went into effect: JFK was assassinated at Dallas. A witness, who recognized pictures of some of the people arrested in Dealey Plaza as having been in Chicago three weeks earlier, told Black Panthers Hampton and Clark.
The JFK Murder: Onassis' "Hughes" man, Robert Maheu, reassigned the Mafia‑CIA Castro assassination team to the murder of JFK, adding Eugene Brading, a third Mafia hitman from the Denver Mafia Smaldones "family." Two months earlier, Brading, on parole after a series of crimes, applied for a new driver's license, explaining to the California DMV that he had decided to change his name ‑ to "Jim Braden." Brading got his California parole officer's permission for two trips to Dallas in November on "oil business" ‑ the first time, to look things over, and the second time, when JFK was scheduled for his Dallas trip.
Lee Harvey Oswald, CIA, with carefully planted links to both the ultra left and to the Communists, was designated as the patsy. He was supposed to shoot at Governor Connally, and he did. Each of the four shooters ‑ Oswald, Brading, Frattiano and Roselli ‑ had a timer and back‑up man. Back‑up men were supposed to pick up the spent shells, and get rid of the guns. Timers would give the signal to shoot. Hunt and McCord were there to help. Strugis was in Miami.
Frattiano shot from a second‑story window in the Dal‑Tex building, across the street from the Texas School Book Depository. He apparently used a handgun; he is an excellent shot with a pistol. Frattiano hit Kennedy twice, in the back and in the head. Frattiano and his back‑up man were "arrested," driven away from the Dal‑Tex building in a police car, and released (without being booked). (The Dallas Police office is in the Dal‑Tex building).
Roselli shot Kennedy once, hitting the right side of his head and blowing his brains out with a rifle, from behind a fence in the grassy knoll area. Roselli and his timer went down a manhole behind the fence and followed the sewer line away from Dealey Plaza.
The third point of the triangulated ambush was supplied by Eugene Brading, shooting from Kennedy's left, from a small pagoda at Dealey Plaza across the street from the grassy knoll. (Brading missed, because Roselli's and Frattiano's shots had just hit Kennedy in the head from the right and the rear, nearly simultaneously). Brading's shot hit the curb and ricocheted off. Brading was photographed on the scene, stuffing his gun under his coat. He wore a big leather hat, its hatband marked with large conspicuous X's. (Police had been instructed to let anyone with an X‑marked hatband through the police lines; some may have been told they were Secret Service).
After his shot, Brading ditched his gun with his back‑up man and walked up the street toward the Dal‑Tex building. Roger Craig, a deputy sheriff, rushed up to Brading, assuming he was "Secret Service," and told him he had just seen a man come out of the Book Depository and who jumped into a station wagon. Brading was uninterested. Brading walked into the Dal‑Tex Building to "make a phone call."
There he was arrested by another deputy sheriff, showed his "Jim Braden" driver's license, and was quickly released ‑ without being booked. Oswald shot Connally twice from the Texas School Book Depository. He split the front door. His backup‑man was supposed to take the rifle out of the building (or so Oswald thought); instead, he "hid" it behind some boxes, where it would be found later.
Three men dressed as "tramps" picked up the spent shells from Dealey Plaza. One was Howard Hunt. Then they drifted over to an empty boxcar sitting on the railway spur behind the grassy knoll area, and waited. "A pick up the tramps."
The three "tramps" paraded around Dealey Plaza to the Police Department, in the Dal‑Tex Building. They were held there until the alarm went out to pick up Oswald; then they were released, without being booked. In all, ten men were arrested immediately after the shooting; all were released soon after; none were booked; not a word about their existence is mentioned in the Warren Report.
Regarding Lee Harvey Oswald: Officer Tippitt was dispatched in his police radio car to the Oak Cliff Section, where Oswald had rented a room. Tippitt may have met Oswald on the street. He may have been supposed to kill Oswald, but something went wrong. Tippitt was shot by two men, using two revolvers. The "witness" Domingo Benavides, who used Tippitt's police car radio to report "We've had a shooting here," may have been one of the men who shot him. (A Domingo Benavides appears in connection with the Martin Luther King shooting also).
Oswald went to the movies. A "shoe store manager" told the theater cashier that a suspicious‑looking man had sneaked in without paying. Fifteen assorted cops and FBI charged out to the movie theater to look for the guy who had sneaked in. Oswald had a pistol that wouldn't fire. It may have been anticipated that the police would shoot the "cop‑killer for resisting arrest." But since that didn't happen, the Dallas police brought Oswald out for small time Mafia Jack Ruby to kill two days later.
Brading stayed at the Teamster‑Mafia‑Hoffa‑financed "Cabana Motel" in Dallas. Ruby had gone to the Cabana the night before the murder, says the Warren Report. The rest, as they say, is history. Onassis was so confident of his control over police, media, FBI, CIA, Secret Service and the U.S. judicial system that he had JFK murdered before the eyes of the nation; they systematically bought off, killed off or frightened off all witnesses, and had the evidence destroyed; then put a 75‑year seal of secrecy over the entire matter.
Cover‑up participants including (among many): Gerald Ford and Leon Jaworski of the CIA‑front Anderson Foundation, representing Texas before the Commission to see that the fair name of Texas was not besmirched by the investigation, CIA‑Dallas Chief John McCone; his assistant, Richard Helms; and a passel of police, FBI, news media, etc.
Where Are They Now?
Johnny Roselli received part of his payoff for the head shot on JFK in the form of a $250,000 "finder's fee" for bringing "Hughes" to Las Vegas in 1967. Jimmy Frattiano's payoff included $109,000 in "non‑repayable loans" from the S.F. National Bank (President: Joe Alioto). Credit authorization for the series of loans, from 1964 to 1965, came from Joe Alioto and a high Teamster official. Dun and Bradstreet noted this transaction in amazement, listing the loans in their 1964‑1965 monthly reports, and wondering how Frattiano could obtain so much "credit," as his only known title (listed in D&B) was "Mafia Executioner." Frattiano went around for years bragging about it: "Hi there, I'm Jimmy Frattiano, mafia Executioner..." A bank V.P. told the whole story in the California Crime Commission, where Al Harris heard it, and it was hidden in the file folder there. Al Harris, who later shot off his mouth a little too much, "heart attacked."
When last seen (March 1975), Frattiano was testifying before a S.F. Grand Jury in regard to his participation, with East Coast Mafia Tony Romano, in the Sunol Golf Course swindle (which cost S.F. somewhere between $100,000 and $500,000), with the active help of Mayor Joe Alioto. In between, Frattiano used his $109,000 in "non‑repayable loans" to start a trucking company in the Imperial Valley, where he engaged in a lot more swindling ‑ involving U.S. Government construction contracts. As one California Crime Commission member explained, "The Mafia is doing business directly with the U.S. Government now."
Brading was questioned by the FBI two months after his arrest ‑ and released at Dallas ‑ as part of the Warren Commission's determination to "leave no stone unturned" in its quest for the truth about the JFK assassination. In spite of the fact that Brading was a known criminal with an arrest record dating back about twenty years, the FBI reported that Brading knew nothing whatsoever about the assassination.
Brading became a charter member of the La Costa Country Club, Mafia heaven down near San Clemente. He also became a runner for the skim money from the Onassis ‑ "Hughes" Las Vegas casinos to Onassis's Swiss banks.
Gerald Ford: Of the Warren Commission, went on to become President ‑ by appointment of Nixon, then in danger of even further and more serious exposure‑from which position of trust Ford pardoned Nixon one month later, for "any and all crimes he may have committed." That covers quite a lot ‑ but Ford is good at covering things up.
McCone: The head of CIA‑Dallas, went on to become a member of the ITT Board of Directors ‑ sitting right next to Francis L. Dale, the head of CREEP (Committee to Re‑elect the President).
Richard Helms: Mccone's assistant at Dallas, ultimately was rewarded with the post of CIA Director. Leon Jaworski, CIA attorney, became the Watergate prosecutor, replacing Cox, who was getting too warm. Jaworski turned in a sterling performance in our "government‑as‑theater" ‑ the honest, conscientious investigator who "under‑ covered" not a bit more than he had to ‑ and managed to steer everybody away from the underlying truth.
Dr. "Red" Duke: The man who dug two bullets out of Connally and saved his life, was shipped off to a hospital in Afghanistan by a grateful CIA.
Jim Garrison: New Orleans D.A. who tried to get Eugene Brading out of L.A. (but used one of Brading's other aliases, Eugene Bradley, by mistake), had his witnesses shot out from under him, and was framed on charges of bribery and extortion.
FBI Officers "Confiscated" Photos of Brading Taken on the Scene.
After JFK's death, Onassis quickly established control over Lyndon Johnson through fear. On the trip back to Washington, Johnson was warned by radio, relayed from an air force base: "There was no conspiracy. Oswald was a lone nut assassin. Get it, Lyndon? Otherwise, Air Force 1 might have an unfortunate accident on the flight back to Washington."
Onassis filled all important government posts with his own men. All government agencies became means to accomplish an end: rifle the American Treasury, steal as much as possible, keep the people confused and disorganized and leaderless; pursue world domination. JFK's original "Group of 40" was turned over to Rockefeller and his man, Kissinger, so that they could more effectively screw over South America. (Onassis was one of the first to console Jackie when she got back from Dallas with JFK's body). Silva, a S.F. private detective hired by Angelina Alioto to get the goods on philandering Joe, followed Joe Alioto to Vacaville, to the Nut Tree Restaurant, where Joe held a private meeting with other Mafioso to arrange the details of the JFK‑assassination pay‑off to Frattiano.
Another Viewpoint of the Assassination
On November 22, 1963, The Jewish Mossad Killed President Kennedy!
Who or what is the Mossad? Most Americans have never even heard of it, and even fewer even know of its existence. It is therefore cogent that we expand this footnote here, briefly, to explain the nature of the Jewish Mossad. The Mossad is, in a way, the Israeli equivalent of our CIA, but it is much more. It is the Jewish intelligence gathering arm, whose headquarters are in Tel Aviv, Israel, but their vast armies are spread into every country of the world.
“Mossad can go to any distinguished American Jew and ask for help." [32], but they also ruthlessly murder people they deem a threat to the Jewish conspiracy. They foment revolutions, hatch political plots, overthrow governments, assassinate key figures, stage commando raids where necessary, or organize revolutionary movements, all in the cause of the Jewish race. The CIA, or the Russian KGB do all these things also, but with this difference.
Since the Jews control practically all the never centers of power throughout the United States and the world, so do the intelligence agencies of the United States collaborate with the Mossad. In short, the CIA and the KGB are, in actuality, adjuncts of the Mossad, with the Mossad firmly in control of all. The CIA feeds all important information it gathers not only into its own computers in Washington, but also into the huge bank of computers in Tel Aviv. So does the KGB, so does the British Intelligence, the German and the French. The Mossad gathers all, but it does not give any back. It is a one‑way street. In fact, the CIA and FBI are heavily infiltrated by, and staffed with Mossad agents. The Mossad also makes sure that their own agents are in every agency of the government, on the staff of every congressman and senator, and, in fact, every important nerve center of power.
In short, the Mossad is purely Jewish, loyal ONLY to Israel and the Jewish race and the world wide Jewish conspiracy. It is the world's most powerful, most efficient gang of murderers. Although, historically speaking, the name Mossad is of recent vintage, under other names the roots of these murderous brigades go far back in history. When the Jews describe the killing of 75,000 of their enemies in the Book of Esther, they were describing a typical Mossad operation, and they have been celebrating their Purim every year ever since [This was broadcast to the nation on May 1, 1989 when a Jewess revealed on the Ophra Wenfray show on NBC that she had participated in the killing of young (Christian) children, and preparing their blood for Jewish religious rituals. And that the police in many cities knew this, but would not act upon it because of the power of the Jews].
Killing their enemies is what they men by the saying "having a good day." These killers run rampant throughout every county in the world, including, and especially, the United States. Our congressmen are acutely aware, and also deathly afraid of them, and for good reason, as are most of the personnel in the government's employ.
With a study of the existing, written material, on the assassination of John Kennedy, it becomes very clear that it was the Mossad which actually did the job. They had their professional triggermen carry out the execution and do it right.
They had their sharpshooters set up behind a stone wall on the grassy knoll in front of the motorcade and when Kennedy was in the proper range they let him have it from front and back; blowing his brains out. That is why the Warren Commission repeatedly ignored eyewitness reports, about the shots from and the activities on the grassy knoll. At the same time they placed Oswald in the School Book Depository building to play the part of the fall guy, but you can be sure they did not leave the real killing job to a third rate bungler like Lee Harvey Oswald.
Thus, on November 22, 1963, John Kennedy, in the company of his wife Jacqueline, was riding in an open motorcade through the streets of Dallas, Texas, ostensibly to shore up his sagging political image. As he was riding by the Dealey Plaza and past the Texas School Book depository Building, at 12:30 PM, shots suddenly rang out. Governor John Connally, who was riding in the same car in a seat in front of Kennedy was severely wounded. John Kennedy, whose brains were blown out by one of the shots, was pronounced dead on arrival at the Parkland Hospital, to which the car was rushed.
Lee Harvey Oswald, a drifter and nonentity without means, had evidently been carefully coached and set up by the conspirators to play the part of the fall guy. He was seen running out of the Texas School Book Depository Building, and a Dallas policeman by the name of J.D. Tippit, who tried to arrest Oswald shortly thereafter, was shot and killed. Presumably he was killed by Oswald, but even this conclusion is questionable. Shortly thereafter Oswald was captured and taken into custody.
|
The Kennedy assassination cover-up is undoubtedly the most complex and pervasive Jewish Hoax since the Holocaust Hoax was fostered upon the World! |
He was promptly questioned by seven FBI agents for 12 hours. Forty‑seven hours after Kennedy was shot, while in the custody of Federal agents and being transferred in a passageway beneath the Dallas police building, Oswald himself was gunned down by a Jewish night club operator named Jack Ruby (A Jew whose real name was ‑ Jacob Rubenstein).
This was done in broad daylight in full view of the television cameras, and thereby instantly was destroyed a highly visible but unstable key witness who could have shed considerable light on the conspiracy. He was, however, only one of 29 people who were connected with the conspiracy that were to die prematurely and violently under mysterious circumstances, as we shall see.
Lyndon B. Johnson, then Vice‑President under Kennedy, was quickly sworn in as President during the flight back from Dallas to Washington. Contrary to all legal procedures and to the laws of Texas, Kennedy's body was also flown to Washington and taken out of the jurisdiction of the Texas authorities. So too was the investigation of this crime. Then President Lyndon Johnson quickly curtailed the investigation and bypassed independent Texas authorities who had prime legal jurisdiction by appointing the Warren Commission as the sole authority to do the job.
Supposedly this was done because the crime was of such magnitude that the usual authorities who should have had legal jurisdiction (the Dallas police, the Texas Rangers) were too minor to be entrusted with such a major crime. Actually, the real reason, as we shall see, was so that the cover‑up could be contained and controlled in one highly selective package, a package carefully stacked so that it could be trusted to do just what it did do: Not to investigate the crime at all, on the contrary, to cover it up.
The Warren Commission, headed by Supreme Court Justice Earl Warren, took over all aspects of the investigation and barred all other authorities who had prior and legal right to do so. In this it was backed up by the controlled Jewish press, by the FBI, and by the CIA. In fact, it became a willing tool of these latter two federal agencies and did exactly as it was instructed.
There is more, much more, thousands of pages of garbage, that is the story put out by the Warren Commission. It was the conclusion they were determined to foist on the public before they ever even started gathering "facts" and "information," and they stuck with it to the bitter end, either ignoring or twisting any evidence that did not fit their preconceived "conclusion." The story is so wild that it could easily fit into "The Wildest Stories Ever Told." No wonder. The authors have a common mentor, the Jewish power establishment.
Also, no wonder that after 25 years and massive doses of lies and propaganda the overwhelming American public will not buy the lone nut, no conspiracy story, it still remains hopelessly confused as to who did do it, and as to why Kennedy was assassinated. Following are some of the strange and bizarre antics and episodes that occurred during this blatant crime and fraudulent cover‑up.
1). Although the alleged key culprit, Lee Harvey Oswald, was questioned by seven FBI operatives for 12 hours, the transcripts of the interrogations were burned and destroyed forever.
2). Oswald was murdered within 48 hours of the assassination, by Jack Ruby, a sleazy Jewish pimp and a paid operative of the FBI. This he was ostensibly able (allowed) to do while Oswald was in the custody and "protection" of Federal agents.
3). None of Oswald's fingerprints were found on the Mannlicher‑Carcano rifle with which he was accused of shooting the president. Since he rushed out of the Depository building immediately after the president was shot, he would hardly have had the time to clean it up.
4). Although Oswald was known to be a poor marksman with a rifle (several months earlier, April 6, 1963, to be exact, he had taken a shot at Maj. Gen. Edwin Walker and missed) yet the Warren Commission credited him with the miraculous feat of inflicting eight different wounds on President Kennedy and Governor John Connally within six seconds from a distance of more than 200 feet and at an angle that would have taxed the professional skills of even the world's most expert marksmen. Plus the fact that he would have had shoot through the limbs of a tree.
5). One of the bullets was credited by the Warren Commission as having followed this most amazing route: It supposedly went through President Kennedy's back and came out of his neck, then went through Gov. Connall's back and out of his chest, into the Governor's wrist and out of his wrist into his leg. Now, man, that is some shooting! Strangely, this same alleged bullet was then accidently found lying on the floor of the Parkland Hospital where the victims were taken. When "discovered," this magic bullet was found to be clean as a whistle, unscarred and unmashed, even though it supposedly had traversed and shattered ribs, wrists and other bones in its most remarkable trajectory. Would you believe that?
6). The Warren report blandly stated that "no credible evidence suggests that the shots were fired from...any other place than the Texas School Depository Building." This despite the fact that the commission knew the names of at least 266 witnesses present at the scene of the crime. Of these 259 were able to testify before the Dallas police, the Dallas Sheriff's Dept., the FBI or the Secret Service. In the case of 68 persons interviewed or called as witnesses, the law enforcement interrogators "forgot" to ask where they thought the shots came from.
Of the 90 who were asked this important question 58 said that the shots came from the grassy knoll (in front of the motorcade) and not from the Texas Book Depository Bldg. (behind the motorcade). Strangely, most of the 32 who disagreed about the shots coming from the grassy knoll were government officials., their wives, or aides. Nevertheless, even ignoring coercion affirmed they believed the shots came from the grassy knoll in front of the motorcade, a very important piece of evidentiary information the commission chose to completely ignore.
7). There was one individual spectator, a man by the name of Zapruder who happened to film the motorcade at the time of the shooting, using an 8mm movie camera. Since this was hard evidence that could refute the conclusions desired by the conspirators, the CIA moved quickly to appropriate the film.
8). Life Magazine in its October 2, 1964, issue ran an article by then Rep. Gerald R. Ford (R‑Michigan) who was a member of the Warren Commission. In this article, it ran eight pictures of the critical frames from the Zapruder film.
In one issue frame No. 6 showed blood and brains spurting upward from the head of Kennedy. Evidently Life had committed an unforgivable error that could have run counter to the establishment's directive. The presses were stopped in mid‑run and a new No. 6 picture was submitted, which merely showed the president slumped over.
Someone from higher up evidently gave the order. When a keen Report (who had a copy of both issues) years later tired to obtain an explanation from Life, the management blandly denied that there had been a switch or that there had been two versions. Allen Dulles, CIA Director during the Kennedy investigation is quoted as saying the CIA would lie about anything, at anytime and to any one! That the conspirators were determined to suppress the real information at all costs was evidence by the fact that it was apparently dangerous to know too much about the crime, should such people not be subject to control in cooperating in the cover‑up.
We have already mentioned that two people, Lee Harvey Oswald and Jack Ruby (Jacob Rubenstein), met violent and untimely deaths. Both of them were part of the conspiracy, and neither apparently could be trusted not to blow the whistle. But they were only two out of a string of at least 29 people who had some knowledge of the conspiracy and who, over a period of years, died under mysterious and violent circumstances. These murders, too, had to be covered up in an ever widening circle of complications. That the conspirators, whoever they were, or are, have been able to successfully do so over the last 25 years proves more than anything else that the conspiracy is not only determined and pervasive, but also tremendously powerful. Here are that met with an untimely death because they knew too much.
A). Dorthy Kilgallen, a nationally known syndicated columnist and television personality interviewed Jack Ruby (Rubenstein) during the latter's trial for killing Oswald. She then made the mistake of telling her make‑up man that she was going to "break the Kennedy assassination wide open within five days." Three days later, November 8, 1965, she was found dead in her apartment.
B). Gary Underhill, a CIA agent, told friends he knew who killed Kennedy, and that he was sure that they would soon get him (Underhill) also. On May 8, 1964, Underhill was shot to death in Washington.
C). William Pitzer, a lieutenant in the U.S. Navy had photographed the military‑performed autopsy of JFK's body. He told friends he had been ordered to keep quiet about what he saw, and, did so for years. Nevertheless, he was found dead with a bullet in his head on October 29, 1966.
D). Carlos Prio Socarras, formerly a sometime president of Cuba and at one time a business associate of Jack Ruby, died on April 15, 1977, of what was declared "a self‑inflicted" gunshot wound to the chest.
E). Joseph A Milteer, who was identified by Miami Police as a "right‑wing extremist" was secretly taped by the Florida lawmen in which he accurately describe how Kennedy would be assassinated. He died 13 days before the event. On February 9, 1974 a Coleman stove blew up in his bathroom. He died two weeks later, but the mortician who saw the body said the burns were not sufficient to cause his death.
F). David Ferrie was a CIA contract pilot who flew secret missions into Cuba. New Orleans D.A., Jim Garrison, in a trial, questioned the flier, implying that Ferrie had flown the real killers out of Dallas and into Cuba immediately after the assassination. On February 21, 1967, a month after the questioning, David Ferrie was found dead in his apartment, shot in the heart.
There are more detailed stories easily available of people who knew too much and consequently died an untimely, violent death under mysterious circumstances. However, we do not have the space here to further pursue each case.
We believe, however, that we have cited sufficient examples, to show that the conspirators, whoever they might be, are powerful, are ruthless killers, and will leave no stone un‑turned in suppressing any evidence which they suspect might surface to blow their conspiracy. We now come to the heart of the story. Who might these conspirators be? We have clearly established that there was a widespread conspiracy, planned long before its execution on November 22, 1963.
There are any number of individuals or groups who would have had motives to kill Kennedy, and perhaps would also have had the means to do so. After all, any man, no matter how well protected, is vulnerable to the assassin's bullet, as has been proven more recently in that President Reagan was shot at and hit, as also was Pope John Paul II and a number of other highly protected individuals. From time to time, a considerable number have been mentioned as possible suspects of killing Kennedy, people and parties who had both the means and the motive:
a). Fidel Castro, because there was information out that the U.S. was going to liquidate him.
b). The Anti‑Castro groups, because Kennedy betrayed them at the Bay of Pigs fiasco.
c). The Kremlin and the KGB because of the missile crisis and other frictions, had both motive and means.
Who could possibly have the power to do this? Who could command the whole news media to consistently support a blatant and transparent lie claiming that there was no conspiracy? Who could tell the Mannlicher‑Carcano Corporation and its employees, even in Italy, to keep their mouths shut? Who could possibly murder at least 29 other people who knew too much and get away with it?
When we started this presentation, we stated, it was our belief that the Mossad were the ones responsible. Therefore, we now come to the question of motive. Why would the Jews want to kill Jack Kennedy? When it comes to motives, we confess we do not claim to be mind readers. We can only speculate, look at the ensuing events of history and come up with cogent reasons as to why they did what they did. With that as a basis we can think of several important reasons why they would want to see John Kennedy dead, and will list them in what we believe to be their order of importance.
1). According to the Canadian Intelligence Service of September, 1988, Kennedy committed the most deadly of all crimes in the eyes of the Jewish bankers. He by‑passed the Jewish Federal Reserve and issued government notes. He committed the same unforgivable sin as did President Abraham Lincoln a hundred years earlier and for which he, too, paid the ultimate price. In the complex cover‑up of the Kennedy murder, history repeated itself and a strangely similar modus operandi was used as in the cover‑up of the Lincoln crime some 98 years earlier.
On June 30, 1963, Kennedy signed Executive Order No. 11110, and further amended E.O. No. 10289 of September 19, 1951, thereby giving the President authority to issue the currency. He thereupon ordered the issue of $4,292,893,815.00. This was almost ten times as much as the $450,000,000.00 printed by Lincoln during the Civil War. He evidently forced then Secretary of Treasury, C. Douglas Dillon, another name changing Jew (whose real name was/is Lapowski?), to sign the United States notes. Shortly thereafter, on November 22, 1963, Kennedy paid the ultimate price and was shot, as was Lincoln. So John Kennedy was murdered, we believe, by a brigade of professional killers, the Jewish Mossad. Both the execution and the cover‑up were planned months in advance by the only force in the world that had the pervasive power to draw on all its resources in the news media, the government and the judicial agencies, namely the worldwide Jewish network. Why, who else but the Jewish establishment and the Jewish powerhouse itself.
It is they who have the power to not only suppress any information they deem deleterious or harmful to their cause, but they can also spread wholesale all over the world any lie or set of lies they deem beneficial to their cause, and this they blatantly have done for centuries (under other names). The cover‑up of the Kennedy assassination is one major example, but by no means the only one. That the Jews planned the murder, and had their murderous band of bloodthirsty killers, the Mossad pull the trigger or triggers that killed Kennedy, is beyond question!
1967: Onassis has always enjoyed the fast piles of money to be made through gambling (in Monaco in the 50's, and in Cuba under Batista). Onassis took over Las Vegas in 1967, via the "Hughes" cover. U.S. Government officials explained that it was all right because "at least Hughes isn't the Mafia." (Ha, Ha).
Note: L. Wayne Rector was hired around 1955 by the Carl Byoir P.R. agency (Hughes' L.A. PR Firm) to act as Hughes' double. In 1957, when Onassis grabbed Hughes, Rector continued to act as his stand‑in. Rector was the Hughes surrogate in Las Vegas. Robert Maheu actually ran the show; Maheu got his orders from Onassis. The six "nursemaids," called the "Mormon Mafia," kept Rector sealed off from prying eyes.
June 17, 1968: Bobby Kennedy knew who killed his brother; he wrote about it in his unpublished book, The Enemy Within. When he foolishly tried to run for President, Onassis had him offed, using a sophisticated new technique: hypnotized Sirhan Sirhan shooting from the front, "security guard" (from Lockheed Aircraft) Thane Ceasar shooting from two or three inches away from Bobby's head ‑ from the rear. Sirhan's shots all missed; Ceasar's couldn't possibly miss. Evelle Younger, then the Los Angeles D.A., covered it all up, including the squawks of L.A. Coroner, Thomas Noguchi. Younger was rewarded with the post of California Attorney General later. His son, Eric Younger, got a second‑generation Mafia reward: a judgeship at age 30. [33]
After Bobby's death, Teddy knew who did it. He ran to Onassis, afraid for his life, and swore eternal obedience. In return, Onassis granted him his life and said he could be President, too, just like his big brother, if he would just behave himself and follow orders.
September 16, 1968: Hit‑and‑run accident on Roberts' car, parked in front of the Russian consulate in S.F. ‑ who routinely take pictures of everything that goes on in front of the consulate. Their photos showed the license plate of the hit‑and‑run car: UKT 264, on a blue Cadillac belonging to Mia Angela Alioto, Joe's daughter, being driven by Tom Alioto, Joe's son ‑ whose driving license had been revoked. His license, and the car's license, were both fraudulent. To cover up the hit‑and‑run circumstances, S.F. MP's from the Presidio quickly staged a few more hit‑and‑runs on the same corner ‑ all duly filmed by the Russians. Kathryn Hollister, the Alioto family nurse, was "persuaded" to take the rap for the hit‑and‑run. Roberts threatened to spill the whole story ‑ in court ‑ with photos.
Next evening, Brading and Frattiano showed up in the black Magic Bar ‑ Brading wearing his X‑marked hat from Dallas ‑ to see whether Roberts recognized it, how much he knew, etc. An S.F. MP from the Presidio piped up from the end of the bar: "I heard they let everyone with an X‑marked hatband through the police lines at Dallas."
Cover-up Support for Alioto and The Hit-and-Run Was Complete.
Mafia Joe Alioto, Mayor of San Francisco, had Presidential ambitions, shored up by his participation in the Dallas payoff. Everyone who helped kill JFK got a piece of the U.S. pie. But J. Edgar Hoover, FBI head, blew his cover by releasing some of the raw FBI files on Alioto at the Democratic National Convention. Joe was out of the running for V.P. and Humphrey had to settle for Muskie. Humphrey planned to come to S.F. for a final pre‑election rally, sparked by Joe Alioto; Roberts threatened to blow the hit‑run story plus its Mafia ramifications open if Humphrey came to S.F.; Humphrey didn't come; Humphrey lost San Francisco, California and the election.
October 1968: Jackie Kennedy was now "free" to marry Onassis. An old Mafia rule: If someone welshes on a deal, kill him, and take his gun and his girl (in this case, Jackie and the Pentagon).
July 1969: Mary Jo Kopechne, devoted JFK girl, and later one of Bobby's trusted aides, was in charge of packing up his files after his assassination in L.A. She read too much ‑ learned about the Kennedy Mafia involvement, and other things. She said to friends: This isn't Camelot, this is murder. She was idealistic American Catholic. She didn't like murdering hypocrites. She died trying to get off Cappaquiddick Island, where she had overheard (along with everyone else in the cottage) Teddy Kennedy's end of the D.H. Lawrence cottage telephone calls from John Tunney, and to Joe Alioto, and Democratic bigwigs Swig, Shorenstein, Schumann and Bechtel.
Teddy's good friend John Tunney called to complain that Alioto's friend Cyril Maguin and others had tried to bribe Jess Unruh to switch from the Governor's race to run for the Senate ‑ for the seat John Tunny wanted so that Alioto would have an easier run for Governor. Teddy called Alioto, who told him to go to hell; then Teddy called the rest to arrange for yet another Mafia murder. Mary Jo, up to there with Mafia shit, ran screaming out of the cottage on her way to Nader. Drunken Teddy offered to drive her to the ferry. Trying to get away from curious Sheriff Look, Teddy sped off toward the Bridge, busted Mary Jo's nose when she tried to grab his arm from the back seat, and bailed out of the car as it went off the bridge. Mary Jo, with a busted nose, breathed in an air bubble in the car for more than two hours, waiting for help, while Teddy, assuming she was dead, ran to set up an alibi. Mary Jo finally suffocated in the air bubble, diluted with carbon dioxide from her exhalations.
It took her 2 hours and 37 minutes to suffocate, while Teddy had Joseph Kennedy III, steal a boat and ferry him across to Edgartown. Mary Jo was still pounding on the upturned floorboards of Teddy's car while Teddy called Jackie and Onassis on the Cristina. Teddy also called Katherine Meyer Graham, lawyers, Cardinal Cushing to help. The next morning the first person Teddy tried to call after deciding he'd have to take the rap himself was: Lawyer Burke Marshall, Onassis' friend in the U.S. Liberty Ships deal back in the '40's; and, also, the designated custodian for JFK's brains after Dallas (the brains have since disappeared).
Cover‑up of the Chappaquiddick murder required the help of:
(1) Massachusetts Highway Patrol, which "confiscated" the plates from Teddy's car after it was fished out of the pond;
(2) The Massachusetts Legislature, which changed a 150‑year‑old law requiring an autopsy (which would have revealed the suffocation and broken nose);
(3) Coroner Mills, who let Kennedy's aide, K. Dun Gifford, supply him with a death certificate, already prepared, for Mills' signature, listing cause of death as drowning;
(4) Police Chief Arenas; Cardinal Cushing's priests, who appeared before the Kopchnes "direct from God," with personal instructions from Him that Mary Jo was not to be disturbed;
(5) A Pennsylvania mortuary where Mary Jo's broken nose was patched up;
(6) East and West Coast phone companies, which clamped maximum security on the records of calls to and from the cottage (S.F. Police Chief Cahill was reassigned to a new job: Security Chief for Pacific Telephone);
(7) The U.S. Senate, who never said a word about Teddy's (required equipment) plug‑in phone;
(8) The judge who presided over the mock hearing;
(9) James Reston, editor of Martha's Vineyard's only newspaper, who never heard a word about Teddy's phone at the cottage, though residents called in to tell the newspaper;
(10) The "New York Times," "Washington Post," etc.
John Tunney's sister, Joan, heard her brother's end of the phone call, made from her house in Tiburon, to the Chappaquiddick cottage. The next day, after Mary Jo died, Joan ran away to Norway, where she was kidnaped by mafia hoods Mari and Adamo.
They locked her up in a Marseilles heroin factory for 60 days, where the heroin fumes turned her into a junkie (no needle marks); then they turned her loose outside the factory. Joan's husband complained, so she chopped his head off with an ax, and was subsequently locked up in a nuthouse belonging to the Marqueas of Blandford, then Tina Livanos Onassis' husband.
Mari and Adamo got pressed into scrap metal in a New Jersey auto junkyard. In the panic of trying to cover up Teddy's guilt at Chappaquiddick, many things came unglued. The JFK murder threatened to creep out of the woodwork again; Black Panthers Hampton and Clark were murdered (the Chicago cops fired over Attorney Charles Garry's head), because of what they knew about the JFK murder squad's presence at Chicago on November 1, 1963.
September 1969: "Gemstones," with histories, had been released around the globe for several years. In 1969, Roberts gave a Gemstone, with history, to Mack, head of California CREEP, for Nixon, with the proposition: the Presidency, in return for wiping out the Mafia. The "history" included Teddy's phone calls to, and from, the Lawrence cottage on Chappaquiddick ‑ billed to Teddy's home phone in Hyannisport. Nixon, being Mafia himself, wasn't interested; but kept the information to use on Teddy whenever it seemed advantageous.
May 4, 1970: Charlotte Ford Niarchos called her ex‑husband, Stavros, worried about them Ford Foundation's involvement in the Chappaquiddick cover‑up. Eugenie Livanos Niarchos, in bed with her husband, overheard the conversation. Stavros was forced to beat her to death; he ruptured her spleen and broke the cartilage in her throat. Cause of death was listed as "overdose of barbiturates," though autopsy showed these injuries.
End of 1970: Howard Hughes' presence on earth was no longer required. His hand‑writing could be duplicated by a computer. His biography ‑ all the known facts about his life ‑ had been compiled and a computerized biography issued to top Hughes executives. His double, Rector, had been doing "Hughes" for years. And Hughes was ill.
Clifford Irving, author of Hoax, about an art forger, became interested in "Hughes." Living on Iblzza, he heard the Mediterranean gossip that "Hughes" was a hoax, too. He went to "Hughes'" so‑called "Mormon Mafia," the six "nursemaids," for information. One of them, Merryman, perhaps tired of the game, gave Irving the computerized Hughes biography, and from it Irving wrote his "autobiography." Hughes' death was expected shortly. Preparations were being made so that it would not interfere with the orderly continuation of his empire. Irving wrote his book, and the publishers announced it. Onassis knew someone had given Irving the information. He thought it was Maheu, and fired him in November 1970. On Thanksgiving Eve, 1970, in the middle of the night, "Hughes" (Rector) made a well‑publicized "secret departure" from Las Vegas to the Bahamas.
1971: Guinea brought under Communist control.
Through the support of the United States, the President, with the complacency of Congress; Communist China was admitted to the United Nations and Free China, one of our most staunch allies, was expelled. "A National Strategy to Reduce Crime."
National Advisory Commission on Criminal Justice Standards and Goals. The Document: Declaration of Feminism is published calling for "feminist-socialist revolution," and saying: "We must go back to the matriarchies...to ancient female religions (like witchcraft)...In order to break the tyranny of class oppression, it is necessary to establish a socialist order...In the final hours of capitalism we will dance on the grave of corporate America...Marriage is the key institution that has failed us and we must work to destroy it...The nuclear family must be replaced with a new form of family where individuals live and work together to help meet the needs of all people in the society...With the destruction of the nuclear family must come a new way of looking at children. They must be seen as the responsibility of an entire society rather than individual parents."
The women who publish The Document also publish a newspaper called Gold Flower, and on its December 1971/January 1972 cover is a pregnant female as a crucified Christ.
Prohibition on Handguns
The Commission believes that the violence, fear, suffering, and loss caused by the use of handguns must be stopped by firm and decisive action. The Commission therefore recommends that, no later than Jan. 1, 1983, each State should take the following action:
(a) Private possession of handguns should be prohibited persons other than law enforcement and military personnel.
(b) Manufacture and sale of handguns should be terminated.
(c) Existing handguns should be acquired by States.
(d) Handguns held by private citizens as collector's items should be modified and rendered inoperative.
The recommendations of the Commission apply only to handguns, a term which for the purposes of this chapter refers to a firearm designed to be fired with one hand. The term also includes the personal possession or control of a combination of parts from which a handgun can be assembled.
The term includes both pistols (sometimes referred to as automatic) and revolvers, but does not include antique firearms. The Commission believes that laws currently in force regarding rifles and long guns require no change. The Commission does not wish to curtail the use of rifles and long guns by hunters and other legitimate users. Further, the Commission makes recommendations for State and local units of government only, not for the Federal Government. Congress is on record on the subject of firearms; it has passed some controls and has encouraged States and local units of government to enact their own laws and adopt their own ordinances. It remains for the State and local governments to address the problems surrounding the public possession of handguns.
In an effort to prohibit possession of handguns, the Commission encourages States to examine and implement all recommendations are intended to be an operative package. Some States, however, may want to implement the recommendations in stages. They are urged to do so in the order in which they are presented in this chapter. Further, some States may already have taken steps proposed in the recommendations.
In keeping with these local variances, the Commission urges each State to work out a combination of steps best suited to complete control of handguns. Toward this end, it is the recommendation of the Commission that States study their present laws regulating handguns and take measures to insure that existing laws are enforced fully and are adhered to scrupulously by their citizens.
Next, the Commission recommends that the penalties attached to committing a crime with the use of a handgun be increased. Further, to safeguard the lives of police officer, States should enact stop-and-frisk laws to authorize search of persons and automobiles when the officer has reasonable suspicion to believe that he is in danger due to a suspect's possession of and access to a weapon (They are advocating a stop‑and‑frisk laws and makes an innocent person subject to being referred to as a suspect without having committed a crime).
As an additional step, the commission recommends that states prohibit the manufacture, importation, or sale of all handguns other than those for use by law enforcement or military personnel. States should also establish agencies authorized to purchase handguns from private individuals for a just price, and further authorized to modify rare and valuable guns that owners wish to retain as collector's items. Finally, States should prohibit the private possession of all handguns other than those which have been designated as collector's items and rendered inoperative.
Why Handguns Must Be Controlled By The States
To maintain an orderly society, a government must regulate certain of its citizens' acts. Rights and freedoms cannot exist without recognition that one person's rights exist only to the degree they do not infringe on those of another. Such a balance must be maintained in the possession and use of handguns. The Commission believes that private use and possession of handguns infringes on the right of the American public to be free from violence and death caused by the use of handguns. Public welfare does not permit the civilian possession of machine‑guns, flame throwers, hand‑grenades, bombs, or sawed‑off shotguns; neither can it any longer tolerate the private possession of handguns.
Removing the handgun from American society will not eliminate crime and violence, but documentation shows there is a strong correlation between the number of privately owned handguns and the corresponding use of guns in crimes of violence (There is documentation to prove anything one wishes to prove). Nationally, the handgun is the principal weapon used in criminal homicide. Reported crime statistics for 1971 indicate that 51 percent of all murders and non‑negligent manslaughters were committed with the use of a handgun.
How To Lose Your Guns For Sure
It is very clear that the mission of the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration to destroy the Second Amendment of the Bill of Rights. The L.E.A.A. worked in tandem with the above mentioned National Advisory Commission on Criminal Justice Standards and Goals. Using the excuse that moving control of handguns to the level of the state would help to eliminate violent crimes, because therein the state could prohibit the possession of handguns by a target date, the L.E.A.A. set out to achieve that mission. Strangely, others have helped in their efforts to destroy the amendment. No mention was made of the fact that if handguns were not yanked out of the protective, confirming custody of the Second Amendment of the Bill of Rights, there wouldn't be a chance to confiscate them at all! Oh! Heavens No! L.E.A.A. would not admit THAT to the American Public! Yank, they must! Confiscate, they must!
The director of the L.E.A.A., Professor Dean Morris testified years ago before the National Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Violence, and said: "I am one who believes that as a first step, the U.S. should move expeditiously to disarm the civilian population, other than police and security officers, of all handguns, pistols and revolvers...no one should have a right to anonymous ownership or use of a gun. that is not a right that we can safely allow anyone...I think the truth is that we will ultimately have a police force NOT equipped with guns...There can be no right of privacy in regard to armament...we seek a disarmed populace."
L.E.A.A. for all of its active years thereafter, did seek to abolish your right to any handgun, including antiques. It comes as no surprise that L.E.A.A.'S mission is being realized, but it just IS surprising to note who has become the rallying forces who have helped to put it over! There are some questions to be asked. They are urgent and come at the eleventh hour. Why hasn't a direct ruling been made on the Second Amendment by the Federal Supreme Court, instead of the obiter dictum decisions and utterances that come from the Court?
That amendment has never been officially tested in court action. Why didn't the National Rifle Association take the State Supreme Court ruling, re: Morton Grove, Illinois' gun ban, before the FEDERAL Supreme Court to put an end to the threat of gun prohibition? After all, there is no repository that can more closely guard; that can more permanently secure; that can more accurately define; or that can more thoroughly resolve the rights of gun owners than the Second Amendment in the Bill of Rights with its attachment of historical aggregates. Not to take this action by the major gun clubs who are constantly receiving the outpourings of money from worried gun owners, appears to be lost opportunity. So, do we lose the game by not showing up? Because time has been lost, we must now stop the treaties. Why did all the big gun associations fall in line with the unwise move to make the right to keep and bear arms a state-controlled right??? That was L.E.A.A.'s Mission!!
L.E.A.A.'S mission was to transfer the right to keep and bear arms to a state level! All gun rights then could be abolished by treaty action (Or so they hoped!). Whereas, IN the BILL OF RIGHTS, the right to keep and bear arms would be untouchable by a treaty and beyond the grasp or reach of treaty-power. That's not so on a state level. A treaty can wipe out any right on a state level.
Legitimate treaties don't try to do such things, however. Why was the state ever asked to take over this right and reduce it down to a state conferred privilege, so dreadfully endangering us? Why does the N.R.A. Boast that this action is Pro-Gun? It is not! It has been reported that nearly 40 states have followed this direction with these "state pre‑empt bills." Why did the N.R.A. accept this L.E.A.A. shift? States are vulnerable and not the appropriate instrumentality for the protection of civilian‑owned firearms against treaty action.
1972: Iraq came under Communist influence.
"I am devoting my lecture in this seminar to a discussion of the possibility that we are now entering a Jewish century, a time when the spirit of the community, the non‑ideological blend of the emotional and rational and the resistance to categories and forms will emerge through the forces of anti‑nationalism to provide us with a new kind of society. I call this process the Judaization of Christianity because Christianity will be the vehicle through which this society becomes Jewish." [34]; "The image of the world...as traced in my imagination ‑‑ the increasing influence of the farmers and workers, and the rising political influence of men of science, may transform the United States into a welfare state with a planned economy. Western and Eastern Europe will become a federation of autonomous states having a socialist and democratic regime. With the exception of the U.S.S.R. as a federated Eurasian state, all other continents will become united in a world alliance, at whose disposal will be an international police force. All armies will be abolished, and there will be no more wars. In Jerusalem, the United Nations (A truly United Nations) will build a shrine of the Prophets to serve the federated union of all continents; this will be the seat of the Supreme Court of mankind, to settle all controversies among the federated continents." [35]
While Americans were dying in Vietnam, President Nixon paid a "Friendly" visit to Communist China. Which constituted "Treason" as defined in the U.S. Constitution.
Treason: "Shall consist...in adhering to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort." [36]
UNESCO bestseller Learning to Be: The World of Education Today and Tomorrow is published. In this edited work, the authors say they're in search of a, "...new educational order...based on scientific and technological training, one of the essential components of scientific humanism."
The book claims that religion and belief in the Divine are the real reason for "...many of the hierarchical forms and discriminatory practices for which current educational systems are blamed."
Instead of God and religious standards, in the book one reads that "...relativity and dialectical thought would appear to be fertile ground in which to cultivate the seeds of tolerance...An individual should avoid systematically setting up his beliefs and convictions...his behavior and customs as models or rules valid for all times..."
Rejoice Farmers Rejoice
Remember? President Richard Nixon appeared to climb to the top of the political ladder by stating, among others, his opposition to Communism. However, just a few months after his election, he not only admitted changing his hostility toward that ideology, but began a program to establish trade with the enemy and recognize Communist China and abandon Taiwan. While, at that time, our American soldiers were being killed by Chinese troops disguised as Viet Cong Regulars. The Communist countries had been experiencing a growing shortage of food, which was causing a lengthening in the food lines. To forestall a possible revolt, the Communist regimes began tremendous grain purchases.
In the past they were heavily supplied by Canada, but that country's surplus had become fully committed. As a result, the Cook Co., Cargill, Continental Grain and the other two large grain companies, through the then Secretary of Agriculture Butz and the Department of Agriculture made some tremendous grain sales to the Soviet Union.
Grain merchants: Five companies control the Free World's grain. Of these the Fribourgs own Continental Grain, the Louis Dreyfus family owns a second, and the Hersch family controls a third (Bunge Company). All three families are Jewish, or of Jewish ancestry. In the Great Grain Robbery of 1971‑72 Henry Kissinger (Jew) was at the heart of secret dealings that gave Russia U.S. grain at bargain prices and from which American farmers received little profit. [37]
1971: November: Michael Fribourg completed a deal with the Soviet Union, through Nickolai Belousou, the Chief of Exportkhelb, the Russian grain‑purchasing agency; for 900,000 tons of American surplus barley and oats, 2‑million tons of corn, and 282‑million bushels of wheat. The total figure was something in excess of 18‑million metric tons of grain sold to the Soviet Union. This tremendous sale was financed by a combination of U.S. guaranteed credits and U.S. subsidized prices. So the farmers and the taxpayers had been ripped off again. President Carter and his Administration later announced it would permit the Soviet Union to purchase up to 25‑million metric tons of wheat and corn in 1979. Nixon, Carter and other Presidents before and after them, permitted such action because the Communist system is unable to grow enough grain to feed its own people and depends on the United States to bail it out again as we have time and time again.
In the grain announcement, no mention was made about how the Soviet Union will pay for this 25‑million metric tons of grain. But now we know that once again our government leaders failed to live up to the trust our American People had in them by electing them in office, and let the Soviet Union have the Grain free through credits, issued by the United States Government, for the Soviet to purchase the grain at American Taxpayer Expense.
1973: Afghanistan, Zambia and Equatorial Guinea were brought under virtual Communist Control.
The United States abandoned Vietnam, Cambodia and Laos to the Communist for slaughter. Millions were massacred, with not one single peep from those responsible for this, the Jane Fondas,' Tom Haydens and other TRAITORS who were/are directly responsible for this mass murder of millions, by the Communists after they took control.
Col. Arch E. Roberts says: "The United States Senate without any constitutional sanction whatever, without referring the matter to the states or to the people illegally ratified the United nations Charter as a treaty. The United Nations Charter is not a treaty at all, but a constitution for one‑world dictatorship, designed to replace by deceit and subterfuge the constitution of the United States. The machinery of the United Nations is being used by enemies of the United States to undermine our way of life, to take away our accustomed liberties, to embroil our armed forces in local wars all over the world; Korea, Vietnam, and Africa with neither purpose nor hope of victory, and finally to transfer our armed forces to the United nations under command of foreigners and our enemies, leaving us disarmed and without defense." Therefore, our men in Korea and Vietnam were fighting under the command of their enemy. No wonder MacArthur was fired. Senator J. William Fulbright said in 1973: "Israel controls the Senate...around 80 percent are completely in support of Israel; anything Israel wants. Jewish influence in the House of Representatives is even greater." [38]
1973: February 10: In The Saturday Review of Education, National Education Association (NEA) president Catherine Barrett writes that, "...dramatic changes in the way we will raise our children in the year 2000 are indicated, particularly in terms of schooling...We will need to recognize that the so-called 'basic skills,' which currently represent nearly the total effort in elementary schools, will be taught in one-quarter of the present school day...When this happens, and it's near, the teacher can raise to his true calling. More than a dispenser of information, the teacher will be a conveyor of values, a philosopher...We will be agents of change."
The Change Agent's Guide to innovation in Education by Ronald Haveclock is published. Portions of the book have been developed under federal Office of Education (within HEW) contract number OEC-0-8-080603-4535(101), and in the book, one reads: "It must be admitted that sometimes collaboration just will not work and, when it fails, there are a number of alternatives [e.g., a 'fait accompli' strategy] that should be considered, ranging...to complete deception."
1973: November: The Harvard Educational Review publishes Hillary Rodham's (wife of Bill Clinton) radical views of children's rights in "Children Under the Law." In her article, Mrs. Clinton states that some children "may have interests independent of their parents or the state." She bemoans"the belief that families are private, non-political units whose interests subsume those of children," and feels that the right of parents to control the upbringing of their children could even go "to the point of depriving them of an advanced worldly education."
She deplores the "consensus romanticism about the family." And she says "the state should no longer be allowed to assume the rationality of regulations based upon age, and should at least be required to justify its action on the basis of modern legislative or administrative findings."
In other words, if individuals can vote at eighteen years of age, drive at sixteen, and have sex and abortions at a particular age, then the state should have to justify why they're not allowed to do those things at earlier ages. Hillary Rodham Clinton will also be a board member of the Children's Defense Fund (she also became First Lady Hillary Rodham Clinton when her husband was elected President in 1992), which nationally syndicated columnist Don Feder has characterized as a "liberal" organization furthering a "Welfare State" mentality. The head of the CDR will be Marian Wright Edelman, a CFR member.
Banker David Rockefeller organizes the Trilateral Commission. He chooses Zbigniew Brzezinski as the commission's first director. Jimmy Carter becomes a funding member and chooses Brzezinski to be his National Security Advisor during the Carter presidency. George Bush will also be a member of the commission as well as the CFR.
1973: December 10: National Security Council Memorandum 200, titled "Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests," is marked "classified" and "confidential." Only declassified fifteen years later, the document reveals the role the U.S. government has been playing in the population control movement, as it states: "If future numbers are to be kept within reasonable bounds, it is urgent that measures to reduce fertility be started and made effective in the 1970s and 1980s...Food and agricultural assistance is vital for any population sensitive development strategy...Allocation of scarce resources should take account of what steps a country is taking in population control...There is an alternative view that mandatory programs may be needed...With assistance from the U.S. Agency for International Development, a number of private family planning organizations [e.g., International Planned Parenthood] have significantly expanded their worldwide population programs...No country has reduced its population growth without resorting to abortion..."
1974: General George Brown was Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff in 1974. President Ford publicly reprimanded him for statements regarding excessive Jewish influence in the media, banks and Congress. Manachem Shalev, member of the Israeli Consulate: "Journalists, editors, and politicians for that matter, are going to think twice about criticizing Israel if they know they are going to get thousands of angry calls in a matter of hours. The Jewish lobby is good at orchestrating pressure...Israel's presence in America is all‑pervasive...You don't want to seem like you are blatantly trying to influence whom they (the media) invite. You have to persuade them that you have the show's best interests at heart...After the hullabaloo over Lebanon (cluster bombing civilians, etc.), the press doesn't do anything without calling us for comment."
Evacuation from Cyprus. U.S. naval forces evacuated U.S. civilians during hostilities between Turkish and Greek Cypriot forces. New Flag for U.S.A. Regions. Metro News, by Jo Hindman: With all the talk about merging the 50 states and renaming the new regions, the inevitable has happened: Someone has designed a New Flag to replace Old Glory. Who did it? Here is the answer in the words of an iconoclast, "Smithsonian asked for a new design from Whitney Smith of the Flag Research Center in Winchester, Massachusetts."
The quote comes from an article in the December 1973 issue of a magazine copyrighted by Smithsonian Institution. Well‑known persons are connected with the federally assisted Institution. First, the Establishment (The U.S. President and his Cabinet). Then the Board of Regents: Warren E. Burger, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of the United States, heads the list as Chancellor.
Following are J. Wm. Fulbright, Henry M. Jackson, and Huge Scott, all U.S. Senators appointed by the President of the Senate to the Smithsonian board. By the speaker of the House, Congressmen George H. Mahon, Wm. E. Minshall and John J. Rooney. Nine other individuals are appointed by a Joint Resolution of Congress. The name of Spiro Agnew, ex‑U.S. Vice President was dropped after the November 1973 issue of Smithsonian Magazine...The 3‑page article carries no byline although most of the articles in the issue do display the names of their authors. The article is a take‑off on "A Thirty Eight State U.S.A.," 47‑page booklet by Dr. G. Etzel Pearcy, California State University, Los Angeles, copyrighted by Plycon Press 1916 North Gilbert, Fullerton, California.
The new flag appears in color in the Smithsonian, a zig‑zag of red‑white‑blue that only a drunk in a souse (tank) would enjoy saluting...Numerologists might make a case out of it. But to students of Metro regional governance, the symbolism of 13 would suggest 1313's upheaval in American government ‑‑ the forcible implementation of regional governance by political syndicate 1313. Established by the Rockefeller family, maintained by Ford and Carnegie using tax exempt foundation funds, one of the syndicate's key addresses is located at 1313 E. 60th St., Chicago, on Rockefellers' University of Chicago campus...It may be that the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, S. Dillon Ripley, might supply some answers. Who, or what tax‑supported fund, for instance, paid the vexillogoist's fee for designing the unauthorized flag to replace the Flag of the United States of America? "I believe that the active Jews of today have a tendency to think that the Christians have organized and set up and run the world of injustice, unfairness, cruelty, misery. I am not taking any part in this, but I have heard it expressed, and I believe they feel it that way. Jews have lived for the past 2000 years and developed in a Christian World. They are a part of that Christian World even when they suffer from it or be in opposition with it, and they cannot dissociate themselves from this Christian World and from what it has done. And I think that the Jews are bumptious enough to think that perhaps some form of Jewish solution to the problems of the World could be found which would be better, which would be an improvement. It is up to them to find a Jewish answer to the problems of the world, the problems of today." [39]
1975: While Guinea‑Bissau, Cambodia, Laos and South Vietnam were being enslaved, President Ford, flanked by Henry Kissenger, signed the Helsinki Accord agreeing to permanent Communist enslavement of all Eastern Europe.
1976: January 2, the Boston Globe exposed the still "Top Secret Forward Plan" drafted by the HEW Department which would demand the nation‑wide compulsory fluoridation of water and vaccination of everybody. News releases were prepared to brainwash and convince the people into believing that fluoridation and vaccination would improve the health and save billions of dollars in doctor and hospital expenses. This plan received so much exposure that it was replaced by the Swine Flu Hoax.
1976: January-February: The Humanist publishes an article by Prof. Sheila Schwartz in which she expresses her thankfulness that "the crazies (e.g., fundamentalists) don't do all that much reading. If they did, they'd find that they have already been defeated."
1976: February: John Martin Rich of the University of Texas writes in the journal Theory Into Practice: "Formal education has been a contributory role to play in providing needed information and promoting changed attitudes toward a new world order...Democracy in education, then, would mean the teaching of those values, attitudes, and abilities most likely to contribute to the development of such a world order...The type of democratic education essential is one that would contribute, even if only indirectly, to the development of an international world order under law. A healthy international world order is not only one that has learned to cope successfully with world crises in order to survive; it is also one that has developed a basis for mankind pursuing common ideals and goals."
1976: March-April: The Humanist publishes an article by humanist Paul Blanshard in which he pronounces: "I think the most important factor leading us to a secular society has been the educational factor. Our schools may not teach Johnny to read properly, but the fact that Johnny is in school until he is sixteen tends to lead toward the elimination of religious superstition. The average child now acquires a high school education, and this militates against Adam and Eve and all other myths of alleged history."
1976: May 10: The Atlantic Council approves a formal policy statement which states that a changing world "can no longer be accommodated by political forms and sovereignties developed in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries" and needs institutions "to deal adequately with problems with which no existing nation-state can cope successfully alone." George Bush is CIA director at this time and becomes an Atlantic Council director from 1978-79.
1976: November 22, Soviet scientists have developed Micro‑Wave techniques which can be sent great distances and directed to groups or even individuals. They cause dizziness, irritability, emotional instability, and destroy a person's judgment and power to think and to make proper responses to given situations. For some time, they have been tested on vessels in or near American waters.
1976: December 15, A tanker containing 7 and ½ million gallons of oil was wrecked and all oil lost near Cape Cod. Trouble was attributed to the unusual and unexplained behavior of the crew. Soon after this, the Taiwan tanker, "Grand Zenith" and its crew of 38 and cargo of 8 million gallons of fuel oil were lost in American coastal waters. This has been followed by a large number of similar incidents. The Pentagon has reported that the Soviet can employ Micro‑Waves to cause heart attacks and change the behavior patterns of military and diplomatic personnel. "Federation play a major part in Jewish life throughout the world. There is a federation in every community of the world where there is a substantial number of Jews. Today there is a central movement that is capable of mustering all of its planning, financial and political resources within twenty‑four hours, geared to handling any particular issue. Proportionately, we have more power than any other comparable group, far beyond our numbers. The reason is that we are probably the most well organized minority in the world." [40]; "A Jew is anyone who says he is." [41]
Countless American politicians who refused to become puppets have been targeted by the Zionists for defeat including Congressmen Findley and McClosky, Senators Joe McCarthy and Charles Percy, presidential aspirants John Connally and Jesse Jackson, and even presidents themselves. "President Ford [made] known his displeasure with Israel ‑‑ something he was to regret the following year (1976)." [42]; "I spent weeks on the Hill testifying about the Pueblo in the most detail [1 U.S. sailor killed], but nothing like that's ever been done for the Liberty. The difference in the way these two events were handled is mindboggling...I think that those 34 men who were killed on the Liberty were killed deliberately...in a preconceived operation." [43]; "Yet I have a clever touch And pander to your vices, While looking on in exultation. And so I play my game, with the exuberance of experience, the strange and terribly subtle final aims of my Asiatic Blood that remain a mystery to you." [44]
1977: January 3, According to "Midnight" Vol. 23, No. 28, pp. 4‑5, (1440 Catherine St. West Suite 625, Montreal, Canada) The Soviet have built a "Powerful Laser Beam Base" in Cuba; the highest development of electrical technology in the world and that it can bring death and destruction to the Eastern Coast of the United States.
1977: January-February: The Humanist publishes an article by Sidney Hook (signer of the 1973 Humanist Manifesto), in which he states that "human beings can be influenced to examine critically their religious beliefs only by indirection, (by which) I mean the development of a critical attitude in all our educational institutions that will aim to make students less credulous to claims that transcend their reflective experience."
The new Bank for International Settlements (BIS) is completed in the shape of a "boot" in Basel, Switzerland, and becomes known as the "Tower of Basel." Remember that in George Orwell's 1984, a description of the future under "Big Brother" is given as "a boot stamping on a human face -- forever." Pertaining to the BIS, which began under the Hauge Agreement of 1930, Carroll Quigley in Tragedy and Hope (1966) wrote: "The powers of financial capitalism had [a] far-reaching nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and conferences. The apex of the systems was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Base, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world's central banks which were themselves private corporations. Each central bank ...sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business world."
In the future, the powers behind the New World Order planning a world economic system will promote the use of the debit card as a means of monitoring everyone's financial transactions. Governor Bill Clinton in his July 16, 1992 acceptance speech for the Democratic presidential nomination will pay tribute to his "hero," Carroll Quigley, who also said in Tragedy and Hope regarding the intellectual elite who strive to direct the future: "There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an International Anglophile Network which operates, to some extent, in the way the Radical Right believes the Communists Act. In fact, this network, which we may identify as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so. I know of operations of this network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years, in the early 1960s, to examine its papers and secret records. I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to many of its instruments. I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies...but in general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known."
Intelligence sources report that the Soviet Laser Beams have already destroyed two of our vital early warning satellites. This report was confirmed by "Arizona Republic" of November 23, 1976 and the "Los Angeles Times" of December 26, 1976.
1977: April 9, President Carter's deferral of Plutonium reprocessing in the United States will dangerously if not fatally, increase the nation's radioactive garbage heap. It will create a volume of unutilized radioactive waste that will remain deadly for centuries. This action not only creates a hazardous accumulation of deadly poison, but it also totally rejects a powerful source of energy currently desperately needed. This action represents a continuation and acceleration of the unilateral disarmament and downgrading and destruction of the United States which has been the consistent policy of the traitors in our government since 1961.
1977: President Carter signed the Panama Canal giveaway treaty.
1977: The latest to frustrate all hope of finding a document authorizing the massacre of Jews is Professor David Irving's Hitler's War [45].
1978: Nicaragua. With the help of the U.S. State Department fell to the Communist.
In total disregard of the overwhelming citizen objections, more than two‑thirds of our Senators, whose oaths of office promise loyalty to the United States of America and obedience to the provisions of our Constitution, sanctioned the unconstitutional disposition of sovereign American Territory, well knowing that their deed provided a tremendous boast to the Communist aim of encircling and isolating our nation, setting the stage for conquest of our Latin Neighbors.
Terrorizing White patriots: Joseph Schacter, chief of the local Jewish Defense League chapter, put a bomb on the doorstep of a Canadian White activist. The terrorist's lawyer observed that his client could have left a far bigger bomb, but wanted to keep it "small and symbolic." (1978 Canada) Dr. Nahum Goldmann, for many years was the president of the World Jewish Congress and the World Zionist Organization, wrote: "As president of the largest Jewish organization, I disposed of budgets of hundreds of millions of dollars; I directed thousands of employees, and all this, I emphasize again, not for one particular state, but within the frame work of International Jewry." [46]
Snapping: America's Epidemic of Sudden Personality Change by Flo Conway and Jim Siegelman is published, in which the authors describe "snapping" as "the way in which intense experience may affect fundamental information-processing capacities of the brain...The experience itself may...render the individual extremely vulnerable to suggestion. It may lead to changes that alter lifelong habits, values, and beliefs..."
Pertaining to television's effects, the authors note that "TV trains the mind through repetition...in the...assault of momentary images upon vision...Television may also be a potent neutralizing force of human thought and feeling. Its incessant transmissions of information physically trains an individual to hear and observe without stopping to think...Advertisers have long know that this rapid-fire kaleidoscope of consumption may make television viewers more vulnerable to their suggestions."
One will notice in the coming years a great increase in the number of TV adds that use flashing or quickly changing images. Researcher Bill Strittmatter explains the psychological principle involved in terms of the body's involuntary reaction to "high lighted moments or events" (e.g., a gun shot). Man's survival instinct causes him to immediately absorb critical sounds and images which are not common in daily living. If, therefore, TV adds fill thirty-second or one-minute time periods with quickly changing images (e.g., a product coming at you on the screen) which one does not ordinarily experience in daily life, then the body is in constant absorption mode rather than engaging in thoughtful analysis.
1979: The House of Representatives bowed to the dictates of the Consortium of World Jewish Bankers and Communists by approving the funding of the Panama Canal giveaway, actually agreeing to pay Panama's Marxist rulers to accept our gift. That gift, by the way, was used to pay off the International Jewish Bankers whose loans to Panama financed the installation and maintenance of their Communist Regime.
Marlon Brando: "You've seen every single race besmirched, but you never saw an unfavorable image of a kike because the Jews are ever watchful for that. They never allowed it to be shown on the screen!" [47]
1979: "[Israel's Mossad spy agency] has penetrations all through the U.S. Government. They do better than the KGB" said a U.S. intelligence expert. "Mossad can go to any distinguished American Jew and ask for help." So said an ex‑CIA official.[48]
Holocaust stories are printed and promoted incessantly. Why? Because of the money involved, some call it Shoah Biz [Shoah = Holocaust in Hebrew]. Others think its a bloodless expression of masochistic wish‑fulfillment by Jews for the monstrous crimes their race has committed against other peoples [such as instigating World Wars I and II]. Or it may simply be "The Guilt Ploy."
1980: Friendly Fascism: The New Face of Power in America by Bertram Gross is published and contains a section titled "A Good Neighbor in a New World Order." In another section titled "Womb-To-Tomb Dossiers," Gross describes how "high-grade intelligence on individuals" is now possible through, among other means, "the new statistical data banks being set up in the fields of education, health, and mental health...As of early 1980 detailed plans were worked out to register the county's young people without their knowing what is known as 'passive' or 'faceless' registration. This would be done by compiling a computerized list of names and addresses by assembling the information from school records, the Internal Revenue Service, the Social Security systems, and state driver's license bureaus."
Gross proceeds to explain how information could be used to "direct character assassination and defamation...The creative assembly of unrelated sounds is now possible thorough electronic means...Through 'tape-recording,' a person's own voice may be used to say anything that the tape recorders want him to say.' He describes how this might also be done in the editing of film and video tapes by 'the use of RAVE methods (Random Access Video Editing).'"
Gross continues: "With the growth of a computerized dossier network, and enough R&D investment in its perfection, it will be possible to keep up-to-date inventories on all employees in America...Outcries against misinformation in the files could be met by procedures for providing fuller information...The central thrust of those demanding protection of individual rights to privacy and due process could be deflected by developing complicated devices for the purging or destruction of incriminating files -- device that the oligarchies themselves could easily utilize for their own protection and that of their most trustworthy managerial and technical aides."
Humanist Ethics by Morris Storer (director of the American Humanist Association from 1975-1980) is published in which he declares: "A large majority of the educators of American colleges and universities are predominantly humanists, and a majority of the teachers who go out from their studies in colleges to responsibilities in primary and secondary schools are basically humanist, no matter that many maintain a nominal attachment to church or synagogue for good personal, social, or practical reasons."
In his book "My Life as a German Jew," Dr. Nahum Goldmann describes the "phenomenal rise of German Jewry" as follows: "German Jewry, which found its temporary end during the Nazi period, was one of the most interesting and for modern Jewish history most influential centers of European Jewry. During the era of emancipation, i.e. in the second half of the nineteenth and in the early twentieth century, it had experienced a meteoric rise...It had fully participated in the rapid industrial rise of Imperial Germany, made a substantial contribution to it and acquired a renowned position in German economic life. Seen from the economic point of view, no Jewish minority in any other country, not even that in America could possible compete with the German Jews. They were involved in large scale banking, a situation unparalleled elsewhere, and, by way of high finance, they had also penetrated German industry. A considerable portion of the wholesale trade was Jewish. They CONTROLLED even such branches of industry which is generally not in Jewish hands. Examples are shipping or the electrical industry, and names such as Ballin and Rathenau do confirm this statement. I hardly know of any other branch of emancipated Jewry in Europe or the American continent that was as deeply rooted in the general economy as was German Jewry. American Jews of today are absolutely as well as relatively richer than the German Jews were at the time, it is true, but even in America with its unlimited possibilities the Jews have not succeeded in penetrating into the central spheres of industry (steel, iron, heavy industry, shipping), as was the case in Germany.
Their position in the intellectual life of the country was equally unique. In literature, they were represented by illustrious names. The theater was largely in their hands. The daily press, above all its internationally influential sector, was essentially owned by Jews or controlled by them. As paradoxical as this may sound today, after the Hitler era, I have no hesitation to say that hardly any section of the Jewish people has made such extensive use of the emancipation offered to them in the nineteenth century as the German Jews! In short, the history of the Jews in Germany from 1870 to 1933 is probably the most glorious rise that has ever been achieved by any branch of the Jewish people [49]. The majority of the German Jews were never fully assimilated and were much more Jewish than the Jews in other West European countries.[50] My work in those years was essentially of a propagandist nature. I was too young and unknown to play a part in the leading circles of Germany, let alone of world Zionism, which was controlled from Berlin." [51] Unfortunately, Nahum Goldmann did not mention the real influence of Jews in Germany's political life and administration during the Weimar period. Probably because it would hinder the Jewish propaganda which has been presented to the world before and after WW II.
Reagan unmasked! Camouflaged to look like a "Conservative," Ronald Reagan was able to pull off hundreds of activities needed for the conversion of the United States away from being a Constitutional Republic and into being an "International Democracy" under the control of and operated by the Communist United Nations. This is the Communist World Government, desired for so long by the International Jewish Conspirators.
Reagan Expose
The following is an expose printed in the Valley Times, Central Valley, California, October 23, 1980, written by columnist K.M. Heaton. (He is a direct descendant of John Hart, a signer of the Declaration of Independence).
|
The Holocaust instills a guilt complex in those said to be guilty and spreads the demoralization, degeneration, eventually the destruction of the national elite among a people. Transfers effective political control to the lowest elements who will cowtow to the Jews. |
The Seditious Cover‑Up: DEJA VU, by K.M. Heaton. "Watching Ronald Reagan stand on the Republican Platform of 1980, fervently expounding his support of the treasured precepts of American political philosophy, brings a sense of having experienced it before.
Like stepping back in time to the 1932 presidential campaign, and hearing once more the dulcet tones of Franklin Roosevelt, as he supported the 'conservative' Democratic Platform of that year. One desperately wants to accept the apparent sincerity of Reagan, just as the assurance Roosevelt offered was needed then. The spurious nature of Roosevelt's promises was not long in surfacing, and shadows of the past belie the sincerity of Reagan's promises, portending a similar disillusionment. Nor is it Reagan's record as Governor alone, which warns of a betrayal of the philosophy he so eloquently enunciates, should he become the occupant of the White House in January. His choice of running mate, of his close advisors, and, most recently, the members of his Women's Advisory Council, all are portents of the future. If there is one thing above the others, which exposes Reagan as a counterfeit (conservative) candidate, it is surely the commercial which purports to be a clip of the former Governor of California signing a tax reform measure, which was actually the most liberal abortion bill passed in any state.
The evil men do lives after them, but Ronald Reagan is haunted by his past, while he yet lives. He rode to the Statehouse in California on the strength of 'The Speech,' in which he castigated the forces destroying America. He warned against 'people for whom we have never voted' over whom we have no control, but who are usurping our rights of decision.
One of his first acts as Governor was to appoint a mammoth group of 'experts' to make just such decisions...A commission for whom the people had not voted, and over whom they had no control. Later, he appointed another such Commission, to do for the schools what the first did for the State.
His office, over which he did have control, participated in producing the most heinous document of any put out by government, which this writer has seen. Titled 'The Politics of Change in Local Government Reform,' it was a basic text in mass mind control. Included in it were three examples of three California districts where the recommended techniques were being used.
Reagan personally initiated and led the massive attempt to replace local elected government with 'substate redistricting' ‑‑ A euphemism for instilling regional machinery throughout the state. He reorganized the Governor's Office to accommodate the regional superstructure, and the management and control system required to regulate the regional authority. That organization became the pilot model for other states, and the federal executive. He caused the reorganization of the licensing bureau into the massive bureaucracy now known as the Department of Consumer Affairs. He reorganized an auxiliary of the Department of Finance into a super‑agency, a teeming bureaucracy now called the Office of Planning and Research, (OPR). The former California Council on Intergovernmental Relations, which became a target for citizen resistance, because of its promotion of 1313 plans and programs, was quietly folded into the vast recesses of OPR, where its nefarious activities could no longer be monitored and protested.
Even before his election, Candidate Reagan supported the oppressive 1313 constitution revisions. Many Californians voted for these revisions, because they believed Ronald Reagan was a 'conservative,' and that the revisions must be alright, or he wouldn't support them. Proposition 1A, far from being the boon Reagan represented it to be, was a necessary preliminary to centralization, and the socialization which accelerated with his election. One of the first bills he signed after taking the oath of office approved the infamous sex 'education' program in the schools. His appointments to the State board of Education were predominantly 'liberal,' his most conservative appointment resigned in protest against the Regan policy of 'making the board a rubber stamp for progressive socialism.' Not only did Reagan not resist the federal Omnibus Crime Control Act of 1968, he encouraged full implementation of its oppressive provisions. The California Council on Criminal Justice (CCCJ) became the prototype for the most dangerous tampering with the system of jurisprudence ever witnessed in a supposedly free country. The CCCJ mushroomed into the most expensive and expansive bureaucracy in the State.
The programs it instituted ranged from promotion of gun control (Which Reagan says he opposes), to the incredible EIPP, which presumed to determine which infants would grow up to be criminals. Threatened by vocal adverse citizen reaction, the CCCJ was allowed to quietly expire, but not before Reagan had prepared a substitute bureaucracy to replace it. Without fanfare, he created yet another unelected body, the Select Committee on Law Enforcement Problems (SCLEP), to 'identify, analyze, and examine' another course of action. While the citizens were still storming the CCCJ meetings, the SCLEP was already developing the future of 'law enforcement.' It was Reagan's SCLEP which originated the State Office of Criminal Justice Planning, and prepared the way for the 'prestigious' Commission on project safer California, and the Public Safety Agency, which, again, served as pilots for other states.
From these interventions with the legal processes came the merging of all 'peace-keeping forces,' including the military, which reached its ultimate effect in the mind-bending facility at San Luis Obispo, which has supplied troops nationwide, who are prepared physically and mentally to overcome 'insurgents,' who might attempt to resist the de facto government which has replaced the de jure government of the United States of America. This necessarily limited list of duplicity of the Reagan record is offered in sorrow, and without malice, to attempt to prepare Americans for the future, whatever it brings. Unless the citizenry recognizes that, when it comes to candidates of either major Party for the executive office, 'the conservatives get the rhetoric and the liberals get the action,' the helix of disillusion will inevitably result in a diminishing of citizen participation in the election process, to the detriment of the Republic.
The restoration of constitutional government lies in the representative office, not in the administration. It is to THAT contest the people must apply their energies, their time, their money, and their concerns. The promises Reagan has made, even granting their sincerity, require legislation. And only Congress can supply that." End of article.
Mr. Heaton has certainly proven to be a prophet, because the Reagan Administration has done everything he has predicted it would do, moving America further toward Socialism and Communism! America's next "Good War" (i.e. ZOG‑approved) will probably be against Bosnian Christians. In the gusto of killing honkies, U.S. Blacks might voluntarily incur disproportionate casualties. Contrary to what the media insists, excessive Black losses in Vietnam did not result from patriotic zeal. Their losses resulted from being drafted, forced, into combat situations due to unsuitability for other assignments. [52]. We are in the final phase of true genocidal war, far surpassing the enormous White holocausts of America's Civil War, WW I and II, and 60 million babies dead from abortions (babies are murdered at the rate of 4.5 thousand per day in the abortion murder mills of America). This is the culmination of a racist campaign spanning many centuries and all national boundaries. Every tactic available ‑‑ fair or foul, insidious or plain as day ‑‑ is being used by Zionists in concert with their foreign allies and domestic puppets. Yet most Whites are only vaguely aware of this remorseless race war. How can this possibly be????
Israel was caught stealing U.S. technology for cluster bombs and chrome‑plating cannon barrels. Subpoenas against Israeli citizens were dropped by "our" (???) government after Israel pledged to "co‑operate." [53]. In his book Gulag Archipelago, Alexander Solzhenitsyn revealed that Stalin preferred Jewish thugs for running his security forces and concentration camps. The Soviet NKVD was a killing machine that consumed twenty million Soviet Christians.
It was first headed by Henry Yagoda (Jew). He was liquidated in 1937, after which Yezhov (Jew) took over. After him came Beria, who looked extremely Jewish but claimed he was not. (Name‑changing is common among Jews. Witness Hollywood Jews like Kirk Douglas (Isadore Demsky), Tony Curtis (Bernie Schwartz), Joan Crawford (Lucille le Sueur), Michael Landon (Mike Orowitz), Jerry Lewis (Joseph Levitch) and Charles Bronson (Charles Buchinsky). Referring to the millions of Christians killed in Soviet concentration camps run by Jews, Solzhenitsyn asked: "Who will count these millions? They died unknown, casting only in their immediate vicinity a light like a candle." He also revealed that a Turkish‑born Jew, Naftaly Frankel, was in charge of building the Balomar Canal, which cost 180,000 Christian lives.
1981: Yet another step in scrapping the United States Constitution was enacted, with the adoption of a treaty known as Treaty 97‑19. The enemies of Christ and America are destroying our country through the use of the Treaty Power. Treaty 97‑19 is titled "Constitution of the United Nations Industrial Development Organization." President Reagan signed it into law in 1983. It has been ratified by the United States Congress. It calls for a "new social order" and a "new economic order" for the United States. The Children's Story by James Clavell (author of Shogun) is published and depicts how in just a short period of time, young school children's thinking could be so manipulated they would consider cutting into pieces the American Flag a wonderful thing.
1982: The Massacres of Sabra and Shatila Camps by the Israelis! The massacres, the King David Hotel, the Semiramis Hotel, Deir Yassin, Dawayma, Kibya, Kafr Kassem, the USS Liberty and the Libyan Boeing 727 Airliner; practically pale into insignificance compared the carnage perpetrated at the Sabra and Shatila Palestinian Refugee Camps in Beirut, Lebanon, during the Israeli invasion of Lebanon in 1982. The mass murder of more than 2,750 men, women and children (according to a body count taken in the camps by the International Committee of the Red Cross on September 23, 1982) whose only "crime" was to be homeless exiles from their native land; by the Phalangist puppets of the Israelis has been studied exhaustively. The Israelis ordered the Phalangist Military forces to conduct the genocide attack against helpless Palestinians.
How Begin Conned Galtieri Into Occupying The Malvinas
For the most part, the source of the information being presented here is the intelligence apparatus of an Arab country which has spared no expense to gather it. It was first provided to the Board of Policy, of the Liberty Lobby with the request that members make the best possible use of it. Independent investigation of the subject matter herein leads the Liberty lobby to conclude that the information is accurate.
During World War II Menachem Begin was an officer in the Communist forces invading his native Poland from the Soviet Union. He excelled in throwing hand grenades into polish farm houses and machine‑gunning unarmed Polish prisoners with a ferocity that amazed even the most hardened of his fellow commissars. At the time Begin said he enjoyed taking revenge on Poles because, "Poles did not like Jews and they were worse than Germans."
The Kremlin must have thought highly of Begin's performance because they took the unprecedented step to discharge him ‑‑ honorably and with medals ‑‑ and spirited him away from the country. A few months later Begin is found strutting in one of His British Majesty's uniforms. From a Communist soldier he had become a Royal soldier with the full approval of the Kremlin. Apparently the British did not provide Begin with enough people to massacre so Begin deserted Britannia and resumed his murderous career in Palestine.
With the help of the Soviet Union Begin gathered a gang of Zionist terrorists known as the Irgun and others, such as the Stern Gang. The Soviet poured arms through its satellite of Czechoslovakia and soon Begin was able to embark on a rampage of bombings, torture and hangings of British soldiers and wholesale massacre of the defenseless natives of Palestine. The wave of mass terror resulted in the imposition of the Zionist regime on Palestine and the expulsion of most of the Palestinians. The U.S. which had backed Begin with money and the Soviet with arms immediately recognized the new regime as a state and both worked frantically for its admission to the U.N.
Terror Gangs Become A Government
Since these heady days, Begin's terror gangs have grown and prospered into a world‑wide net‑work of aggression and subversion fully backed by the outlaw state of Israel. The ADL, JDL and Mossad are but three of the Israeli terror enforcement agencies operating around the world.
Begin's obsession with killing people "who don't like Jews" has become official Israeli policy. Successive Israeli prime ministers and officials have repeated that Israel "reserves the right to deal with anyone, anywhere who is hostile to Jews or Israel," a license covering Palestinians who object to being massacred and thrown out of their country, to critics of the New York Times. The Mossad has a blank check to implement this policy. Such a policy practiced by any other country would raise world outrage. The only reason it does not is due to the tight Zionist control of the news media and deluded "Christians."
Argentina On Begin's Hit List
It was this policy that had earmarked Argentina as a target to be destroyed by the Mossad. For years the Israeli regime felt that Argentina's half million Jews did not run enough of the country and that was in itself a hostile act against Israel.
International Jewish agencies whipped up a storm of odium against Argentina. It was violating human rights; it was anti‑Semitic; it was harboring Nazis; it was ready to make atomic bombs; it was a threat to the world! This familiar litany of complaints, faithfully echoed in the world press, is usually accompanied by sanctions from the "world's democracies" on both sides of the Iron Curtain and a frown from the international banks.
Generally it is enough to bring down "hostile" governments. Somehow it did not work in the case of Argentina. The Israelis had misjudged the Argentineans, a proud people unaccustomed to knuckling under foreign pressure of blackmail. The country is rich and can withstand international sanctions from the world's headmasters.
Begin's Kiss of Death
The Palestinian policy of not "making deals" with Israel is based more on experience and survival than intransigence. After years of observing all those who made deals with Israel coming to grievous ends, from Somoza to the Shah of Persia (Iran), the Palestinians decided a long time ago it was much safer to fight than to deal. The Palestinian experience was apparently lost on President Leopolodo Galtieri of Argentina. He, who successfully resisted internal and external pressure to bring him down, could not resist cheap flattery and trickery.
When Begin saw that the Argentinean government was just not falling apart under the repeated blows of "world castigation," he opted for his "kiss of death tactic." Instead of attacking his enemy he made friendly overtures full of deals and promises.
DeGaulle got them; Batista got them; so did Somoza; the Shah and half a dozen so‑called right‑wing leaders around the world who rushed to the Israeli embrace for the privilege of not being called anti‑Semitic. Begin sent emissaries to Galtieri with a special message that the Israelis were in full sympathy with Argentinean struggle against British colonialism. Begin reminded Galtieri in a telephone conversation in February 1982 that he too was a fighter of British imperialism and had personally hanged many British imperialists (a reference to Begin's hanging of British soldiers in Palestine in the 1940's).
Galtieri could not believe his ears, and his initial suspicion was overcome by the elation of hearing a sympathetic voice. Begin waxed heavily on Argentina's honor and urged Galtieri to "fulfill Argentina's glorious destiny in the Malvinas." Begin said his emissaries would work out a deal to help Argentinean achieve this destiny.
Begin placed three more phone calls to Galtieri during March 1982. Begin told Galtieri he had been responsible for the sudden friendly contacts made by the State Department as far back as January. Begin said he would keep "America on the Argentinean side." Argentinean diplomats in the U.S. confirmed they had been wooed by the State Department and wined and dined by Jeane Kirkpatrick who Begin bragged would do anything for Israel.
Begin promised he would provide arms and spare parts for Argentinean Air Force; support Argentina's territorial dispute with neighboring Chile; provide reliable intelligence regarding British reaction to the Malvinas occupation as the Soviet and American stance in the event (a veiled reference to Begin's times with the Kremlin). The Arab lobby in Argentina got wind of the deal and vainly attempted to persuade Galtieri to reject any proposals made by Begin. An Islamic delegation warned Galtieri that Begin was leading Argentina to, "...dangerous waters which may prove to be the sea grave of your government."
The delegation warned that Islamic and third world countries could not support Argentina's legitimate claims to the Malvinas if Galtieri went along with the Begin scheme. Galtieri dismissed these warnings as sour grapes and continued to be enraptured by Begin's siren song. Those members of the junta who expressed reservations were removed to distant posts or fired altogether.
In an April junta meeting Galtieri proclaimed that Israel's support made it inevitable that Argentinean would recover the Malvinas "without any British reaction." Israeli intelligence kept feeding Argentinean diplomats in London that Britain's economy was in such a perilous state that not even a brigade could be sent to the South Atlantic. And as far as America was concerned, Mossad agents in the U.S. set up an elaborate situation to dupe the Argentineans.
During numerous lavish dinners, Argentineans were verbally assured by State Department agents of Israel, posing as loyal American diplomats, that the U.S. was bound to Argentina, not only by the Monroe Doctrine but by the Rio Treaty. What would Argentina have to do for all these favors?
Simply give a larger share of power to the Jews living in Argentina, and join the other right‑wing regimes of Latin America to support Israel at the U.N. Galtieri and other junta members thought it was a small price to pay for a victory that would entrench them in power for life.
True to his word Begin managed to get newspapers to stop printing horror stories about Argentina. Leading Argentinean critics such as Jacob Timmerman and the British‑based Amnesty International suddenly and obligingly kept quiet.
They apparently got the word. The junta was exhilarated. They had regained respectability, thanks to the dispensers of respectability, the Zionist controlled press. In a special profile of junta members prepared by the Mossad Begin was informed among other things that, "Right‑wingers generally and Latin rightists particularly crave respectability; they will do absolutely anything to get it."
Unknown to Galtieri and his colleagues was Begin's tailor‑make package deals, offered to the junta's enemies, considerably at variance with the promises made to the junta. The British government was fed vital information about every aspect of the Argentinean military capabilities; several diplomatic and military codes were secretly passed on to the British by Zionist agents within the Argentinean government.
The deal was, that Margaret Thatcher could well use a little no‑risk war to regain some popularity, which was at its lowest ebb ever. There would be a lot of money to be made by the fat cats supporting the Thatcher government and she liked the idea of being the heroic maiden slaying the un‑British fascist monster.
In return for these favors Begin wanted the head of Lord Carrington, the British foreign minister who had persistently criticized Israel in order to get Arab trade for Britain. Although Begin had repeatedly been told that Carrington's criticisms were a sham to get Arab dollars, Begin feared that Carrington's attitude could be catching and should be stopped.
So Carrington was fed different intelligence than Thatcher. He was told that the Argentineans were full of Latin macho and bluff and the invasion threat was just a sideshow to distract the masses from their problems. Carrington, being well acquainted with British expertise in providing the British masses with pompous sideshows, readily accepted the Mossad‑inspired intelligence. Thatcher had agreed to sacrifice Carrington to further her own ends.
In Spain exiled Peronist leaders were contacted by Mossad operatives and were given, in somewhat cryptic terms, the glad tidings that their return to power could be near and to remember they owed one to Israel when they did. In fact the Israelis had already formed a hand picked team, which was ready to move in after the junta's demise, far removed from Peronist policies. Begin thought it did no harm to stir the pot in the troubled waters of Latin American politics for confusion's sake. The stage was prepared, and the trap was set.
On the eve of Argentina's occupation of the Malvinas; Haig, Thatcher and Begin shared one common fear: That the Argentineans would get cold feet and abandon their expedition. Begin called Haig urging him to reassure the Argentines of U.S. support or at the very least U.S. neutrality. Secretary of State Haig obliged as he always does to all Israeli demands and personally assured the junta of America's support. No sooner had the last Argentinean soldier landed in the Malvinas than Haig quickly changed his tune to Galtieri's amazed dismay.
But the die was cast. It was too late to change course and the junta nervously awaited the consequences of their action. As Begin's promises became unstuck Galtieri frantically called Begin to ask him to keep his word. Begin soothed the troubled Galtieri in the manner that medical practitioners address dying patients; with a jovial, "...you'll be OK, Leo."
A growing number of junta supporters had the uneasy feeling they had been set up. This was bad news for both Thatcher and Begin; the south Atlantic war was indispensable to both. Begin was so worried that Galtieri would be toppled before the British made it to the islands that he ordered the entire Jewish population to take to the streets of Buenos Aires and demonstrate in favor of the junta, the occupation and the war against the British. Galtieri used the demonstration to convince his skeptical colleagues that he had not been set up. "But the Jews...moved with envy, took unto them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort, and gathered a company, and set all the city on an uproar..." [54]; "And all the city was moved, and the people ran together..." [55]
When an intelligence colonel presented proof that Begin had ordered the demonstration and made the demonstrators suspect of dual loyalty and their motives highly questionable, Galtieri fired the colonel and his subordinates. To ensure the war Begin urged Haig to put on a shuttle show a la Kissinger and put on an act as honest broker and to keep it up long enough to allow the British armada to get to the scene. Haig engaged in this charade with great gusto, while simultaneously delivering sophisticated material to the British war department with data acquired by U.S. satellites and spy planes over the Malvinas.
A humiliating defeat would topple the junta and make room for a Trilateral‑oriented regime. Haig saw this scenario as quite a feather in his cap. He called his lurking mentor Kissinger for approval. The Rockefeller Secretary of State verbally patted Haig on the head. Later in the day Haig received a phone call from the boss himself. David Rockefeller complimented him for his statesmanship and hinted he would make a fine president sometime. Haig was so chocked with emotion his wife thought he was going trough another heart attack. Haig's subsequent resignation was meant to delude Latinos and Arabs that there had been a change of heart in the Rockefeller‑Reagan administration, in order to make it easier to re‑establish Rockefeller influence. By his resignation, Haig has earned the undying gratitude of the Trilateralists and Zionists. There is now doubt the world will be hearing more from Alexander Haig in the future.
If Thatcher desperately needed a Gilbert and Sullivan interlude in the South Atlantic to rescue her from the pits of unpopularity, Menachem Begin had a more pressing reason to make sure the war started on schedule. For three months he had carefully prepared for the invasion of Lebanon and the organized genocide of the Palestinian refugees he had kicked out 30 years before, from Palestine. The South Atlantic war, in conjunction with the president's absence from the White House, would provide the necessary diversion to minimize any fallout the invasion might trigger around the world.
Everything happened on schedule. Thatcher got some points in the polls, Haig got a pat on the head from Rockefeller and Begin massacred more Palestinian refugees. Begin's chosen successor, Ariel Scheinerman‑Sharon, known in the Mideast as the "fat butcher of Galilee," relished his task to slaughter the refugees and bragged at a press conference that when "they tread on our foot we chop their heads off," an inflationary version of the eye for an eye doctrine.
The Losers
The American taxpayers are the major losers in all of Begin's murderous theatrics. Their hard‑earned bucks paid for it all. America will has lost more and more influence throughout Latin America and Begin will be able to steer Latin America toward his friends in the Kremlin. Once more Syria got its Soviet‑supplied air force wiped out by superior American aircraft. Strangely, while the Kremlin's "client state," Syria, begged for arms to fight the Israelis as they invaded Lebanon, Brezhnev sat on his hands, refusing to offer any help whatsoever, even in spite of a "mutual assistance pact" signed by Syria and the U.S.S.R. the year before. This leads old‑line Kremlin‑watchers to conclude that the highly‑vaunted U.S.S.R.‑Israeli diplomatic coolness is a myth concocted by the two countries to mislead the world, and that the old conspiracy between political Zionism and Communism to conquer the World is as viable as ever.
The Soviet‑Israeli agreement includes a secret clause specifying that Arabs will always be supplied with inferior weapons, the list of which will be approved in advance by the Israelis. The agreement explains why the Arabs have never won a war against Israel. Indications are, however, that the Arabs are slowly learning. Saddam Hussein, president of Iraq, relied on Mossad intelligence when he launched his invasion of Iran.
Similarly Began assured the Iraquis of American support ("in revenge for the hostage crisis"). Hussein fell into a deadly trap. Begin's aim was to get Iraq out of commission for his planned invasion of Lebanon. To make sure, he then bombed the Iraqi nuclear plant ‑‑ with planes marked as Iranian. These facts are widely known in the Mideast and have not been lost on the emerging new generation of Arabs, far more sophisticated about Israeli practices than their predecessors.
1983: Three Israeli tanks tried to barge past U.S. Marine positions in Lebanon. White marine Captain Charles B. Johnson stopped them with only his bravery and a Colt pistol. The U.S. media dutifully reported Zionist‑supplied rumors that alcohol was smelled on Johnson's breath. Character‑enhancement of White anti‑heroes, including outright traitors: Instead of men such as Captain Johnson held up as a role model for White boys, they get faggots such as Jamie Farr ‑‑ Mash's QUEER pacifist soldier in drag. Look at the Communist Bitch, Jane Fonda, who actually sang with North Vietnamese soldiers in foxholes, but "our" Jewish media did not howl for her arrest for giving aid and comfort to the enemy. Because North Vietnam was not an enemy of Israel.
Character assassination is used in countless situations where a White has accomplished something that might elevate him to hero status. This is a modern version of "regicide," a tactic that helps destabilize a society and thereby profits the Jews who are waiting to rush in and fill the resulting leadership vacuum with their traitors, men such as Jonathan Pollard and Walker, both Jewish spies.
Convicted spy Jonathan Pollard (Jew) was an important part of this operation. His "handler" escaped back to Israel. Regarding Mossad agent Pollard's spying, Senator Danny Monyihan (D‑NY), said: "They've offered us a very handsome apology. We can straighten this out in no time."
Disarming Whites: The wife of Zionist spy Pollard (both Jews) worked as a secretary for the National Rifle Association. The Jews just naturally want its host people to be disarmed as its policies and strategies bear ever more bitter fruit. (Witness the Palestinians, with only rocks to fight the well‑armed Jewish troops).
Al Gore, who became vice-president of the United States in 1993, is chairman of the Congressional Clearinghouse on the Future and arranges for a number of members of Congress to participate in sessions of the Fourth General Assembly of the World Future Society. Gore welcomes attendees at the assembly and moderates a session including New Age networkers Barbara Marx Hubbard (she has written about needing to destroy her adversaries, "We are the riders of the pale horse, Death," referring to Revelation 6:8.
Interestingly a naked rider and, with no corn or bow therefore riding on a pale rather than white, horse is the symbol on the front of the CFR's Foreign Affairs) and Willis Harman (will be a consultant to the National Goals Research Staff of the White House) speaking on transformation, governance, and networking.
One panel discussion theme at the assembly is "Networking Toward a New Age," and among the assembly'[s speakers are New Age networkers Marilyn Ferguson (author of The Aquarian Conspiracy) and Jean Houston, along with CFR member and Worldwatch Institute president Lester Brown, CFR member Harlan Cleveland (author of The Third Try at World Order), Donella Meadows (co-author of the Club of Rome's The Limits to Growth), and Lt. Col. James Channon who heads the "First Earth Battalion." The assembly is held July 18-22, and Gore will also be a plenary speaker July 14, 1986 at the World Future Society Conference.
1983: Jack Kemp described himself as "a de facto member of AIPAC."
1983: AIPAC: The American‑Israeli Public Affairs Committee ‑‑ has 50,000 members and is by far the most powerful lobby in Washington. Thomas Dine (Jew) runs this organization which in effect reviews candidates seeking Jewish support. Dine is considered by many to be head of America's Zionist Occupational Government (ZOG). His most famous remark: "We (Jews) are like an elephant, we don't forget." He claims American Jews and their contributions defeated Charles Percy in 1984.
1983 January-February: The Humanist publishes an essay (which won a third place prize in their North American essay contest) by John Dunphy, in which he proclaims that "the battle for humankind's future must be waged and won in the public school classroom...between the rotting corpse of Christianity...and the new faith of humanism...[and] humanism will emerge triumphant."
1984: In his science fiction classic 1984, George Orwell stated: "Those who control the past, control the future. Those who control the present, control the past."; "Step by step, I have arrived at the conviction that the aims of Communism in Europe are sinister and fatal. At the Nuremberg Trials, I, together with my Russian colleague, condemned Nazi Aggression and Terror. I believe now that Hitler and the German People did not want war. But we, (England), declared war on Germany, intent on destroying it, in accordance with our principle of Balance of Power, and we were encouraged by the 'Americans'(Jews) around Roosevelt. We ignored Hitler's pleading, not to enter into war. Now we are forced to realize that Hitler was right. He offered us the co‑operation of Germany: instead, since 1945, we have been facing the immense power of the Soviet Empire. I feel ashamed and humiliated to see that the aims we accused Hitler of, are being relentless pursued now, only under a different label." [56].
The Jerusalem Post (11/22/84) revealed that (former) Prime Minister Peres and his underlings formulated the U.S. sale of weapons to Iran. It's all a "misunderstanding" according to Zionists. Peres was unhappy about the spy revelations: "Allowing NBC to televise this matter is evidence that some U.S. agencies are undertaking a private crusade against Israel. That's very severe, and is something you just don't do to a friend." [57] Yes, he actually had the "chutzpah" to say "friend!"
"Our" (???) FBI declined to include the Institute of Historical Review fire-bombing in its annual report on terrorist incidents, and has not found the vermin responsible. Compare this ho‑hum attitude to FBI actions against White patriots. Suppression: The Institute of Historical Review has proven beyond a reasonable doubt that the Jews instigated U.S. involvement in WW I, WW II, and that the so‑called "Holocaust" is for the most part a gigantic hoax. The IHR was fire bombed and ransacked on the 4th of July, 1984, culminating a terrorist campaign that included death threats, computer sabotage, demonstrations by Jews, assaults on IHR members, and gunshots at office windows. The FBI never made any arrests in this case. Free speech on campus: Jews routinely suppress anti‑Zionist events or speakers. Suggestion #8 is titled "Attempt to prevent" #10 is "Creative packaging," which suggests handing out biased and false literature.[58]
|
The finest Senate money can buy: Jews claim the Congress of the United States is "One of the occupied areas of Israel" that Ronald Reagan and Walter Mondale were Negroes |
Mid 1980's: Richard Perle was Assistant Sec. of Defense for International Security Policy in the mid‑1980's. Stephen Byren was a Deputy Assistant Secretary. He and Perle were responsible for overseeing U.S. technology transfers ‑‑ who gets it and who doesn't. At last report Byren was under investigation for espionage on Israel's behalf. Perle is accused of accepting a $150,000 fee from an Israeli armaments firm seeking U.S. Army contracts. Now former Navy Secretary Lehman is under the Pentagon contracts cloud. All are Jews. "Will the Americans pay the huge amounts of money Israel is demanding to help alleviate the economic holocaust it has brought upon itself? There is no doubt that the U.S. will pay. Why, because politically they have no choice.
Take, for example, the story of Clarence Long, a member of the U.S. Congress and the Chairman of the Foreign Relations Sub‑Committee and also of sections of the Aid Committee in the U.S. Congress. He is the 'man in charge' of paying the allocations granted to Israel. This man is well known to hundreds of thousands of Israelis who watched him on their TV screens when Ely Millikh Ram, the Israeli TV correspondent, interviewed him regarding Israel's economic problems. Like other U.S. diplomats, one expressed the view that Israel must take 'steps and measures' ‑‑ most important of which are austerity measures and the raising of interest rates. Listening to him, I came to the conclusion that the man did not know what he was saying, nor was he saying what he really felt. But the coup de grace came when, concluding his interview Long hinted, not very subtly, that Israel would get all it had asked for, as a result of the careful and very positive spirit in which the U.S. had considered its demands. This will come as a surprise to no one.
In order to comprehend fully the meaning of what he said, we have to add one very small thing to what Long did Not say in his TV interview: that he, Clarence Long, has received, this year alone, the total of $97,500 from Israel to support his election campaign, which means that the Above named (Clarence Long) is no more than a paid agent employed by Israel. Israel has not paid the amount directly to him; it has been transferred to him, in the manner of all such transactions, by the so‑called 'Political Action Committees,' which play a very important role these days in the Israeli foreign affairs system.
Where did I get my information? I have not hired spies or detectives, there was no need for that as there is, in the U.S., a law which makes it a compulsory duty for all candidates for public office to submit detailed and public statements showing all the donations they receive. Such a law does not exist in Israel. The New York Times has published a detailed press investigation on the methods used by pro‑Israeli lobbies to influence presidential elections in the U.S. The study revealed that pro‑Israeli institutions have allocated $4.25 million to be spent buying the minds and votes of Senate and Congress Members.
It is the usual practice to spend such sums according to a very precise and carefully calculated procedure, and to invest them in the most lucrative shares on the American stock exchange, so that every single dollar spent in this respect is guaranteed maximum return. The sum of $576,000 was handed to the members of the Senate foreign relations committee which backed, without any reservation, every single act by the Israeli Government. It has also been paid to new candidates, usually running against committee members who have not submitted to the instructions of the Israeli Embassy in Washington.
Other pro‑Israeli sums have been spent in 29 of the 33 Senate constituencies scheduled to have had elections this past year, as well as in 154 Congress constituencies of the total 435. The largest sum spent in this direction was paid to Paul Simon, a new figurehead who got away with $147,870 from Israel's supporters in the U.S. because he had decided to run in the elections against Charles Percy, the former chairman of the Congress Committee who has been consistently critical of the Israeli government and was courageous enough to say that the Palestinians also have their own legitimate rights. Another sum of $140,063 was paid to one Carl Levin, not because he is a good Jew, as his name indicates, but because he is a member of the Congress Military Committee. Also, conservative Senator Jesse Helms provoked Israel's wrath because he discussed the Palestine issue while he was a member of the Foreign Affairs Committee. This motivated the pro‑Israeli lobby to pay $130,350 to his rival James Hart.
On one occasion, while on a visit to the U.S. and during the outbreak of war in Lebanon, I was advised to hold a meeting with Senator Roddy Posvic to relate to him what happened and what was said during my meeting with Yasser Arafat in Beirut. Small wonder, for Senator Posvic is vice‑chairman of the Foreign Affairs Sub‑Committee on the Middle East. The senator's behavior and attitude were a surprise to me, but I have since come to know the reasons for his indifferent attitude: from the pro‑ Israeli lobby in the U.S. He had already received $95,100 to help him get re-elected.
What are the mysterious pro‑Israeli circles that buy and sell members of the Senate and Congress in the U.S.? The best‑known is 'The National Political Action Group,' known as the 'Israeli Lobby.' Side by side with this openly publicized group, there are many secret bodies active in the field under pseudonyms like 'The San Francisco People's Committee for a Better Rule,' 'The Joint Action Committee for Political Affairs,' 'Desert Conference,' and 'The Political Conference of Disciplined Citizens.'
In order to conceal the truth, none of these pro‑Israeli groups identify themselves by any names that might point to Israel, Jews or Zionists, in a clear attempt to avoid antagonizing non‑ Jews. Nor do they stir the issue of anti‑Semitism, because non-Jews may realize that a small gang of Jews is trading in the American people's votes. The aforementioned sums, small as they might appear, are not small at all considering the state of affairs in the U.S., for elections in that country cost far less than they do in Israel. A $50,000 donation to any candidate is considered substantial in the U.S., considering the far greater advantages and returns the donor hopes to receive from the influence of the fortunate candidate. For after the Israeli Lobby in the U.S. Grants a Congress member $100,000, such a member will never dream of backing a motion which contravenes the interests of the Government of Israel.
When Prime Minister Shimon Peres arrives in the U.S., he will expect, of course, to receive a warm welcome. He will meet members of the Congress and the Senate, who will urge him to take austerity measures, to reduce bank interest rates, to reduce spending and to impose new taxation. But Peres, on the other hand, can laugh up his sleeve, having already received a secret report from the Israeli embassy in Washington specifying, in great detail, the sums already paid to every one of those Congress and Senate Members who met him, to satisfy the wishes of the Israeli Government.
Israel will no doubt receive the most generous increase in aid from the U.S., in its history. In fact, the U.S. grant to Israel has already exceeded any U.S. grant ever given to any other country anywhere in the world. A simple calculation shows that every single American family pays Israel well over $40.00 annually, and that every Israeli family receives $2,500 (How would you like to receive ‑‑ a free gift of $2,500 to spend on your family) every year. This would be very natural if Israel were a superpower and the U.S. were one of its colonies. Had there been, in a far‑off planet, an intelligence agency monitoring what was going on on planet Earth, and had its researchers 'listened' to the U.S.‑Israeli transactions, they would have undoubtedly believed that the U.S. was no more than an Israeli Satellite and that the population of Israel was surely greater than that of the U.S.
A few weeks ago the 'Voice of America,' a U.S. government radio service, arranged an interview with a PLO leader. Israel protested in the strongest possible terms, which forced the U.S. Government to apologize publicly to Israel, and promising never to let such an event happen again. This has been the usual practice of occupying powers: to rebuke countries under their occupation.
In the U.S. presidential election campaign, competition between candidates is at its fiercest when trying to win Israel's approval and support. Ronald Reagan and Walter Mondale lost their breath in that competition, behaving as if they were African Colonial Chieftains of the last century, who used to compete to win the favors and sympathies of the British or French High Commissioner.
In the U.S. Congress they talk, not only of granting Israel the money it asks for, but also of exciting initiatives of goodwill as, for example, the transfer of the U.S. embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. Such steps are bound, of course, to undermine the U.S. position and prestige in all the Islamic States; but such considerations do not worry most Congress and Senate members over‑much, as their sole aim is to be re‑elected.
The paying of donations (Bribes) to U.S. Administration Officials is considered one of the most vital sections of Israeli expenditure. Once having paid these tributes to U.S. Officials, Israel is thus guaranteed, in return, huge sums of money in the form of U.S. Grants. For the $4.25 million Israel has paid to prime the U.S. Congress, Israel will receive a U.S. grant totaling $2.6 billion.
For its money, therefore, Israel will have struck the bargain of the century, receiving an interest of 60,000 per cent on its original investment! The extra grant to Israel will increase that interest even more. Had it been possible to cure the Israeli economic disease with this flood of U.S. dollars, there would have been no problem. The problem is that all this cash flow is to no avail for, according to many economic experts, such arrangements make the situation even more complicated. One thing, however, is quite clear: Israel is not the 51st state of the United States of America, as some would like to think; rather, the U.S. Congress is one of the occupied areas of Israel." [59]
1985: Jerry Falwell said: "I am a Zionist." [60]
Ex‑Senator Percy grumbled: "A U.S. Senator should have the same right as a member of the Knesset...to disagree with any government when its actions may not be in the United States' interest." [61]
For two days in 1985, the lead news story on all three national networks was the burning down of Winnie Mandela's home. By concentrating on this "story," attention was diverted from the observation of the Enemy's of America as they instigated the mega‑billion gifts to Israel, the take over of Mex‑America, the Genocide Treaty and etc. The Genocide Treaty will allow the World Court to extradite, and punish ANY American who criticizes Israel or the Jewish race.
On 12/12/85 248 American soldiers and 8 civilians died in a plane crash while on duty in the Sinai desert guarding the truce line separating Israel and Egypt. What government and whose cause did those troops die for without knowing why? Hint: The same answer apply's to the Marines who died in the Beirut barracks bombing. Malcomb X, leader of the Black Muslims: "All I had held against the Jews was that so many Jews actually were hypocrites in their claim to be friends of the American black man...At the same time I knew that Jews played these roles for a very careful strategic reason: the more prejudice in America that could be focused upon the Negro, then the more the white Gentile's prejudice would keep...off the Jew." [62] In other words, as White society is mesmerized by the theatrics of enraged Blacks, Zionists slip a few hundred thousand more Orientals and Hispanics in, slip a few billion dollars more to Israel.
Contemporary Living is published. It is a "Family Life" textbook used in schools around the U.S., and states that "if you follow the guidance of your parents, you might risk the criticism of your peers. The best approach is to try to combine family and peer influence."
1986: A Japanese educator explained why their students consistently score higher. One factor he briefly mentioned was that Japanese education was easier by not having the ethnic, linguistic, religious, and racial diversity that Americans are so proud of.
Verbal Flatulence; New York Times News Service (1986): In her article deriding claims of a ZOG in the U.S., Flora Lewis (Jew) called it "a symptom of a murderous bigot's disease." She recommended that "bigots should look to Lebanon." Apparently Flora is bigoted against looking at Israel and its treatment of the Palestinians. "Our" FBI reported 7 terrorist incidents in 1985, with 2 dead and 10 injured. Of those, Jewish extremists accounted for 4 incidents, 2 murders, and 9 injured. (7/5/86, Washington Post). Not one Jew has yet been prosecuted in connection with any of these incidents. Such bombings are samples of "Kosher Justice."
Jewish Defense Organization founder Mordechai Levy "approved (the bombing) 100%." [63] He added: "Whoever did it did a righteous act." Also: "Obviously we can't claim credit...(but) there are Jews who will administer Jewish justice." [64] Why was the victim killed? For allegations of WW II war crimes that have since been disproved (as they usually are). More Kosher Justice: Statements of New York City Jewish Defense League commander Victor Vancier to the Village Voice in April, 1986 include: "...The (Jewish) underground will strike targets that will make Americans gasp." He went on to say that a prominent Palestinian‑American professor had been marked for "liquidation." Less than a month later Temple University professor Ismail Faruqi and his wife were murdered. (Gee, our (???) FBI can't find those terrorists either).
Gun grabber Senator Howard Metzenbaum (Jew) stated: "Do not let the forces of evil take over to make this a Christian America." [65]
"Evil," huh? Speaking of evil, why is it that all (mythical) vampires shun and hate the Cross? They react much like Jews do if a Christian prayer is uttered in school.
Five men meet in London twice daily and decide the world price of gold. They represent Mocatta & Goldsmid, Sharps, Pixley Ltd., Samuel Montagu Ltd., Mase Wespac Ltd. and M. Rothschild & Sons. [66]
Fringe Politics: The American Communist Party was co‑founded by Armand Hammer's father and Gus Hall, both Jews In 1986 several Lyndon LaRouche associates were rounded up for among other things credit card fraud. They included Paul Goldstein, Jeffrey and Michelle Steinberg, Michael Gelber, and Elliot Grenspan. All were Jews.
International politics: "Our" (???) chief negotiator at the Geneva arms talks is Max Kampleman, a Jewish WW II conscientious objector with Communist links. He's in charge of negotiating away our security in return for getting Jews out of Russia (as if real Russians don't want to see them long gone anyway). A (???) recent ambassador to Russia was Arthur Hartman (Jew).
During his tenure the new embassy building was found to be laced with electronic bugs, yet HE INSISTED IT BE USED. Meanwhile Hartman let security at the old building become so sloppy that KGB agents had free run of the place at night. Clayton Lonetree's attorney is William Kunstler, a Jew. Tennessee teacher Murray Nelson (Jew) objected to a legal victory by Christian fundamentalist parents who wanted to pull their children from classes they considered offensive: His fear: "The development of Marxist thought and systems of economics would be off limits." [67]
Lawyers want U.S. taxpayers to pay for sending people into Mexico to look for Hispanic invaders that President Reagan has reawakened an American sense of nationalism, so bigotry and racism can't be far behind. Outgoing New Mexico Governor Toney Anaya declared the whole State of New Mexico a sanctuary for Central American political refugees. [68] Attorneys are outraged because some illegal aliens might have been deported without knowing they were eligible to stay here pending new immigration rules. (11/15/86)
Truman Capote, 20th Century American writer, assailed the "Jewish Mafia" monopoly over U.S. publishing, and protested their suppression of writings that did not meet with Jewish approval. [69] Five of six books reviewed were authored by Jews. Apparently 83% of all books worth reading are written by 3% of the population. [70]
A Georgia State economist said banks are telling these people: "You can't pay off the old loan, so we're not going to loan you more." [71]The show was then followed by an "educational" program on prejudice starring Bill Cosby. [72] Wayne Dick was put on two years probation for disseminating anti‑gay (Queer) information at Yale. While the University was preparing for a "gay" symposium of lectures, poetry, readings and films.
1986‑87: Smear Campaigns: Throughout 1986‑87 Kurt Waldheim was vilified by unhappy Jews and the media for alleged war crimes. Yet the following headline appeared in the Jewish Post, 11/24/86: "No Evidence On Waldheim." The 1986‑87 insider trading scandal was an almost Jew‑only affair.
1987: The 1987 British Encyclopedia says not a single word about Israel's Act of War when it attacked the U.S.S. Liberty. We have seen that Jews thoroughly control American television: "...the most powerful tool at hand to shape public opinion." [73] "Really, I think few people will miss you." [74]
Breaking with tradition in not reporting anything in opposition to the Israeli's the U.S. television networks provided day in and day out coverage on the evening news of the brutality and ruthless atrocities carried out against the Palestinians who were attempting to regain their country. The resistance known as the Intifadeh, broke out in 1987, Yitzhak Rabin was the Defense Minister. As such, he ordered the deportation of large numbers of Palestinians never to be able to return to their families, confiscated assets and ran tens of thousands of Palestinians off of their homeland, in some cases inherited from four or five generations who had owned them previously.
It was visible on U.S. television, that middle age women were routinely beaten and the men involved in the Intifadeh were to suffer broken legs and arms for their resistance. This is all directly attributable to the utterly ruthless instincts of Yitzhak Rabin.
In 1987 Senators Inouye (D‑Hi) and Kasten (R‑Wisc) introduced a bill forgiving the half‑billion dollars in interest that Israel owes the U.S. To give credit where due, it should be noted that a liberal Senator (Hatfield of Oregon) blew the whistle and temporarily scotched the bill. ZOG moves in mysterious ways and the battle is surely not over (unlike Hatfield's career), but with 76,000 American farmers wiped out in 1987 alone conditions were not ripe for the Zionists to heap more burdens on U.S. taxpayers' backs.
"Our" (???) State Department agreed to accept 26,000 refugees annually from Cuba, and 36,500 from Southeast Asia. This is demographic manipulation by fiat. How many White Americans would vote for "Open borders" in an open referendum? Then why don't we have one, and prove it once and for all? Former House Speaker Tip O'Neill (puppet) stubbornly delayed legislation that would have limited immigration reform.
Aliens in the tens of millions made use of the time and opportunities he provided them, with a cost to Whites beyond measure. One example: AIDS. The people most heavily infected with AIDS are immigrant Blacks (Haitians and Africans). Jimmy Carter's open arms to Cubans in the Mariel Boatlift brought us another treasure trove of AIDS carriers. Many of these creatures were prisoners, homosexuals (Queers), or veterans of Cuba's military escapades in Africa where AIDS was already rampant but unreported. From these immigrant communities the virus spread among dope addicts, Queers, prostitutes, then to mainstream America. Coming to your neighborhood soon.
The Communist ACLU vigorously defends the rights of infected Queers and criminals of all sorts in its efforts to bring justice (???) to this land. Commentary editor Norman Podhoretz (Jew): "The role of Jews who write in both the Jewish and (American) general press is to defend Israel."
New Republic editor‑in‑chief Martin Peretz (Jew): "Much of what you have read about the war in Lebanon, and even more of what you have seen and heard on television, is simply not true."
Is the same thing remotely possible about media reporting in general?) He also felt that anyone in the media who criticized Israel's action in the Lebanon War was betraying: "...the interests of the United States and indeed...the values of Western civilization as a whole."
ZOG's campaign against Nicaragua is explained by New Republic's associate editor Jefferson Morley: "A friend of my enemy is my enemy." [75] Zionists break any law that doesn't suit them. Amy Carter was arrested in an anti‑CIA demonstration on the U. of Massachusetts. For a key witness she wants Daniel Ellsberg (a Jew who illegally leaked classified documents). She was arrested along with her very close friend Abbie Hoffman, a Jew agitator who hid 6 years to evade drug‑dealing charges. (Jan. 1987)
U.S. Martial Law Plans Revealed. This was the heading for an article which appeared in the Santa Cruz Sentinel ‑‑ Tuesday, March 11, 1986. San Francisco (AP) ‑‑ A lawyers' group says it has received government documents outlining a plan that would allow military commanders to declare martial law in areas of the United States.
The documents, made public Monday, were provided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency in response to a Lawsuit, said the Bay Area Lawyers Alliance for Nuclear Arms Control. The suit, filed in June 1983, sought disclosure of any Government plans to declare Martial Law, Seize Property or suspend Constitutional Rights in the event of a nuclear war.
In response, FEMA had previously revealed documents mentioning a plan by the Join Chiefs of Staff for military support of civil defense, including possible imposition of Martial Law by a Senior Military Commander if local civilian authority has broken down.
The new documents, also provided by FEMA, did not expressly link the military authority to assistance of civil defense. A spokesman for FEMA in San Francisco, Verne Paule, could not be reached for immediate comment. One document, on which the word "secret" had been lined out and replaced by "unclassified," contained two pages devoted to the possible Imposition of Martial Law. "Conditions may arise necessitating the imposition of Martial Law over specific areas," the document said. It said the decision would be made by the President "in most instances," with a proclamation containing instructions on the exercise and limitations of Martial Law.
It said: "However, the decision to impose martial law may be made by the Local Commander if circumstances demand immediate action and time and available communications facilities do not permit obtaining prior approval from higher authority. Whether or not a proclamation of martial law exists, commanders must weigh every proposed action against the threat to public order and safety so that necessity may be ascertained."
The document said Federal Armed Forces ordinarily would exercise police powers that were not operating in the area; would restore and maintain order; and provide distribution, transportation, communications and relief. "In every case, control will be returned to civil authorities upon receipt of notification from a recognized civilian authority, at an authorized level, that civil authorities are prepared to exercise control," the document said. It also said that even without a declaration of martial law, the military may be authorized to perform law enforcement functions "that are necessary to prevent loss of life and the wanton destruction of property." End of article.
It Is Important to Remember: When the United States transfers its Armed Forces to the Communist‑dominated Security Council of the United Nations, a military system will operate what is left of the Former "United States." That system will need to be triggered off by an Excuse. A civil disturbance is the main excuse for military government to be imposed. But once it become activated, it has historically been a permanent military government contrary to claims being made that the military will return control to public elected officials. Such has "Never" happened in the past, and there is no reason to believe it would happen in the future. Because once evil men come into power, they will not relinquish it except by force of arms. The present day reports from the former Communist Countries notwithstanding.
As the treaties for total and complete disarmament proceed, and the confiscation of all civilian‑owned firearms is called for (Either in stages, or all‑out at once), if civil disturbance and unrest ensues, military government will be installed as a permanent way of life. One of the reasons for arresting citizens at the present time is if those citizens state that they are "protecting the legitimate government of the U.S." That should tell you what Washington and FEMA really think! You think I do not tell you the truth, then check out the training sessions of the "California Specialized Training Institute" which teaches the "Civilian Emergency Management Course." This course is for Martial Law, and is, today March, 1986 being conducted in San Luis Obispo, California. But as for queer whites: "In order to treat Jodie as a gay (Queer) character, his portrayal must at all times be handled without 'limp‑wristed' actions or other negative stereotyping." [76]Why such concern for a Queer's image? Homosexual men do not reproduce ‑‑ they must recruit. Recruit from whom? Children ages 2 to 5 spend an equivalent of 40 school days a year watching TV adds. Also, children do not discriminate between advertising and shows.[77] "As the twig is bent, so grows the tree."
Israel instituted a policy of breaking bones of Palestinian patriots. Said Defense Minister Yitzhak Rabin: "The use of force, including beatings, undoubtedly has brought about the impact we wanted ‑‑ strengthening the (occupied) population's fear of the Israeli Defense Forces."
Court‑ordered censorship: Zionist puppet Theodore Sorensen threatened court action to force ABC to drop the mini‑ series Amerika.[78] Character assassination of potential White heroes: A 1987 "docudrama" smeared the memory of Henry Ford (an anti‑Zionist). J. Edgar Hoover met the same fate because of his strong anti‑communist career and exposure of Martin Luther King's communist links.
Bernadine Chrnstein Dohrn (Jew) was once a leader of the violently‑ revolutionary Weather Underground. She went into hiding in 1969, surfaced in 1980, fined $1,500 and granted probation. In 1982 she refused to reveal what she knew of a Brinks robbery in which 3 White men were killed. She was given just 7 months in jail. Compare this slap on the wrist to the 150 years plus sentences meted out to White Patriots.
Newscaster Tom Brokaw's reply to Jewish concerns about whose side the American media was on: "You have nothing to worry about." [79]
A Gallup Poll revealed 8% of U.S. Whites supported sanctions despite an intense, unrelenting media propaganda campaign for the destruction of White South Africa. For instance Oliver Tambo of the terrorist (ANC) refers to bombings against "soft targets" (civilians) as armed propaganda. For his efforts, he was named "Person of the Week" on ABC News. Peter Jennings gushed: "Oliver Tambo is the brightest symbol of resistance to White domination." (1/30/87).
Gestapo tactics: In referring to what Israel felt was unkind media coverage of its war in Lebanon, a spokesman for the Israeli embassy wailed: "If we'd like to launch a war against the Washington Post, we'll pick the time and place." Also regarding alleged threats of reprisal against the Post for revealing a "rating" system Israel uses to evaluate American newspapers: "The whole story is off the record, including our conversations. If I know you are going to quote me, we will take measures against you." [80]
Our (???) government remained silent about this trampling on American press freedoms by a foreign government. Therefore, a logical question is: If Zionists control the American media, why does Israel get so unhappy with it at times? Answer: "We Jews are an unusual people. We fight over anything."
So says Philip Klutznick, past president of B'nai B'rith as quoted in They Dare to Speak Out, p. 276. They also want to stifle even mild criticism early‑on because "a stitch in time saves nine." Otherwise ZOG's (alleged) web of conspiracies can unravel, as in the Pollard spy case; or ZOG's true nature may be exposed, such as breaking the bones of (Palestinian) patriots, then burying them alive.
Israel's interest payments on loans made to them, at taxpayer expense, were "FORGIVEN" by at least $200,000,000. While at the same time 76,000 American farmers were removed from their homes because they were unable to pay their loans. 60% of new American jobs in the past decade pay less than $7,000/year. Real average weekly earnings of factory workers has dropped 10% since 1979. (Reported 1/29/87).
Distorting the picture: From 1/1/87 to 10/11/87, 9% of the victims in AIDS stories on nightly TV news programs were identified homosexuals, whereas they actually constitute 73%. 9% of those seen were black or Hispanic, vs. an actual 39%. [81]
"Pre‑emptive Journalism" To counter "Amerika" (a mildly anti‑Soviet mini‑series), Ted Turner authorized programs on WTBS favorable to the Soviet image. No images of Afghan child‑victims of Russian toy bombs were shown. [82] Several business, including Mabelline, threatened to boycott Ted Turner's CNN if it continued running an ad about former Representative Paul Findley's book "They Dare to Speak Out." In it Findley said Israel: "...is able to stifle free speech, control our Congress, and even dictate our foreign policy."
Jews demanded and got free equal time because Findley's ad was allegedly a political message. This is not only a sample of Media control, but also Economic control ‑‑ in this particular case control of advertising revenues which is the media's lifeblood. Dr. Norman Cousins (Jew) is a medical professor at UCLA, and editor of the Saturday Review. Cousins' fondest hope for the future is a global government, because nations have no place in a modern world. [83] Jews want to be considered Caucasian in every respect, or they wail even louder than usual. They also want and now get protection under civil rights laws originally passed to protect non‑Caucasians. [84]
A Significant Pattern of Timing
On November 2, 1987, there took place a remarkable coincidence of timing in the reform of affairs of both Russia and China. If the intelligence reports, by Peter Wright, are correct, it was 25 years TO THE DAY from November 2, 1962, when the Soviet leaders and Mao went into secret conference and prepared a plan to deceive the West.
In China, the 13th Party Congress was brought to a climax when the elderly revolutionaries who fought their way to power four decades ago retired. The fading of these men has coincided with the advance of modern communications and the penetration of Western economic wealth to bring China to the threshold of a new age. But an important question remains ‑‑ the transferring of power in the future. Deng Xiapoing is exclusively the architect and pioneer of China's present reforms.
When he goes as the de facto leader of China, will his successors carry on the reforms? Will they build on them and prepare for their own succession in time? Deng himself has exercised ruthless power brokerage to achieve these reforms and in the past, has turned the blind eye, when it suited him, to the persecution of intellectuals and dissidents. Constitutional stability, like that of the great Christian Israel Nations, is not going to be achieved for a very long while, if ever. Perhaps the 13th Party Congress should be a signal to warn the West rather than to make it relax its defenses.
In Russia, on the same day of November 2, 1987, Mr. Mikhail Gorbachev railed on Kremlin extremists in a keynote speech to launch the 70th anniversary of the Bolshevik Revolution. On the surface of things he appeared to be facing his most serious political crisis to date in achieving reforms of the Soviet system. The important thing to remember is something similar happened in Russia during the first half of the 1920's under Lenin, and then under Khruschev in the second half of the 1950's.
Both lasted only a few years. But it was time enough to deceive the Western Nations and give the Russian's and Chinese time to consolidate their holding with chains of steel. Mr. Gorbachev's marathon 3‑hour speech that day to 6,000 delegates in the Kremilin was also marked by his announcement that a committee is to be set up to look into what the attitude of the Soviet Union should be towards Stalin. As was said the following day by The Times, London: "What kind of Soviet Union is it in which committees are still required to determine the merits and demerits of one of the great mass‑murderers of history? Perhaps a Soviet Union with whose present leader the West should deal very cautiously."
The period November 2nd‑7th, 1987, with reform taking place in Russia and China, 70 years from the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917 ‑‑ a perfected period of warning! With the Soviet withdrawal from Afghanistan and the beginning of the Vietnamese withdrawal from Cambodia, there remains only the reduction of Soviet forces on the Sino‑Soviet border, to provide a new and real potential for the Treaty of Alliance between the two Asian giants and the global balance of power. Which will give them the potential for the invasion of the Christian Israel Nations of the west. Most of all the United States of America, in fulfillment of Ezekiel Chap. 38 and 39.
Whether or not the Sino‑Soviet split was real or false, we should be in no doubt that satanic forces in this world will always converge to destroy the servant people in their task of bringing the light of Christian civilization to all nations. This is confirmed by the Psalmist when he issued a warning to the nation‑state and Kingdom of His creation, The United States of America: "For, lo, thine enemies make a tumult: and they that hate thee have lifted up the head. They have taken crafty counsel against thy people, and consulted against thy hidden ones. They have said, Come, and let us cut them off from being a nation: that the name of Israel may be no more in remembrance. For they have consulted together with one consent: they are confederate against thee." [85]
North made plans to call martial law! The following news article published in the News Sentinel of Fort Wayne, Indiana on July 5, 1987, explains. By Alfonso Chardy, Of Our Washington Bureau
Washington: Lt. Col. Oliver North helped draft a plan in 1984 to impose martial law in the United States in event of an emergency, inspiring a sharp protest by then ‑‑ Attorney General William French Smith, according to government officials. The secret plan called for suspension of the Constitution, turning control of the government over to the little-known Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), appointment of military commanders to run state and local governments and the declaration of martial law in the event of such a crisis as nuclear war, violent and widespread internal dissent or national opposition to a U.S. military invasion abroad. Investigators now believe that from 1983 to 1986 North's office in the old executive office building adjacent to the White House, was the heart of an informal secret structure involved in far more than the sale of arms to Iran and the funding of the undercover war in Nicaragua.
North's influence within the secret structure was so great, the sources said, that he was able to have the orbits of sophisticated surveillance satellites altered to follow Soviet ships around the world, call for the launching of high‑flying spy aircraft on secret missions over Cuba and Nicaragua and become involved in sensitive domestic activities. Some of Reagan's closest friends and advisers, including former national security adviser William Clark, the late CIA director William Casey and attorney general Edwin Meese, were part of that informal secret structure, according to several congressional investigators and government officials who released the information on the condition they remain anonymous.
North's involvement in a proposal to radically alter American government by executive order in a time of crisis is evidence that he was involved in a wide range of secret activities, foreign and domestic, for beyond the Iran-Contra affair, according to the officials. Arthur Liman, the chief counsel of the Senate Iran‑ Contra committee, has declared in an unreleased memo that North was at the center of what amounted to a "secret government-within-a-government."
North, a staff member of President Reagan's national security council until his dismissal last November, begins long awaited testimony Tuesday before the Senate and House Iran‑Contra committees. Liman wrote prior to the current hearings that he expected to show that "a policy decision was made at the highest levels" to transfer U.S. support of the Nicaraguan Contra rebels to the NSC, where North operated. Thus, Liman wrote, "...we favor examining how that decision was implemented...this is the part of the story that reveals the whole secret government-within-a-government, operated from the executive office building by a lieutenant colonel, with its own army, air force, diplomatic agents, intelligence operatives and appropriations capacity."
North helped draft the plan to impose martial law while serving as the NSC's Liaison to FEMA, an executive agency with responsibility for the government's management of national crises. Alarmed at the plan, Attorney General Smith dispatched a letter to William McFarlane, North's NSC boss at the time. The August 2, 1984, letter expressed fear that FEMA was establishing itself as an "emergency czar." "I believe that the role assigned to FEMA in the revised executive order exceeds its proper function as a coordinating agency for emergency preparedness," Smith wrote. "This department and others have repeatedly raised serious policy and legal objections to the creation of an 'emergency Czar' role for FEMA."
The contingency plan was being written as part of an executive order or legislative package that Reagan would sign and hold within the NSC until such time as a sever crisis arose, an administration official said. It is not known whether Reagan signed the plan. Officials consulted for this article; members of the CIA, State Department and Pentagon, said they do not have a full record yet of the Secret Government. The White House has rejected Liman's notion of a secret government.
1987 Fall: Free Enquiry, published by the Council for Democratic and Secular Humanism, prints an article by Kathy Collins (legal consultant to the Iowa Department of Education), in which she criticizes "the Christian fundamentalists who want the freedom to indoctrinate their children with religious education" and "any law that would allow Christians to teach their children without oversight or interference from the state." She states that "allowing parents to teach children at home is no less than a giant genuflection backward...While the Religious Right carries the Christian flay into battle, the state must steadfastly hold high the banner of the child."
1988: Executive Order 12628; United Nations Industrial Development Organization March 8, 1988. This completed the work began in 1981 and known as the Treaty No. 97‑19. With the signature of then President Ronald Reagan it became "in force" and was recognized as in effect on an international basis with the United Nations.
Executive Order 12628: United Nations Industrial Organization Development March 8, 1988: By virtue of the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, including Section 1 of the International Organizations Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288), and in order to facilitate United States participation in the United Nations Industrial Development Organization, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. The United Nations Industrial Development Organization, whose constitution was ratified by the United States on August 2, 1983, and entered into force on June 21, 1985, is hereby designated as a public international organization entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptings, and immunities conferred by the international organizations immunities act. This designation is not intended to abridge in any respect the privileges, exemptions, or immunities that such organization has acquired or may acquire by international agreements of by Act of Congress...[86]
Liberty! What Is It?
"I pledge allegiance to the flag of the United States of America, and to the republic for which it stands, one nation Under God, indivisible, with Liberty and justice for all."
There are many forms of liberty. Liberty of conscience, civil liberty, moral liberty, national liberty, personal liberty, political liberty, religious liberty, and natural liberty are some of the main forms of liberty. But without God there can be no liberty: "Now the Lord is that Spirit: and where the spirit of the Lord is, there is Liberty." [87]
Liberty means that you are in control of your own life and your goals. While rights are most important, they can not be enforced without liberty. Freedom is a condition but it can not be realized without liberty. Liberty is a form of force which is linked to justice and self‑preservation, whether of an individual or a country. It is control. It is with the use of liberty that an individual or a country can interpose and arrest an abuse directed against it. It is freedom from power to control your own direction, or choose and make decisions. It is freedom from despotic government or other rule. It is independence.
It is freedom from external control or interference from external forces. It is freedom from restraint. Liberty is legitimate resistance. Put another way, Liberty is a limitation on power. In political liberty, wherever a limitation for the restraint of government is removed, there liberty is lost! Liberty limits the power people can exercise over you while at the same time it limits the power you can exercise over others.
Since the turn of the century, more and more liberty has been lost through slow and gradual usurpations by government. Our Bill of Rights and the Constitution of which it is a part are examples of Liberty because they are repeatedly full of restraints upon power. Liberty is a birthright. "Those who would give up essential liberty to purchase a little temporary safety deserve neither liberty nor safety." [88]; "The Founders of the Republic breathed into the Constitution a living principle whose soul is vibrant with the largest measure of human liberty consistent with orderly government, but it is a Government of Liberty, not of license." [89]; "The God who gave us life gave us Liberty at the same time." [90]; "Can the liberties of a nation be thought secure when we have removed their only firm basis...a conviction in the minds of the people that these Liberties are...The Gift of God...that they are not to be violated but with his wrath?" [91]; "(Liberty) It is something never established for the future, but something which Each Age must provide for itself." [92]; "Liberty cannot be preserved without a general knowledge among the people." [93]; "God grants liberty only to those who live it and are always willing to defend it." [94]; "It is the common fate of the indolent to see their rights become Prey to the active. The condition upon which God hath given liberty to man is eternal vigilance, which condition, if he break, Servitude is at once the consequence of his crime and the punishment of his guilt." [95]; "A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed."
The absolute right the second amendment in the U.S. Constitution is an absolute right. In a general sense, the Second Amendment does these things: It states a natural right. It states the Common Law. In so stating, it certifies the right to keep and bear arms and shelters it within an irrevocable repository. The Second Amendment does NOT give us the right to and bear arms, but it confirms that it is an absolute and natural right. It is a God Given right that governments have tried to suppress and deny but a right which they can never erase. It is written in the construction of an absolute right. It insures the people's right to a Militia.
Call it "necessary." It requires that the people always be prepared to defend the security of their free state. It ties the relationship of a Militia to being that of the "whole people!" It is a declaration to require adherence to the common law for the benefit of individual and collective preservation. It acts as a prohibition, a restraint, and a barricade which has been erected against the abuses and the tyranny of government. It is the only amendment which contains sustaining force. It is the culmination of the most supreme of all remedies ever conceived to cure the tyranny of governments. It is unaffected by the domineering power of treaties. Is beyond that jurisdiction. Admittedly, it is the keystone right that backstops all the other nine amendments, which, with a view to their existence, depend heavily upon the second amendment to support them. You could not divest yourself of this right, even if you so chose to do so. It is the palladium of your liberty.
There is no repository that can more closely guard; There is no repository that can more permanently secure; There is no repository that can more accurately define; There is no repository that can more thoroughly resolve the rights of gun owners than the second amendment in the Bill of Rights with its historical aggregates. Reaffirmation of the Second Amendment has become a duty, and a challenge we must meet. But, powerful as it is, it depends upon your willingness to sustain it from usurpation and desecration. You, see, IT gets it charge from you!
Our elected leaders in Washington, in Industry, in Labor, in Transportation and in the Church yearn for the curtailment of America's national defense systems! While a majority of Congress is keenly aware of the defense required for national security, they are stymied because of the pressure groups and commitments made for support, in their efforts to be elected and to remain in office once the elections are over.
There is the other body of influential people, namely the Senate, who is eager to toss national security out of the window in order to appease the Jews and the Communists. If their campaign is successful, the United States and the few allies left to it, will be stripped naked and completely exposed to Communist aggression in the very near future. Even now they are planning a war to further weaken us.
President Carter, the liberals and the ultra‑liberals spent hundreds of thousands of your tax dollars to push for ratification of Salt II. Which, along with Salt I and the other Agreements and Treaties the United States have made with the Communists: which are, "Agreements with Hell and a Covenant with Death." Therefore, there is but one conclusion one can reach: As long as the American People stand by and do nothing about the sellout of our great country, our liberal leaders will continue to make these "Agreements with Hell and Covenants with Death" until we have lost our nation and Freedoms.
USSR/USA Merger Process
Started Under Truman Administration!
It sounded preposterous back in 1953 when militant patriotism was still in style. Nobody believed the White House was planning any kind of gradual surrender to the Soviet Union. Still, when the president of the Ford foundation spilled the beans to a congressional committeeman, it did sound believable ‑‑ barely. Rowan Gaither, then 44, admitted to Norman Dodd, chief counsel of the Congressional Reese Commission investigation of subversion in tax free foundations: "I have news for you. Most of us at the executive level here were, at one time or another, active in either the O.S.S., the State Department or the European Economic Administration. During those times, and without exception, we operated under directives issued by the White House, the substance of which were to the effect that we should make every effort to so alter life in the United States as to make possible a comfortable merger with the Soviet Union. We are continuing to be guided by just such directives."
Most Americans old enough to remember the report have long since shrugged it off because the press has not relayed any more such news since then. In light of today's revelations, however, Gaither's words sound prophetic. After 35 years, the muzzle is still on the press, and the "comfortable merger" is at hand. A new center of power, christened the "Washcow Axis," now runs between Washington and Moscow. [96] Pat Robertson is "unabashed pro‑Israeli," [97]
The New Sino-Soviet Detente
Gerald Segal, a research fellow at the Royal Institute of International Affairs, in an article which appeared in The Times, London on December 1, 1988, states that the process of intercommunist detente that has been building over the past five years has been seriously underestimated in the West. He claims, that while relations are not returning to the close alliance of the 1950's there is a new agenda. Segal continues: "Both Mr. Deng Xiaoping (China's senior leader) and Mr. Mikhail Gorbachev see their detente in part as providing a breathing space by reducing the need for military spending.
Neither side now speaks openly about the other as a real threat and both claim there is no tension along their lengthy frontier. Over the past six years both sides have reduced the number of troops along the frontier by more than a quarter. The great fear of Western military planners, that Soviet troops would be transferred from east to west to challenge our own interests, have proved unfounded. It is already clear that Sino‑Soviet detente may shake the regional balance of power in Asia and may have repercussions in Europe.
It was Sino‑Soviet detente that made possible the successful Chinese naval operations in the Spratly Islands of the South China Sea in March (1988). China's seizure of strategic islands and waterways from Vietnam was not only a challenge to members of the Association of South‑East Asian Nations, but may also have scared Japan. The Japanese economy can be shut down in a matter of weeks if its fuel and food supplies, many of which pass through the South China Sea, are cut.
Japan's new, longer‑reach navy already stretches to the South China Sea. The increased hostilities in the region will encourage those in Japan urging the lifting of restrictions on Japanese military spending. Japan now has the world's third largest military budget and, as its economy grows faster than that of any other great power, its military potential is bound to increase.
The problems, on top of the worsening Japanese‑American trade rows, have been pushing Japan towards redefining its international role. Will Sino‑Soviet detente encourage it to seek increased co‑operation with both its powerful Asian neighbors?
The complex balancing act between these three powers has been the primary concern of Japanese defense planners for over a century. The inevitable worry in the West is that Japan may some day slip its already uncertain moorings as an ally and thus help tip the global balance of power."
Censorship: In 1988 our (???) government moved to shut the PLO information center in New York ‑‑ but let's quit persecuting Israel. Referring to television's coverage of the 1968 Communist Tet Offensive, Linda Ellerby said on ABC's Our World (2/4/87): "The young were seeing history being made before it was censored by their elders." (She actually said that with a straight face.)
As always the Pulitzer Prize‑winning photograph of Hue's police chief shooting a captured Viet Cong was, featured. Ellerby didn't mention that the Communists had just butchered the entire family of that police chief's brother. In 1988 a panel of historians composed of one socialist and five Jews found Waldheim guilty ONLY OF KNOWING ABOUT "war crimes." Meanwhile, "our" media steadfastly declines to hound Israeli leaders for war crimes against the Palestinians.
David Lamb, reporter for the L.A. Times: "If there is anything in the paper that smacks of criticism of Israel, my editor's phone starts ringing off the hook in the morning." Hype: Jews constitute about 3% of America's population. Compare that percentage to the time and space reserved in "our" media for subjects hyping Jewish achievements, wailing, personalities, more wailing, demands, still more wailing, the Holocaust, etc.
In 1988 Senator Inouye authorized U.S. tax dollars to educate North African Jews as a favor for his pal, Zev Wolfson. Arizona Governor Ed Meachum got into trouble because of his pal Barry Wolfson; Ed Meese because of his pal Robert Wallach. All three pals were Jews. Jewish influence at the congressional staff level: Nathan Voloshen and Martin Sweig were assistants to former Speaker John McCormick. They were also accused of influence peddling. Jewish influence with presidential candidates: 11 out of Hubert Humphrey's top 11 campaign contributors were Jews.
1988: February: In Phylis Schlafly's Education Reporter, CFR member and president of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching Earnest Boyer, is referred to as saying that schools should no longer be seen as academic centers but should be turned into "social service centers," that school-based health clinics should be combined with day-care facilities, and that schools should assume the responsibility for feeding students all three meals a day since they would be in school from 7:00 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. Bill Clinton is inducted into the DeMolay International Hall of Fame. He had readily participated in the DeMolays in high school (as had Rhodes scholar Sen. Bill Bradley, and CBS news anchor and CFR member Dan Rahter).
DeMolay is a Masonic youth organization engaged in leadership training, and according to Masonic publication, "more than three million young me have knelt at the altars of DeMolay around the world" since its founding in 1919. It was named for Jacques DeMolay, Grand Master of the Knights Templar, which was a powerful military and religious organization established around nine hundred years ago, and which was accused of plotting to control the existing civilized Western World.
1989: The following story appeared in the April 17, 1989 newspaper Spotlight issue, page 12‑13:
Israeli Prime Minister
Offered Services to Adolf Hitler
"Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Shamir offered to put himself and a terrorist gang under his leadership at the service of Germany's National Socialist government during World War II. I have found confirmation of the long rumored links between Shamir and Nazi Germany in suppressed documents unearthed in wartime German archives. They reveal that the Israeli leader professed enthusiasm for Hitler's policies and volunteered to support them in the Middle East with terrorist and espionage operations against the Allied powers, the United States and Britain. I have recently decided to reveal what I have discovered about this unexpected historic episode while working as a journalist and historian in Israel during the 1960's and '70's. I fear that Shamir is setting up the west for another unexpected historic alliance: a new 'relationship' between the USSR and Israel. The wartime documents I have unearthed will help us understand The coming Israeli turn around. They reveal that Shamir and his inner circle of veteran terrorists have always despised America's democratic system and its values, despite their claims of being an 'ally' of the United States. At heart, Shamir and his friends have always been totalitarians, committed to violence, deceit and military expansion. They were drawn in the 1930's to Benito Mussolini and his Fascist regime in Italy.
A number of Irgun and (subsequently) Lehi gunmen received their first training in Italy before World War II. They repaid Mussolini by participating in terrorist strikes against the opponents of Fascism.
Offer Documented
After the outbreak of World War II, Shamir and his men offered their services to the German high command. The documents detailing these contacts were seized by British troops and shipped to London, along with tons of other German archives, in 1945. In 1955, Moshe Sharett, then Israel's Prime Minister, received permission from the British Government to inspect the captured records and to copy some of them. An Israeli researcher was dispatched to London. When he returned, months later, he brought back a dozen crates of files he had duplicated in England. Soon afterward, I became one of the researchers granted permission to review these records. I was stunned and excited to discover among them documents describing Shamir's wartime affinity for Fascism and national Socialism. But my excitement was short‑lived. Shamir was chief of operations of the Mossad, the Israeli secret service, at that time ‑ a powerful, shadowy figure. He was soon tipped off that the German documents copied in London contained embarrassing details of his past activities. Accompanied by Mossad agents carrying submachine guns, he marched into the archives where I was studying the wartime records, and seized every file containing a reference to him. These papers were never seen again in Israel. But I did get a second look at them. After 1982, I decided to leave Israel in protest against the inhuman atrocities committed by Israeli troops in Lebanon. In exile, I tracked down the originals of these revealing papers and managed to obtain my own copies of key documents. They show that in 1941, acting as head of what he called the underground Jewish National Military Organization (NMO), Shamir sent the German government a secret memorandum. It declared that: 'Shamir and the NMO shared Nazi Germany's interests and supported its policy of establishing in Europe a 'New Order' under German guidance. Shamir's militants were ready to do their part to help Hitler win the war by launching an underground campaign of terrorism and sabotage against Britain and her wartime allies ‑‑ i.e., the United States. In return, Shamir asked that Germany consider 'solving her Jewish problem' by expelling European Jews to Palestine and placing them under the control of Shamir's NMO.'
As an accompanying wartime German document reproduced here indicates, Shamir's secret memorandum was hand delivered by his emissary, Nathan Yelin‑Mor, to the German Embassy in Ankara. It was routed to the naval attaché, Cmdr. Hantik, who sent it on to Berlin with an official routing slip. The German government had doubts about allying itself with a gang of Jewish terrorists in the Middle East. Shamir did his best to convince Hitler of his sincerity: He launched an underground war of murder and bombings against British and Allied soldiers and installations wherever he could reach them (Do you see now what the Jews really think of America and its people????) But Germany still proved reluctant. Shamir's designs for a Greater Israel built on terrorism, military force and deception had to wait another decade, until they finally got under way with the support of another major power: the United States." [98]
Jewish Economic Control
"Jewish storekeepers have already learned the advantage to be gained from this (unlimited credit); they lead on the farmer into irretrievable indebtedness, and keep him ever after as their bondslave hopelessly grinding in the mill." [99]
President John F. Kennedy, shortly before his untimely death, introduced United States Notes, in the amount of $5‑Billion Dollars, which were, as with Lincoln's "Greenbacks," non‑interest bearing. Again as history records, Lincoln was, assassinated in Dallas, Texas.
The first act of President Lyndon Johnson following Kennedy's assassination was to roll back the law regarding "United States Notes." While the United States Notes are not "lawful money of the United States," at least they did not feed the International Jewish Bankers. Prince Otto von Bismarck: "The division of the United States into two federations of equal force was decided long before the Civil War by the High Financial Power of Europe. These (Jewish) bankers were afraid that the United States, if they remained in one block and as one nation, would obtain economical and financial independence, which would upset their financial domination over the world...Therefore they started their emissaries in order to exploit the question of slavery and thus dig an abyss between the two parts of the Republic." [100]
Thomas Jefferson said: "If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their money, first by inflation and then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around them will deprive the people of their property until their children will wake up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered."
Obviously he was far sighted, although we do hear a lot about homeless people these days, and a 1987 Archer Daniels Midland advertisement did state that 76,000 farmers would go bankrupt that year. Hundreds of thousands more were in risky financial shape. Farmers get loans in the form of Federal Reserve "notes." To be negotiable, a "note" must promise to pay something. Federal Reserve "notes" promise to pay absolutely nothing, yet to secure loans these "notes" farmers must offer collateral in the form of real things like land and crops.
Who says you can't get something for nothing? The FHA made $5.4‑million available in loans to drought‑stricken farmers, but they had to show evidence that they could repay. Said one official: "I hope it is not the case that we cannot help the farmers because they are unable to qualify for these loans (because of high debt loans already)..." [101]
While this was happening to the American Farmer: The United States Government Sent over $5 Billion to the State of Israel in the form of grants; which do not have to be paid back. American farmers are being systematically destroyed, Israel continues to get billions in grants and forgiven loans every year from American taxpayers ‑‑ including farmers! Israel is allowed to repay unforgiven U.S. loans over 30 years, while other countries must repay in 12. Also, Israel pays only interest for the first ten years, expecting that in time the principal will be forgiven, and/or ZOG‑engineered U.S. inflation will ease the strain of repayments. This transfer process is eerily similar to bloodsuckers and other parasites draining their victim's blood. Think about it, what does it take to convince the American people, as is clearly shown by the above, almost everything our leaders have done since President Taft, has promoted Communism. Look a consolidation of the facts: Washington:
A). Through Lend Lease saved Russia during World War II at the expense of thousands of American service men's lives.
B). Deserted and disarmed Chain Kai‑Shek, thus enabling Communist forces to take over China.
C). Prevented General Douglas MacArthur from winning the war against a Communist enemy in Korea.
D). Denied United States forces a victory against a Communist enemy in Vietnam.
E). Broke its word to the Taiwanese and has virtually deserted 17 million anti‑Communist Chinese to the Communist gangsters on the mainland of China.
F). Ignoring the Monroe Doctrine, surrendered Cuba to the Communist and under the control of a foreign government: Russia.
G). Gave up the Panama Canal to the Communist terrorists and paid a Marxist (Jew) Dictator to take it.
H). Boycotted Rhodesia and would settle for nothing less than to have a known Communist as the President.
I). Permitted Communists to gain control of the Horn of Africa and over strategic places that control the shipping lanes, from the Mideast oil fields, to Europe, Japan and the United States.
J). Aided and abetted the fall of the Shah of Iran, which has placed major oil supplies in danger of a Soviet takeover, and raised the threat of another "no win war" in the Middle‑East.
K). Aided and abetted the fall of Nicaragua to Communist (Marxist) terrorists.
L). Through the Central Intelligence Agency have all but given El Salvador to the Communists.
M). Is not setting the stage for the overthrow of South Africa into Communist hands, with the help of the Jew‑owned News Media.
N). Attacked Libya under the excuse of stopping terrorism around the world. But in reality is just a scheme dreamed up by Jewish Zionists to get America into the Middle‑East conflict militarily.
All of this would have been impossible if the people of America had not forsaken the Lord our God and our Redeemer and Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ, who died on the Cross, shed His Blood for the Remission of our Sins, was buried and then was Raised Again on the Third Day, and now sits at the Right Hand of the Lord God Almighty. Americans be not deceived any longer by your so‑called "Ministers" the Prophets of Baal; For the truth is, the Jews are the Children of Satan as related in the Scriptures!
Thomas Jefferson on Treaties
"Treaties, Power to Make, Limited. ‑‑ By the general power to make treaties, the Constitution must have intended to comprehend only those objects which are usually regulated by treaty and cannot be otherwise regulated...It must have meant to except out of these the rights reserved to the states, for surely the President and Senate cannot do by treaty what the whole government is interdicted from doing in any way." [102]; "Our peculiar security is in the possession of a written Constitution. Let us not make it a blank paper by construction. I say the same as to the opinion of those who consider the grant of the treaty-making power as boundless. If it is, then we have no Constitution. If it has bounds, they can be no others than the definitions of the powers which that instrument gives." [103]; "I have sworn upon the altar of God Eternal hostility against every form of tyranny over the mind of man."; "The government of the United States...is one of limited powers. It can exercise authority over no subjects except those that have been delegated to it. Congress cannot, by legislation, enlarge the federal jurisdiction, nor can it be enlarged under the treaty‑making power." [104]
16th Jurisprudence
According to Section 256 of Volume Sixteen of American Jurisprudence, Second: "The general rule is that an unconstitutional statute...though have the form and name of law, is in reality no law, but is wholly void, and ineffective for any purpose...An unconstitutional law, in legal contemplation, is as inoperative as if it had never been passed...Since an unconstitutional law is void, the general principles follow that it imposes no duties, confers no rights, creates no offices bestows no power or authority on anyone, affords no protection, and justifies no acts performed under it...No one is bound to obey an unconstitutional law and no courts are bound to enforce it."; "The usefulness and permanency of this Government and the happiness of the millions over whom it spreads its protection will be best promoted by carefully abstaining from the exercise of all power not clearly granted by the Constitution." [105]; "I am determined to uphold the Constitution...to the utmost of my ability and in defiance of all personal consequences. What may happen to an individual is of little importance, but the Constitution of the country or any of its great and clear principles and provisions, is too sacred to be surrendered under any circumstances whatever by those who are charged with its protection and defense." [106]
Patriotism and Presidents: "Patriotism means to stand by the country. It does not mean to stand by the President or any other public official save exactly as he stands by the country. It is patriotic to support him in so far as he efficiently serves the country. It is unpatriotic not to oppose him to the exact extent that by inefficiency or otherwise he fails in his duty to stand by the country. In either event, it is unpatriotic not to tell the truth ‑‑ whether about the President or anyone else save in the rare cases where this would make known to the enemy information of military value which would otherwise be unknown to him." [107]
Rregan portraits generally agree. The following article, in part, appeared in The Hanford Sentinel, May 20, 1988. "Washington (AP) More than a dozen men and women who know Ronald Reagan or have served him in the White House have written books, and they largely agree on a portrayal of an affable yet hesitant chief executive manipulated by a protective wife and an image‑conscious staff...Reagan is a benign president who had to be manipulated for his own good: Haig, in 'Caveat: Realism, Reagan and Foreign Policy' describes the president as a sort of shadowy figure. 'Because of his (Reagan's) habitual courtesy, it is at times difficult to know when he is agreeing or disagreeing, approving or disapproving,' Haig wrote, describing the president as 'a listener, absorbing the views of his advisers' who 'gave little indication of his own position."
Stockman portrays Reagan as a well‑meaning, yet simple man. Reagan "did not appreciate the vast web of confusion and self‑ delusion I was creating" in 1981 when he concocted the tax and budget cuts to be pushed through Congress, Stockamn wrote in "The Triumph of Politics." Donald T. Regan, former chief of staff, in the most recent and most devastating book, "For The Record," says "Reagan was programmed by his staff to run through a daily schedule as a movie actor runs through a shooting schedule. This fascination with image produced a strange effect," Regan wrote.
Let's take our country out of the greedy clutches of the International "Leeches." Let's once again raise the flag of Jesus Christ over this nation. Let's recognize Anglo‑Saxon and related Christian Americans for what they are: The people who have been ordained to glorify Christ's name. Then, with this knowledge, let us go out to battle with the enemy; for in His strength, we can conquer every foe and be free again.
Liberalism,[108] is related by Francis Parker Yockey, in his book Imperium: “Liberalism is a most important by-product of Rationalism, and its origins and ideology must be clearly shown. The ‘Enlightenment’ period of Western history which set in after the Counter-Reformation laid more and more stress on intellect, reason and logic as it developed. By the middle of the 18th century this tendency produced Rationalism. Rationalism regarded all spiritual values as its objects and proceeded to revalue them from the standpoint of ‘reason.’ Inorganic logic is the faculty men have always used for solving problems of mathematics, engineering, transportation, physics and in other non-valuing situations. Its insistence on identity and rejection of contradiction are practicable in material activity. They afford intellectual satisfaction also in matters of purely abstract thought, like mathematics and logic, but if pursued far enough they turn into mere techniques, simple assumptions whose only justification is empirical. The end of Rationalism is Pragmatism, the suicide of Reason.
This adaptation of reason to material problems causes all problems whatever to become mechanical when surveyed in ‘the light of reason,’ without any mystical admixture of thought or tendency whatever. Descartes reasoned the animals into automata, and a generation or so later, man himself was rationalized into an automation; or equally, an animal. Organisms became problems in chemistry and physics, and superpersonal organism simply no longer existed, for they are not amenable to reason, not being visible or measurable. Newton provided the universe of stars with a non-spiritual self-regulating force; the next century removed the spirit from man, his history and his affairs.
Reason detests the inexplicable, the mysterious, the half-light. In a practical problem in machinery or ship-building one must feel that all the factors are under his knowledge and control. There must be nothing unpredictable our out of control. Rationalism, which is the feeling that everything is subject to and completely explicable by Reason, consequently rejects everything not visible and calculable. If a thing actually cannot be calculated, Reason merely says that the factors are so numerous and complicated that in a purely practical way they render the calculation unfeasible, but do not make it theoretically impossible. Thus Reason also has its Will-to-Power: whatever does not submit is pronounced recalcitrant, or is simply denied existence.
When it turned its gaze to History, Rationalism saw the whole tendency as one toward Reason. Man was ‘emerging’ during all those millennia, he was ‘progressing’ from barbarism and fanaticism to enlightenment, from ‘superstition’ to ‘science,’ from violence to ‘reason,’ from dogma to criticism, from darkness to light. No more invisible things, no more spirit, no more soul, no more God, no more Church and State. The two poles of thought are ‘individual’ and ‘humanity.’ Anything separating them is ‘irrational.’
This branding of things as irrational is in fact correct. Rationalism must mechanize everything, and whatever cannot be mechanized is of necessity irrational. Thus the entirety of History becomes irrational: its chronicles, its processes, its secret force, Destiny. Rationalism itself, as a by-product of a certain stage in the development of a High Culture, is also irrational. Why Rationalism follows one spiritual phase, why it exercises its brief sway, why it vanishes once more into religion; these question are historical, thus irrational.
Liberalism is Rationalism in politics. It rejects the State as an organism, and can only see it as the result of a contract between individuals. The purpose of Life has nothing to do with States, for they have no independent existence. Thus the ‘happiness’ of ‘the individual’ becomes the purpose of Life. Bentham made this as coarse as it could be made in collectivizing it into ‘the greatest happiness of the greatest number.’ If herding-animals could talk, they word use this slogan against the wolves. To most humans, who are the mere material of History, and not actors in it, ‘happiness’ means economic well-being. Reason is quantitative, not qualitative, and thus makes the average man int ‘Man.’ ‘Man’ is a thing of food, clothing, shelter, social and family life, and leisure. Politics sometimes demands sacrifice of life for invisible things. This is against ‘happiness,’ and must not be. Economics, however, is not against ‘happiness,’ but is almost co-extensive with it. Religion and Church wish to interpret the whole of Life on the Social ethics, on the other hand, secure economic order, thus promote ‘happiness.’
[1] Ephesians 6:12.
[2] National Public Radio ‑‑ ALL THINGS CONSIDERED ‑‑ 9/17/90.
[3] Ezekiel 28:2‑5.
[4] Deuteronomy 32:24‑25.
[5] Deuteronomy 28:32.
[6] Proverbs 8:15‑16; 21:1; Psalm 75:6‑7; Psalm 37:1‑2 and others.
[7] Mind Control In The United States, Steven Jacobson, 1985.
[8] Roman Catholic Weekly, 1991.
[9] Allison, Bulletin, WHO 1972, 47:257‑63.
[10] Taken in part from The Fact Finder ‑ Phoenix, Ariz.
[11] See Luke 19:27.
[12] Isaiah 52:1‑3.
[13] Feuerzeichen, Ingid Weckert, Tubingen 1981, p. 52‑54, with reference to Nation Europa 10/1962 p. 7 f.
[14] See Time, June 28, 1963.
[15] Now you see the Governors' Conference aired and publicized every year on C-Span and reported in the news. Remember, this was written in 1963.
[16] Try the exalted principle of disarming a nation with the Brady Bill or, the theft of a nation with the Federal Reserve Act.
[17] THE ROCKEFELLER FAMILY - SECRET JEWS!: A book overlooked by most people and published for sale mainly within the Jewish community states that the Rockefellers are Jews of Sephardic descent (meaning Spanish and Portuguese Jews). The book is entitled "The Grandees - America's Sephardic Elite." The author is Stephen Birmingham, who is recognized by the Jewish community as an expert on Jewish history.
The publisher of "The Grandees" is the Jewish owned publishing firm of "Harper and Row" of New York City. Mr. Birmingham also wrote the book "Our Crowd" about the family background of America's wealthiest and most successful Jews. Both books have been hailed by Jewish publications as first class works in the documentation of Jewish history.
In "The Grandees" Stephen Birmingham reveals the existence of a very rare book which was published only for Jews some years ago. The work was published only for Jews some years ago. The work was compiled by the Jewish historian Malcolm H. Stern and entitled "Americans of Jewish Decent." That book weighed 10 pounds and gave the history of 25,000 Jewish individuals in America. It is extremely interesting to note that only 550 copies of the book were printed and each copy was consecutively numbered. The book was delivered to the top Jewish community leaders in America for their personal reference files in dealing with and contacting Jews who are "Marranos" (those Jews who "PRETEND" to be Christians in their community but secretly hold to their Jewish faith and race when among their own kind).
Mr. Birmingham in "The Grandees" reports: "Who would expect to find the Rockefellers in the book." Stern's work traces what he calls the "Nobility of Jewry - the Sephardim who lived in Spain and Portugal as princes of the land." Many centuries ago the Jews flooded into Spain in great numbers and through usury and stealth became vast land owners. The Jews controlled both Spain and Portugal through their monopoly over the finances of the country.
It was in 1492 that King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella of Spain expelled the Jews from their country and confiscated their ill-gotten wealth. It was during this period that the Rockefeller family moved to the Turkish Empire which welcomed the Jews at that time, believing them to be a "poor persecuted people."
The grandfather of our former Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller, admitted that his family once moved from Turkey to France. It was from France that they moved to America. John D. Rockefeller, Sr., was a wealthy man even before he took over Standard Oil Co., which made their family one of the richest in the world. No one has ever explained how this family came into such wealth as soon as they arrived in America from France.
There is no known information on how the Rockefellers came into huge amounts of money in France. Some thing they got their money from the Rothschilds and were originally their agents in buying up Christian businesses in America. "Marranos" are Jews who "PRETEND" to convert to Christianity so as to deceive Christians in their business dealings, but secretly continued to practice Judaism in private rituals. For this reason, a Marrano family like the Rockefellers would make the perfect tool for the Rothschilds of France who have for centuries used secret agents to carry on their work.
"The Thunderbolt" was the first publication to bring Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller's Jewish ancestry to public attention. This information finally explains why he has always been able to work so closely with Jewish interests and why his administration as governor of New York was loaded down with Jews from top to bottom. His political campaigns of the past were always directed by Jews and he was always the support of the Jewish community in all of his political races.
Normally the Jews would not support a Christian multi-millionaire for political office because they would be afraid they could not control him after the election. The fact that Jewish community leaders have long known that the Rockefellers were fellow Jews goes a long way in explaining why the organized Jewish community has always supported the Rockefeller's political ambitions. Now we can see why Nelson and David Rockefeller boosted his fellow Jew Henry Kissinger into the Nixon administration and Kissinger in turn has used his position to bring his fellow Jew Rockefeller into power.
[18] Black's Law Dictionary With Pronunciations, Fifth Edition, p. 1375.
[19] Otherwise known as Americans who are Christians and support the 2nd Amendment and the Constitution.
[20] The New York Times, New York Herald Tribune, Christian Science Monitor, the Washington Post, and the lamented Boston Evening Transcript.
[21] The Massacre of Kibya: The Massacre of Kibya on October 14, 1953, was a continuation of such brutal, inhuman massacres as the King David Hotel, Semiramis Hotel and Deir Yassin. But it was also a watershed in one of the most sinister grand designs in military history, a deliberate turning of an entire officer corps into a cabal with shared personal guilt for vicious war crimes.
The Nazis organized a separate all-volunteer army under Heinrich Himmler, the Waffen SS. The SS was responsible for the majority of the German war atrocities comparable to those committed by the Zionists. In 1953, Ben-Gurion established an SS equivalent in the Zahal, designated as Commando Unit 101. This all-volunteer unit was responsible for the Kibya massacre and was given exemption from the rules of war as if the Geneva Convention never existed. The first, and only, commander of Commando Unit 101 was Ariel Sharon, the single person most responsible years later for the notorious Sabra and Shatila massacre in Beirut, Lebanon.
The guilt of Commando Unit 101 was in the most sinister fashion extended first to the Israeli Airborne forces, and subsequently to the entire career officer corps of the Israeli Army. Sharon maneuvered the resignation of the professional commander of the Israeli paratroops, Yehuda Harari, and amalgamated the paratroops along with Commando Unit 101 into Unit 202 of the Israeli Army.
The professionalism of the Israeli Airborne troops was thus destroyed, turning all Israeli paratroopers, not just the participants in the Kabya Massacre, into common criminals and murderers of innocent men, women and children. The Zionists, having destroyed the professionalism of their own Airborne Force, proceeded to destroy the professionalism of the entire Officer Crops of the Israeli Defense Forces. No senior officer of the IDF could gain promotion without prior service in the paratroops, and all paratroopers shared in war crimes guilt through assignments given them to murder civilians and to commit other acts illegal under the Geneva Convention.
According to an authoritative survey of the Israeli Army; "The silver parachute 'jump-wings' are worn by almost all Zahal officers, as it is normally a required qualification." (The Israeli Army in the Middle East Wars 1948-1973 (London: Osprey Publishing). p. 31).
The Government of Israel at the time claimed that the Kibya Massacre was performed by "civilian Jewish settlers." But the historical record shows that it was sanctioned by acting Prime Minister Moshe Sharrett, and was planned by Defense Minister Pinhas Lavon, the Chief of the General Staff Mordecai Maklef, and the Chief of Operations, General Moshe Dayan, in concert with vacationing Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion.
Despite the Israeli Government's attempt at cover-up, word spread of their responsibility for the Kibya Massacre and Ariel Sharon's role ultimately came out in connection with this crime. No less a Zionist figure than I.L. Kenen, the founding father of AIPAC (American Israel Public Affairs Committee), the official Israeli lobby in the United States, revealed in his Memoirs: "I was on my way home on the subway, headed for Riverdale, when I heard a brief news flash in the World Telegram disclosing that 66 Arabs had been killed at Kibya as Israelis sought to avenge the slaughter of an Israeli family. I did not know until years later that the raid was ordered by Ariel Sharon, the Israeli commander who led the invasion of Lebanon in 1982." (I.L. Kenen, All My Causes, p. 60).
At 9:30 p.m., on Wednesday, October 14, 1953, Israeli troops attacked the border Jordanian village of Kibya, Northwest of Jerusalem. Seven hundred regular Israeli troops participated in the attack in which mortars, machine guns, rifles and explosives were used. Forty-two houses as well as the school and the mosque of the village were dynamited. Every man, woman and child found by the criminal attackers was killed; all in all, seventy-five innocent villagers were murdered in cold blood that night. Later, the attackers turned their fire on the cattle, killing 22 cows. The attack was the bloodiest and most brutal Zionist crimes since the infamous Deir Yassin massacre of 1948. (Encyclopedia of the Palestine Problem, pp. 272-273).
[22] Paul Findley, They Dare to Speak Out (Westport: Lawrence Hill, 1985), pp. 166-168.
[23] Paul Findley, They Dare to Speak Out, pp. 166-168.
[24] Lord Russell of Liverpool, The Scourge of the Swastika (New York: Philosophical Library, 1954), p. 76.
[25] Mames M. Ennes, Assault on the Liberty (New York: Random House, 1979), pp. 214-216.
[26] General Moshe Dayan.
[27] Between Fact and Fiction," Edward Epstein, p. 225.
[28] Statement by William Schneider, American Enterprise Institute on PBS's MacNeil Lehrer Report, 2/11/87.
[29] Rabbi Israel Miller, The American Jewish Examiner, p. 14. On March 5, 1970.
[30] Lawrence Mosher, National Observer, May 18, 1970.
[31] Jackie Kennedy was Jewish. From the New York Post, Wednesday, November 9, 1995: "Jackie Jewish? Don't ask Gore: The Kennedy clan may want to shout 'Mazel tov!' when John Jr. finally gets hitched, given the ethnic surprise buried deep inside Gore Vidal's much-hyped autobiography. For any reader sturdy enough to make it to the end of 'Palimpsest: A Memoir,' Vidal stuns students of Jackie Kennedy Onassis by claiming her mother, Janet was Jewish. Janet, who had Jackie with her husband John 'Black Jack' Bouvier, eventually divorced him and married Hugh Auchincloss, who was also Vidal's stepfather.
In the book, after offering a couple of tasteless Jackie details early on, such as how she taught post-sex feminine hygiene to Vidal's half-sister Nina, Vidal offhandedly writes on page 372, 'One should note that the first Hughdie's (Hugh Dudley Auchincloss) three high-powered wives was Russian, the second my mother, the third Jackie's mother, Janet, born Lee or, as my mother used to observe thoughtfully, Levy.' Vidal continues, 'Apparently, Janet's father had changed his name in order to become the first Jew to be a vice president of the Morgan bank. My mother wondered how Hughdie, a quiet but sincere anti-Semite, would respond when he found out.' As for Janet Lee, he writes she used to say she was 'of the Virginia Lees'...until the real Lees ordered her to shut up.'...
[32] ex‑CIA official, 9/3/1979, Newsweek.
[33] See Ted Charach, L.A., author and director, The Second Guard, a documentary film on the RFK murder, bought and suppressed by Warner Brothers, for more details.
[34] Rabbi Martin Siegel, New York Magazine, p. 32, January 18, 1972.
[35] David Ben Gurion.
[36] U.S. Constitution Section 3.
[37] Merchants of Grain, by Dan Morgan, pp. 31, 39, 157.
[38] They Dare to Speak Out, Paul Findley, page 66.
[39] Baron Guy de Rothschild, NBC‑TV, The Remnant, August 18, 1974.
[40] Nat Rosenberg, Denver Allied Jewish Federation, International Jewish News, January 30, 1976.
[41] David Ben Gurion.
[42] C.C. O'Brien, The Siege.
[43] Congressional Testimony of Admiral Thomas Moorer, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. The F‑14 Tomcat is named after him.
[44] Paul Meyer, Aktion.
[45] Viking Press, N.Y. 1977, 926 pages.
[46] The Jewish Parado, Nahum Goldmann, p. 150.
[47] Playboy, Jan. 1979.
[48] 9/3/1979, Newsweek.
[49] My Life As A German Jew, p. 116.
[50] My Life As A German Jew, p. 120.
[51] My Life As A German Jew, Nahum Goldmann, p. 121.
[52] Myths and Realities, 1980 V.A. Report to Congress.
[53] Chicago Tribune 11/24/86.
[54] Acts 17:5.
[55] Acts 21:30.
[56] Ashamed and Humiliated The British Attorney General, Sir Hartle Shawcross, said in a speech at Stourbridge, March 16/84 (AP).
[57] Chicago Tribune 11/24/84.
[58] AIPAC College Guide, 1984.
[59] Israeli Ha’arets.
[60] Old Time Gospel Hour, 1/27/85.
[61] 2/26/85, Wall Street Journal.
[62] 2/4/85, New York Magazine.
[63] New York Post, 8/16/86.
[64] North New Jersey Herald News.
[65] Part of a speech to a Jewish audience, 11/6/86.
[66] L.A. Times‑Washington Post, 12/29/86.
[67] USA Today, 10/31/86.
[68] 11/28/86 ‑‑ USA Today.
[69] Playboy Magazine, March, 1968.
[70] L.A. Times, 10/16/86.
[71] 9/19/86, USA Today.
[72] USA Today, 9/17/86.
[73] TV Guide 8/22/87.
[74] Prediction to Rhodesia's White minority by Eddison Zvobgo, a Black government official. AP 8/22/87.
[75] Mother Jones, 2/87.
[76] Part II, p. 32 of a 1977 script for Soap.
[77] Jonathan Rowe, the Christian Science Monitor, 1987.
[78] 1/31/87, TV Guide.
[79] Mother Jones Feb/1987.
[80] Mother Jones, Feb. 1987, p. 52.
[81] Center for Media and Public Affairs, Wash. D.C.
[82] 1/31/87, TV Guide.
[83] Christian Science Monitor, 4/18/87.
[84] Abstracted from a Newhouse News Service despatch, 5/1987.
[85] Psalm 83:2‑5.
[86] Filed with the Office of the Federal Register, 10:27 a.m., March 9, 1988.
[87] 2 Corinthians 3:17.
[88] Benjamin Franklin.
[89] George Wilder Cartwright.
[90] Thomas Jefferson.
[91] Thomas Jefferson.
[92] Robert H. Jackson.
[93] John Adams.
[94] Daniel Webster.
[95] John Philpott Curran.
[96] Reported in the USSA McAlvany report.
[97] Jack Anderson in his column, 3/7/88.
[98] Exclusive to the Spotlight, by Naim Ghiladi.
[99] Across the Plains, by Scottish writer Robert Louis Stevenson (1850‑1894).
[100] Interview by Conrad Seim, in "La Veille France, March, 1921.
[101] The Oregonian, 10/26/86.
[102] Manual of Parliamentary Practice. Bergh 2:442. (1801).
[103] Manuel of Parliamentary Practice.
[104] Supreme Court Opinion of 1836.
[105] James K. Polk, Veto Message, Dec. 15, 1847; Messages and Papers, p. 2476.
[106] John Tyler ‑‑ Protest, Aug. 30, 1842; Messages and Papers, p. 2046.
[107] Theodore Roosevelt.
[108] Political freedom is an idea but not a fact. This idea one must know how to apply whenever it appears necessary with this bait of an idea to attract the masses of the people to one's party for the purpose of crushing another who is in authority. This task is rendered easier if the opponent has himself been infected with the idea of freedom, so‑called liberalism, and, for the sake of an idea, is willing to yield some of his power. It is precisely here that the triumph of our theory appears; the slackened reins of government are immediately, by the law of life, caught up and gathered together by a new hand, because the blind might of the nation cannot for one single day exist without guidance, and the new authority merely fits into the place of the old already weakened by liberalism.
In our day the power which has replaced that of the rulers who were liberal is the power of Gold. Time was when Faith ruled. The idea of freedom is impossible of realization because no one knows how to use it with moderation. It is enough to hand over a people to self government for a certain length of time for that people to be turned into a disorganized mob. From that moment on we get internecine strife which soon develops into battles between classes, in the midst of which States burn down and their importance is reduced to that of a heap of ashes...
Should anyone of a liberal mind say that such reflections as the above are immoral I would put the following questions: If every State has two foes and if in regard to the external foe it is allowed and not considered immoral to use every manner and art of conflict, as for example to keep the enemy in ignorance of plans of attack and defense, to attack him by night or in superior numbers, then it what way can the same means in regard to a worse foe, the destroyer of the structure of society and the commonweal, be called immoral and not permissible?
In any State in which there is a bad organization of authority, an impersonality of laws and of the rulers who have lost their personality amid the flood of rights ever multiplying out of liberalism. I find a new right ‑‑ to attack by the right of the strong, and to scatter to the winds all existing forces of order and regulation, to reconstruct all institutions and to become the sovereign lord of those who have left to us the rights of their power by laying them down voluntarily in their liberalism.
Out of the temporary evil we are now compelled to commit will emerge the good of an unshakable rule, which will destroy the regular course of the machinery of the national life, brought to nought by liberalism. The result justifies the means. Let us, however, our plans, direct our attention not so much to what is good and moral as to what is necessary and useful.